Ayurveda and Marma Therapy

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 326
At a glance
Powered by AI
The document discusses marmas (pressure points) in ayurveda and how understanding them can enhance yoga practice and health. Marmas are discussed as integral to ayurvedic therapies and an important aspect of yoga.

Marmas are pressure points that can be used for diagnosis and treatment in ayurveda. They are zones of energy in the body. Understanding marmas can add greater efficacy to yoga whether using the body, breath, or mind. Marmas are part of understanding the energy currents of the body.

Understanding the lines of energy force (marmas) in our own bodies allows us to better understand ourselves and interact with our environment. It can help create balance and harmony. Marmas tap into currents of vitality and creativity within and around us.

In t roductio n t o

Energ y Point s of
Yoga an d Ayurv ed a
1

Point s
of an d

The use of pressur e points for massag e and acupunctur e has become a
popular topic in natural healing today. In Ayurveda , the traditiona l medi •
cine of India, these pressur e points are called marmas, meanin g
or zones . Such points can be used specificall y for the diagnosi s
and treatmen t of disease or generall y for promotin g health and longevity.
Marmas are integra l to all Ayurvedi c therapi es from simple self-treatment s
to comple x clinical procedures . They form one of the main pillars of
Ayurvedic though t and
Marma s are also an importan t aspect of the science of Yoga, with whic h
Ayurveda is closely connected . Yoga not only has a sophisticate d system of
physical postures , it also recognize s the power of Prana or the life-force ,
which is reflecte d through the points on the surface of the body. An
understanding of marma s can add greater efficacy to any level or type of
yoga practice whethe r using the body, the breath or the mind .
Just as acupunctur e points are used in both Chines e medicin e and in
Chinese martial arts, marma points are also used in the martial arts of
India, like the Kalari traditio n of South India. Martial arts emphasiz e how to
strike these vulnerabl e points with force and precisio n in order to
counter attackers . The existenc e of such vital regions demonstrate s tha t
the body is not simply a physica l mass but an intricat e energy field wit h
points of power through which we can control both physiologica l and psy •
chological processes .
Marma s are part of a greater that maps out the bod y
according to subtle energy current s and power points. The body has its
own special sacred points just as the Earth has its sacred sites and energ y
currents accordin g to sacred geography . We must learn this sacred geogra •
phy of our own body in order to attune ourselve s both to the Earth and to
the greater cosmos .
4 Introduction to

Withou t knowin g these lines of force on our own bodies we canno t


really understan d ourselve s or our interactio n with our environment , no r
can we create lasting balanc e and harmon y in our lives. Yet thoug h
marmas are a key componen t to India's traditiona l sciences , not man y
people in the West know about them, includin g many who have studie d
Yoga or even Ayurveda . A study of marma s adds a new dimensio n of in•
sight to both systems , helping us tap into the current s of vitality and cre •
ativity within and aroun d
As a first step to understandin g marmas , let us examin e how they fit
into the greater schem e of Yoga, Ayurved a and other Vedic sciences .

Ayurvedi c Medicin e an d Therapy


Ayurved a is India's traditiona l healing system , its profoun d system of
mind-body medicine , natural living and yogic health. Ayurveda , whic h
means science of has becom e recognize d today for its wonderfu l
dietary, herbal, life-styl e and yogic therapie s that help us live longer , hap•
pier, wise r and more in harmon y with the greater univers e of life and con •
sciousness. Ayurved a was the dominan t medica l paradig m in the India n
subcontinent until moder n times and is still widely practice d throughou t
the region as a complet e medica l system . Its roots go back deep both in
time and in Ayurved a is part of the older spiritua l heritag e
of humanit y tha t contain s much secret knowledg e and profoun d wisdom .
It interface s closel y with the spiritua l science of Yoga, and develope d par•
allel to it bot h historicall y and in terms of its prime concepts .
The science of marma or Marma is anothe r extraordinar y and
dynami c Ayurvedi c therapy that has tremendou s value in health, disease ,
everyday living and in spiritua l practic e . Marm a therapy or Marma
Chikitsa is an importan t method of Ayurvedi c treatmen t for the entir e
spectrum of health complaint s major and minor. Many differen t marm a
regions are describe d in Ayurvedi c texts along with their specifi c effects on
both body and mind. Marma s range in size from very small to very large ,
from special points along the hands and feet to significan t region s on the
trunk of the body like the heart or the navel. When manipulated , marma s
can alter both the organi c functio n and structura l conditio n of the body .
Through the right use of marma s our entire physica l and mental energ y
can be consciousl y increased , decrease d or redirecte d in a transformativ e
manner.
Marma s resembl e the acupunctur e points of Traditiona l Chines e
Medicine but extend to larger areas of the body. They include vital organ s
like the heart and bladde r as well as bones and joints and points along the
Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 5

surface of the body. Marmas are centers for the vital-force or Prana, the
master power behind both physical and psychologica l processes. Marma s
serve like pranic switches that can be used to turn Prana up or down, on or
off at various places on the body. Through manipulation of marmas, Prana
can be directed to remove blockages, improve energy flow or tap hidden
energy reserves and make connections with the greater powers of life and
nature. This makes therapy an important tool of or

The condition of marmas is an important diagnostic tool in Ayurveda. At


marma sites stress and negative emotions get lodged and are held,
sometimes for years. Disease is reflected in pain, blockage or swell• ing in
these areas even before it may manifest outwardly in the full range of disease
symptoms. Ayurvedic doctors palpate marmas as an integral part of patien t
examination and gain much information from them. Relieving pain,
blockag e or swelling at marma sites is an important therapeutic aid and one
of the first stage s of man y Ayurvedi c
Marmas are key locations for Ayurvedic bodywork and massage. The
Ayurvedic massage therapist will focus on marma regions that are in need of
stimulation or of release and use the appropriate methods to adjust their
energy flow. Ayurveda treats marmas with pressure, heat, needles,
massage oils, herbs or aromatic providing many tools for working with
our interna l energies through them .
Marmas are a common topic in the three great Ayurveda classics of
and which provide a wealth of informatio n
on their location, function and application. Marma therapy can be used
along with all Ayurvedic therapies from detoxificatio n to tonification and
rejuvenation, from self-care to intricate clinical procedures like Panch a
Karma.

M a r ma s a n d t h e S y s t e m o f Y o g
a
Marmas are key energy centers for the practice of yoga on all levels from
yoga postures (Asanas) to deep meditation Yoga postures af•
fect the energ y held in the limbs, joints and spine, which all contain impor•
tant marmas . Asana s can be used to stimulate and balance marmas in
various Similarly, certain marmas can be manipulated while a person is
performing variou s asana s in order to augmen t thei r
Marmas connect to the (subtle nerves) and (energy cen•
ters) of the subtle body and the mind. They govern the interface between
the physical and subtle (pranic) bodies and the interchange of energy and
information betwee n them. This means that marmas are important for
6 Introduction to

healing the subtle body as well as the physical body. Through using marmas
we can restore the proper connection between the subtle body (our inter•
nal energy, moods and emotions) and the physical body (our material con•
dition), resulting in increased health and vitality on both levels .
As the important bodily sites in which Prana is located, marmas can be
used along with yogic breathing practices Through yogic
breathing, we can direc t Prana through different marmas for healing pur•
poses, improving thei r energy flow from within. Marmas are key places
where stress and attachmen t accumulate , blocking the free flow of energy
and They can be treated throug h relaxation techniques and the
yogic practice of (yogic internalizatio n method s and sensory
therapies) to release such blockages .
Marmas similarly have a place in higher Yoga practices of concentra •
tion, mantra and meditation. Special mantras can be used with particula r
marmas in order to increase physical or psychologica l strength, adaptabil• ity
and immunity. Those who meditate regularly become sensitive to the
condition of marmas and aware of the flow of energy through them, which
they can learn to modify through thought and will power Through
developing mental concentration , meditators can learn to energize or clea r
points , withou t requirin g any externa l
Therefore, a good Yoga teacher should possess a good knowledge of
marmas and how they relate to various Yoga A serious Yoga
student shoul d not overloo k the locatio n or functio n of marma s in devel •
oping an effectiv e

M a r m a s a n d V e d i c S c i e n ce s
The science of marma is an integral part of all the
or sciences that emerged in India in ancient The Rig Veda, the
oldest Vedic text, is a collection of mantras, which are words of power or
primal sounds that mirro r the workings of the universe on all levels. These
Vedic essence of which is the Divine word the
the sensitive energy points that govern the greater uni•
verse and its processes. Just as mantras are the seed-power s that underli e
speech and language, so marmas are the seed-sites that underlie the body
and its movement .
The Vedic vision regards the entire universe or macrocosm as the cos•
mic person or with the human body as a replica or miniature, a
microcosm. Thi s means that the mapping of the energy fields in the hu•
man body reflects that of the universe as a whole. The science of marm a
Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 7

arose from this view that our or life energy field adheres to the
same pattern as the world of nature .
Originally marma was part of Vedic martial arts or Veda, which
is one of the four Upavedas or secondary Vedas.
Four Upavedas or Secondary Veda s
Dhanur arts
2. for both body and mind
3. dance and literatur e
Sthapatya or directional influences and architectur e
Yet the science of marma is an important part of all Vedic con•
nected to all Vedic disciplines from dance to astrology. It reflects the music of
nature and the points at which our body can receive the influences of the
four It connects us to the cosmic rhythms through which our
life reaches out to the universal life.

M a r ma , T a n tr a a n d S i d d h a M e d i c in
e
Marmas are particularly important in the Siddha system of medicine, a
Tantric and South Indian form of Ayurveda. In the Siddha system, marmas are
referred to under the term an old synonym for marma as a bodily
site that requires protection. The Vedic rishi and sage is
considered to be the founde r of the science of varma .
According to the Siddha system, the entire universe originates from the
union of Lord his wife or con•
sciousness-force (Cit-Shakti). Shiva is closely connected to Prana. Prana at
rest is Shiva and in motion is Shakti. The use of marma or varma as a form
of energ y treatmen t connects to both Shiva and Shakti forces .
In Siddha thought, varma points are invisible but can be traced wher e
body, mind and psychic energies concentrate together. As such, they are
places where the vital energy in the body can become This can be
due eithe r to external injuries or internal factors like fear or anger. Such
blockages can be perceived as a kind of psychic energy. Therefore, marmas
can be controlle d by meditation, mantra, Pranayama and other yogic
methods. Marmas can also be used for enhancing mental and spiritual
powers. The Siddha syste m refers to marmas relative to the effects of the
Moon and the planets on the human body, bringing in an astrological link as
well.
8 Introduction to Marmas

H i s t o r i ca l B a c k g r o un d o f M a r m a s
The science of marma can be traced along with the history of civilization
and healing in ancient India, which is one of the oldest and most sophisti•
cated civilization s in the This begins with the ancient
Sarasvati cultur e (3500-170 0 B C E ) , the largest urban civilization of the
world at that time, as revealed in large archaeologica l sites like Harappa,
Mohenjodaro, Rakhigarh i and most of which are located on
the long dried-up Sarasvati River in Nort h The science of marma
grew up along with other Vedic disciplines from this period, including the
science of Yoga, which is evident from the many seals of figures in Yoga
and meditation postures found in such sites. Early Vedi c texts , probably
dating from this time, describe major marma regions like the head, the
heart and the navel, along with the various Pranas, and the tissue s and
organ s of the
After this long formative era came the classical period of Ayurved a
B CE- 7 0 0 AD ) in which the main Ayurvedic texts were compiled
like Ashtanga and Ashtanga
Sangraha. These classics contain references to marmas, particularly
Sushruta who was himself a surgeon. This was the same period in which
yogic texts describing asana, Pranayama and nadi s mentioned the use of
marmas as well. In the later part of this period, the Buddhist religion
spread Ayurveda, marma therapy and related martial arts east to China
and Japan .
After this classical period came a long decline in Ayurveda, brough t
about by foreign invasions and colonial rule, which lasted up to modern
in which many texts and practices were lost, including much signifi•
cant information about marmas. Only during the recent period since
India's independenc e in 19 4 7 has a revival of Ayurveda brought about new
research on topics like marma, which is now being viewed as one of the
most importan t aspects of Ayurveda requiring a new critical examinatio n
and application .

M a r ma s a n d M a r t ia l A r t
s
The knowledge of marmas was part of the path of the warrior who learned to
master his Prana for both defensive and offensive The ancien t
Vedic warrior code emphasized the developmen t of personal energy, cour•
age and which rested on the knowledge and control of
Prana and its key sites within the body.
Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 9

Marmas were associated with the use of armor for the body, called
in Sanskrit, which was devised to protect these vital points from
injury. The first references to marma in the Rig-Veda speak of using varma or
protectiv e coverings to protect these It refers to prayer or man•
tra (Brahman) as the best protection (varma) for these marmas, showing a
spiritual view behind the use of marmas from the very beginning. This
tradition continued as the use of mantras for protective purposes .
The great epic Mahabharata, in which the of Sri Krishna
occurs, contains many references to marma and It mentions pro•
tective coverings for the marmas of elephants and horses as well of sol•
diers. At that time great warriors could use their powers of Prana and
mental force (mantra) as fighting tools, energizing arrows with natural
forces like fire or lightning. The Mahabharata details a number of such
encounters betwee n great warriors like and who could only be
defeated if their marma point s were exposed .
Today these Vedic martial arts are best preserved in South India, wher e
traditional martial arts like at and Payirchi
Tamil Nadu) are still commonly practiced. The highest form of martial arts is
called Marma Adi or Varma Adi, in which the knowledge of marmas is
central. From this art of self-defense originated the Varma or Varma
Marma or Varma therapy . Exper t physician s in this therap y were
highly regarde d and often becam e royal
The spiritual traditions of India have always emphasized the principle of
non-harming or non-violence as the basis of spiritual prac•
tices. Monk s were not allowed to use weapons for self-defense, so martial
arts were taugh t to them for unarmed self-protection . The Buddhist text a
dialogue betwee n King Milinda and the monk Nagasena ,
dating from the second century B C E , explains unarmed self-defense as
one of the nineteen monastic arts. Such martial arts gained prominence
when Buddhism spread beyond the boundaries of India into China, Indo•
nesia and Thailand, where the monks no longer had the protection of the
kings that they generally had in India .
It is possible that Traditional Chinese Medicine adapted aspects of
marma therapy, which has much in common with acupuncture, from
Ayurveda and Siddha Medicine. who traditionally brought
both Zen meditatio n and martial arts to China in the sixth century, is said to
have originated from the famous South Indian town of Kanchipuram , a
famous center of learning for yogic disciplines and one of the seven sacred
cities of the subcontinent .
1 0 Introduction to Marmas

Yet whateve r the history may be, marma s and similar energy practice s
have always been with us in one form or anothe r and are an integra l part of
the new world They are experiencin g a great revival again toda y
in this age of new interes t in natural healing and traditiona l spirituality .

These point s are calle d


Recen t find s of an ancien t cit y in the Gulf of (India Today, Feb. 2002 ) may go bac k wel l befor e
500 0
BCE .
Note book s like Gods, Sages and Kings (Frawley ) and In Search of the Cradle of Civilization
and Frawley) .
Accordin g to recen t archaeology , the Sarasvat i Rive r drie d up owin g to geologica l changes , climat e
change s and the shiftin g of its headwaters , finishin g the rive r as a perennia l strea m aroun d BCE .
Vedi c cultur e mus t be olde r tha n tha t to kno w of thi s grea t river .
Note the in thi s respect .
For example , 32.6 3 and Dronaparva
15.
In the Tami l languag e man y manuscript s are availabl e on thi s secre t art like Peerangi,
Thiravugole, Varma Ponosi, Varma Kundoci, and Varma Thes e manuscript s describ e in detai l
variou s type s of marma s and thei r treatment .
CHAPTER 2

Ayurvedi c
Syste m of
an d Mar m a

To properly approach marma therapy, we must understand its background in


Ayurvedic medicine. The following chapter is a brief account of the
Ayurvedic view of the body and the energies at work behind it, particularl y
relative to the use of The reader can consult additional books on
Ayurved a for mor e detail s on this grea t syste m of natura l
Ayurveda like Yoga rests upon the ancient system of cosmol•
ogy for its theoretical background. The Samkhya system sets forth the
of Yoga and Ayurveda, out of which their principles and prac•
tices evolved and whic h explains their goals. Samkhya recognizes two ulti•
mate universal principles of spirit and matter, and or the
principle and the principle of From the union of
Purusha and Prakriti arises the entire universe on all levels from inanimate
matter to living beings of all types .
Purusha is the or Se l f that is the ultimate
source of life, awareness and feeling. The goal of human life is to realize
this higher Self in which we can go beyond all suffering and pain, gaining
release from karma and the cycle of birth and Connecting with the
higher Self is the ultimate goal of Ayurvedi c healing as well as that of Yoga
practice .
Prakriti is Nature or the principle of manifestation in time and
whose laws and processes underlie the body and mind and their interac •
tions. Just as our consciousnes s or eternal nature is one with the higher
Self, our body and mind or temporal manifestation follows the laws of
Nature or Prakriti. In order to realize our higher Self and spiritual freedom
we mus t first harmonize our embodiment This
means that balance and well-bein g in both body and mind are integral
aspects of spiritual development and the foundation for deeper
We cannot ignore the body to find the spirit. Rather the body is our vehicle for
realizing the spirit .
Relative to marmas as energy zones on the body, we could say that, on
1 2 Introduction to Marmas

the highest level, marmas are places in the body where Purusha and
interface, where consciousnes s and Prana are reflecte d
in our psycho-physica l structure and dynamic Marmas help us
harmonize our Prakriti practical manifestation ) and our Purusha (our
quest for

Th e Three Guna s and the Five Element s


The Purusha is a homogenous entity composed of pure consciousnes s that
serves as the seer and witness behind the processes of nature, which func•
tion through its presence. Prakriti or Nature, however, is a heterogeneou s
substance with diverse actions. It is composed of the three gunas or prime
qualities sattva (balance and intelligence) rajas (action and energy) and
(inerti a or materiality) and their ever-changin g permutations and
interactions .
The gunas are the primordial forces behind cosmic evolution, which
proceeds from matter (tamas) to life (rajas) and mind Only from
the level of pure sattva (the clarity of the higher mind) can we have an
enduring acces s to the Purusha or higher Self, whose nature is extremely
Fo r this reason , both Yoga and Ayurveda emphasize the cultivation
of sattva Marmas can be used to balance our Prana or vital energy
and increase sattva .
From the combination of the three gunas arises the five great element s
(Pancha Mahabhutas) of earth, water, fire, air and solid, liquid,
radiant, gaseou s and etheric forms of are central to both
yogic and Ayurvedi c thought. The elements show that the entire universe
consists of differen t frequencies or vibrations of the same underlying
stance (Prakriti), just as water can be found in solid, liquid and gaseous
forms.
From these five great elements the three biological humors or
main factors of Ayurvedic thought. The doshas are the underly•
ing energetic force s behind the workings of both body and mind. They
represent the five elements imbued with the life-force (Prana). Each
dosha consists of two of the five great elements as well as a portion of the
three gunas .

ELEMEN T GUN A DOSH A


Ethe r Sattva Vata
Air Rajas Vata
Fire Sattva Rajas Pitta
Wate r Sattva Tamas Kapha/Pitt a
Earth Tamas Kaph a
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 3

In this the subtle element s of air and ether (Vata dosha) control
the gros s element s of earth, water and fire (Kapha and Pitta Most
marmas are locate d near joints and orifices that contain space and hold air or
energy. Marma s are importan t
centers that govern the air and
ether element s in the body and
therefor e can be used to contro l
the element s in the body as a Kapha
whole.

Th e T h r e e Dosh a s
The three doshas or biologica l
humors are the prime factors be •
hind both health and To
understand them more easily, we
can compar e them to the thre e
main forces at work in the atmo •
Vata as wind, Pitta
as hea t (particularl y the force of
the and Kapha as moistur e
(both on Eart h and in the atmo•
Wind, hea t (tempera •
ture) and moistur e in their interactio n create all the weathe r pattern s on
Earth. They are responsibl e for all weathe r change s and the externa l cli •
mate as they fluctuat e throughou t the
Similarly , the three doshas rule over our interna l climate or interna l
atmosphere by their ever changin g interaction s of movemen t heat
(Pitta) and moistur e (Kapha ) through the rhythm s of time and the aging
process. Health consist s of the timely developmen t and harmoniou s inter•
action of the three doshas. Disease is caused by their imbalances , excesse s
and inappropriat e

Vat a Dosh a
The Principle of Movement or Propulsion
• Vata means which moves or convey s It is compose d of the
ether and air elements , which are its condition s of rest (ether) and
movement (air) .
• Vata is responsibl e for all major and minor, perceptibl e and impercep •
tible movement s in the body. It is the prime force that govern s the
transportation of the discharg e of and the elimina •
tion of waste-materials . Its main physica l disorder s are tissue depletion ,
Introduction to Marmas

debility, dehydration and disturbances to the mind and nervous system .


• Vata governs the mind and the senses, which function through its bio-
electrical force, ensuring their quick and balanced function. It gives
agility, adaptability and good communicatio n skills to the mind. Emo •
tionally, Vata's main disturbances are fear and anxiety. It causes
and instability when imbalanced when in excess .
• Vata's subtle or master form is Prana or the life-force, the prime vital
energy behind all that we do. Prana is responsible for our organic equi •
librium, hormonal secretions, growth, healing, creativity and rejuvena•
tion. It is the master force behind all our states and conditions of body
and mind .
• Vata's main site in the digestive system is the large intestine where it
accumulates in the form of waste From there it gets transported by the
circulatory system to weak sites in the body where it causes various Vata
diseases like arthritis, weight loss, insomnia, mental agitation and nervous
system disorders .
Marma therapy is an important way of working on Prana, which governs
our entire functioning. Prana in turn is connected to Vata dosha or the
biologica l air-humor, which therefore is the most important of the humors in
the development and treatment of disease. This makes marmas particu• larly
important in dealing with Vata, which relates to deep-seated, chronic and
degenerative diseases .
Depending on its site and function, Vata is divided into five types or
Prana, Udana, Vyana, and Apana. These are called
the five Pranas, five Vatas or, more specifically, the five Vayus or airs. They
are also important for the practice of Yoga and for the interface of Yoga
and Ayurveda .
• Prana Vayu is responsible for the intake of nutrients that provide fuel for
the body and mind, including food, water, air and impressions. Its main
region in the body is in the region of the head and it is connected to the
marmas located Prana Vata also has a special correspondenc e to
the nerves .
• Udana Vayu is responsible for the upward movement of energy as in
exhalation, speech, will and effort. Its main region in the body is the
neck and it is connected to the marmas located there. Udana has a
special correspondenc e with the
• Vyana Vayu is responsible for the outward movement of energy as in the
extension of the limbs or the arterial flow of the blood. Its main region in
the body is the chest, arms and hands and it is connected to the
marmas located there. Vyana has a special correspondenc e with the
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 5

ligaments .
• Vayu is responsibl e for the inward movemen t of energy as in the
contraction of the limbs and the venous flow of the blood. It facilitate s
the breakin g down and digestio n of food. Its main region in the body is
the navel and digestiv e organs and it is connecte d to the marma s lo•
cated there. Samana has a special correspondenc e with fat tissue .
• Vayu is responsibl e for the downwar d movemen t as in the dis•
charge of the feces, urine or menstrua l fluid. Its main region of the
body is the lower abdomen , legs and feet and it is connecte d to the
marmas located As it govern s Vata's site of accumulatio n in the
large intestine , it is the main form of Vata for the treatmen t of disease in
general. Apana has a special correspondenc e with the bones .

Of the five forms of Vata Dosha, marma s are most connecte d to Vyan a
Vayu, which govern s the skin, circulatio n and the movemen t of Prana or
vital energy. Therapeuti c touch occurs mainly through Vyana, which dis•
tributes Prana throughou t the body and can direct Prana as a healing forc e
outside the body as well. Vyana also distribute s the effects of herbs and oils
through marma s to the rest of the body.

2 . Pitt a Dosh a
The Principle of Digestion or Thermogenesis
• Pitta means which cooks or digests things'. It is compose d of the
fire and water element s (with the oily aspect of liquids providin g for its
fuel in the
• Pitta is responsibl e for the conversio n of food into heat, tissues and
It govern s digestio n and metabolis m from the cellular
level to the tissu e level, to that of the body as a whole. Its main physica l
disorders are fever , infection , inflammatio n and bleeding .
• At the mental level, Pitta is responsibl e for perception , judgmen t and
determination and gives clarity and discriminatio n to the mind. Emo •
tionally, Pitta creates drive and passion and its main disturbanc e is an•
ger, which is toxic emotiona l heat or fire .
• Pitta's subtle or master form is called Tejas which provide s positiv e
warmth, radianc e and insight. Tejas gives sexual vitality , courage and
the ability to fight disease and resist cold .
• Pitta's main site in the body is the small where it accumulate s in
the form of acid and heat. From there it gets transporte d by the circu•
latory system to weak sites in the body and causes various Pitta disease s
like ulcers, infection s and inflammatio n of differen t types, particularl y
blood
1 6 Introduction to Marmas

Pitta dosha is divide d into five types or


Alochaka and govern specific forms of diges•
tion.
• Sadhaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of nerve impulses by the
brain. Marmas on the skull and brain generally relate to Sadhaka Pitta .
• Alochaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of light through the eyes
(and for digestion through the other senses). Marmas on the face and
near the eyes relate to Alochaka Pitta .
• Bhrajaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of sunlight and warmt h
through the skin. Marmas on the extremities and in the chest relate to
Bhrajaka Pitta .
• Pachaka Pitta is responsible for the digestion of food through the diges•
tive tract (particularly the small Marmas in the navel area
relate to Pachak a Pitta. As it governs Pitta's site of accumulation in the
small it is the main form of Pitta for the treatment of disease in
general .
• Ranjaka Pitta is responsible for the coloring of the blood, the bile, the
urine and the feces and works mainly through the liver. Marmas in the
region of the liver relate to Ranjaka Pitta .
Marma therapy can increase or decrease heat in the body, directly impact•
ing Pitta dosha. Marmas have a special connection to Bhrajaka Pitta
which governs the skin and joints where most marmas are located. This
means that Bhrajaka Pitta is usually the most important form of Pitta rela•
tive to marm a therapy. The application of therapeutic touch, heat or the
use of aromatic oils directly affects Bhrajaka Pitta and through it the other
forms of Pitta .

3 . K a ph a D o sh a
The of Coherence or
Cohesion
• Kapha means which holds things It is composed of wa•
ter and earth elements, which are its states of motion (water) and rest
(earth).
• Kapha is responsible for the formation of new tissue, for hydration, nu•
trition, lubrication and protection of the body against heat, wind, wear
and tear. The body as a whole is composed mainly of Kapha and
Kapha's main physical disorders are accumulation s of mucus,
water or excess tissu e development , particularly fat or adipose tissue .
• Psychologically , Kapha is the basis of feeling and emotion, love and
caring . It impart s stability , calm and contentmen t to the mind .
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1 7

tionally, its main disturbance is attachment, which results from too


much heaviness (earth and water) in the mind.
• Kapha's subtle or master form is called Ojas, which is the essence of all
the bodily tissues. Ojas is responsible for resistance to endur•
strength, fertility and longevity. Ojas provides the foun•
dation for good health, emotional happiness and peace of mind.
• Kapha's main site in the body is the stomach, where it accumulates in the
form of mucus or phlegm. From there it gets transported by the circu•
latory system to weak sites in the body and causes various Kapha dis•
eases like asthma, diabetes, edema, heart disease and obesity .
Kapha' s subtype s or subdosha s are Sleshaka,
Avalambaka, and govern specific forms of lubri•
cation .
• Tarpaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the brain and nervou s
system. It mainly relates to marmas on the head, skull, heart and spine.
• Bodhaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the tongue and sense
organs in the head. It relates to marmas in the region of the head and

• Sleshaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the joints. It relates to


marma point s locate d in the joint s and
• Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the digestive tract. It
relates to marmas in the region of the stomach .
• Avalambaka Kapha is responsible for lubrication of the heart and lungs.
It relates to marmas in the chest region. As it governs Kapha's site of
accumulation in the stomach, it is the main form of Kapha for the treat •
ment of disease in general .

Marma therapy can be used to promote the circulation of Prana and break up
accumulations of Kapha, which is increased by stagnation and lack of
movement. As marmas are commonly connected to joints, they have a
special association with Sleshaka Kapha .
Just as the doshas work together for creating health or disease, so do
the subdoshas .
• Prana Vayu, Sadhaka Pitta and Tarpaka Kapha relate to the brain, spine
and nervous system and the region of the along with the marmas in
these
• Udana Vayu, Alochaka Pitta and Bodhaka Kapha relate to the senses ,
face, mouth and neck, along with the marmas in these areas .
• Vayu, Pachaka Pitta and Kledaka Kapha relate to the digestiv e
1 8 Introduction to
Marmas

system, mainly the stomach and small intestine s and Agni (digestiv e
along with the marmas in these areas .
• Vyana Vayu, Bhrajak a Pitta and Sleshak a Kapha relate to the skin ,
joints, extremitie s and surface of the body, along with the marmas in
these areas .
• Apana Vayu, Ranjaka Pitta and Avalambak a Kapha relate to the interna l
organs of the lower abdomen , middle abdome n and chest, along wit h
the marmas in these areas .

Marmas , however, do not affect only the doshic factors in their own regio n
of the body, though this is an importan t They often have
broader and indirect influence s as well. Marmas on the extremities , for
example, can strongly impact the internal organs and tissues of the body.

Th e Three Dosha s and Individua l


Constitutiona l Type s
Marm a an d Ayurvedi c Constitutio n
Besides their general role within the body as a whole, the doshas imprin t
each one of us in a unique manner as our particula r nature or Usually
one dosha marks our individual mind-bod y or Ayurvedic constitution as a
Vata, Pitta or Kapha predominan t person .
• VATA TYP E S are airy in their physica l characteristic s with a thin
low body weight, poor resistanc e to disease, and lack of tissue develop •
ment. They easily overexten d themselve s and fall into condition s of ex•
haustio n or debility . They are sensitiv e to wind, cold and dryness as
environmental factors and feel better in condition s of warmth , mois •
ture, rest and nurturin g support. Psychologically , Vatas are restless, ac•
tive, nervous and creative individuals, with many talents, who are ofte n
hypersensitive and can be a bit fragile .
• PITTA TYP E S are fiery in their physica l characteristic s with a moderat e
frame, moderat e body weight, strong appetite , ruddy complexion ,
good circulatio n and warm extremities . They easily overhea t them •
selves and quickly come down with various infectiou s diseases . The y
are sensitiv e to heat and light as environmenta l factors and feel bette r
in condition s of coolnes s and calm. Psychologically , Pittas are deter •
mined, intelligent , motivate d and aggressiv e individuals who achiev e
their goals in life but often run into conflict .
• KAPH A TYP E S are watery in their physica l characteristic s with a
stocky frame, sturdy build and good tissue development . They dislik e
movement and easily accumulat e weight, water or mucus owing to
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 1

their slow metabolisms. They are sensitive to cold, dampness and


stagnant air as environmental factors and feel better in conditions of
warmth, dryness and increased activity. Psychologically , Kaphas are
emotional, caring, stable and conservative types who value their
feelings but easily get attached .
Mixed doshic types also occur, in which two doshas exist in relativel y
equal proportions as Vata-Pitta types, Pitta-Kapha types, or Vata-
Kapha types. Occasionally, people may have all three doshas in rela•
tively equal proportion (a Vata-Pitta-Kaph a These doshic con•
stitutions are the Ayurvedic mind-body types well-defined in general
books on Ayurveda, which usually contain tests to help you deter•
mine what your type may be. Please examine such books for more
information on this important Below is a typical Ayurvedic
constitutional chart to help you determine your own constitution .

VATA PITTA KAPHA


(AIR) (FIRE ) (WATER )

HEIGHT : or ver y shor t mediu m usuall y


shor t bu t
can be
tal l an d larg e
FRAME: thin , bony , moderate , large ,
goo d develope well -
muscle s d forme d

WEIGHT : low , har d moderat e heavy , har d


to hol d to los e weigh t
weigh t

SKIN LUSTER : dul l or dusk y ruddy , lustrou s whit e or pal e


SKIN TEXTURE : dry , rough , thin warm , oil y cold , damp , thic k
EYES: small , nervou s piercing ,
large , whit e
easil y inflamed

HAIR : dry , thi n thin , oil y thick , oily , wav y


TEETH: crooked , moderate , large ,
poorl y bleedin g well-forme d
forme d gum s

NAILS : rough , brittl e soft , pin k soft ,


whit e JOINTS : stiff , crac k easil y loos e firm ,
larg e CIRCULATION : poor , variabl e goo d
moderat e
APPETITE : variable , nervou s high , excessiv e moderat e
bu t
constan t
THIRST : low , scant y hig h
moderat e
SWEATING : scant y profus e bu t slo w to star t
no t bu t profus e
endurin g
20 Introduction to Marmas

STOOL : hard or dry soft , loos e norma l


URINATION : scant y profuse , yello w moderate , clea r
SENSITIVITIES : cold , dryness , heat , sunlight , cold ,
dampnes s win d
IMMUN E
FUNCTION : low , variabl e moderate , good , high
sensitiv e to hea t
DISEAS E
TENDENCY : pain fever , inflammatio n
congestion
DISEAS E TYPE: nervou s blood , live r ,u
m eco
deu
ms a, lung s
ACTIVITY : high , restles s moderat e low , move s
slowl y
ENDURANCE : poor , easil y moderat e but hig h
exhausted focuse d
SLEEP: poor , disturbe d variabl e exces s
DREAMS : frequent , moderate ,
infrequent , disturbed colorfu l
MEMORY : quic k but ro
shm anti, cc
arp lea r slo w bu t
stead y absent-minde d
SPEECH: fast , frequen t sharp , cuttin g slow , melodiou s
TEMPERAMENT : nervous , motivate d content ,
changeabl e
POSITIV E conservativ e
EMOTIONS : adaptabilit y courag e lov e
NEGATIV E
EMOTIONS : fea r ange r attachmen t
FAITH : variable , errati c strong , steady ,
determined slow to
chang e
TOTAL 30 Vata Pitta Kapha

M a r m a Therap y an d Doshi c Type s


Naturall y the treatmen t of marma s must conside r such constitutiona l fac •
tors. Marma s as energy centers are most connecte d with Prana and wit h
the correspondin g Vata dosha as already but they have their effects
on the other two doshas as well .
• VATA TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of
Vata in their bodies and minds. They can benefit from marma therap y
that aims at reducin g Vata from its variou s places of accumulatio n in
the large intestine , bones, joints and nervou s system . Marma therap y
can be used for pain relief, reducin g stiffness , stoppin g tremors , reliev •
ing constipation , calmin g down anxiety , relievin g stress, promotin g
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy

sleep and other Vata-reducin g actions .


• PITTA TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of
Pitta in their bodies and minds. They can benefit from marma therap y
that aims at cooling down high Pitta from its various places of accumu •
lation in the small intestine , liver and blood. Marma therapy can be
used for removin g acidity, cleansin g the blood, detoxifyin g the liver ,
countering infection , stoppin g inflammation , calming anger and othe r
Pitta-reducing actions .
• KAPH A TYP E S can use marma points to monito r and treat the level of
Kapha in their bodies and minds. They can benefit from marm a
therapy that aims at moving and eliminatin g Kapha from its places of
accumulation in the stomac h and lungs, lymphati c system and fat tis•
sues. Marma therapy can be used for reducin g mucus, removin g con •
gestion, eliminatin g edema, promotin g weight reduction , increasin g
physical and mental activity and other Kapha-reducin g actions .

Othe r Bodil y Factor s


Th e Seve n Tissue s
To understan d the body, we must understan d the seven tissues that com •
pose it. The tissues are called dhatus meanin g constituents' . They
are the main substance s that do not get eliminate d from the body
for the reproductiv e They remain within the limit of the skin
from the outsid e and the interna l membrane s of the organs and joints
from within the body. The tissues go on developin g throughou t life. Their
proper maintenanc e is essentia l for health and longevity. They are seven in
number.

Name Character Function Anatomical Counterpart


PLASMA Plasm a and mucou s Nutritio n Ski n
Rasa dhatu membrane s
2. BLOOD Hemoglobi n portio n Oxygenatio n Bloo d vessel s
dhatu of the bloo d
3. MUSCLE Muscl e tissu e Movemen t Muscle s and interna l
dhatu organ s
FAT Fat or adipos e Lubricatio n & Surroundin g adipos e
Meda dhatu tissu e cushionin g formation s
5. BONE Bon e tissu e and Suppor t and Bone s and skeleto n
Asthi dhatu cartilag e protectio n
6. NERVE Nerv e tissu e and Transmissio n of Brai n and spina l cor d
dhatu bon e marro w nerv e impulse s
7. REPRODUCTIVE Reproductiv e tissu e Reproductio n Testes , uteru s
Shukra dhatu and secretion s
22 Introduction to Marmas

Marma therapy works on the tissues of the body by increasin g or decreas •


ing the circulatio n through them. In this way, it primaril y promote s the
flow of blood and Bu t marma therapy is also an importan t method
of workin g on the deeper tissues of bone and the seats of Prana and
Vata. This is because many marma points are on the head or on the joints ,
both of which connec t directly to Prana and Vata .
The outer tissues of plasma and blood are affected mainly by nutrition ,
our daily intake and digestio n of food and drink. The inner tissues of nerv e
and reproductio n are affected mainly by our behavior , how we develop our
minds and relate to other people. The intermediat e tissues of muscle , fat
and bone have a strong nutritiona l componen t but are also strongl y af•
fected by our behavio r in terms of exercis e and posture . Marma therap y
can help us change behaviora l patterns , though unlockin g the Prana held in
the deeper tissues. Even deep-seate d psychologica l problem s and ad•
dictions can be treated by marma therapy , which release s them from the
joints, bones and nerve tissues in which they are held .

II. Waste-Materials
The waste-material s or are the constituent s eliminate d from the
body during the normal course of metabolism . They vary from gaseous ,
liquid, semi-solid , to solid in form. The three main malas or gross waste-
materials are urine, feces, and sweat. Proper eliminatio n through the co•
lon is essentia l for controllin g Vata. Proper urinatio n is importan t for con•
trolling Pitta. Proper sweatin g is importan t for controllin g Kapha .
In additio n to these are subtle waste-material s or exudation s
eliminated from the epithelia l linings of the mouth, ears and
genital organs. Other minute waste-product s are also formed during tissu e
formatio n and as a by-produc t of cellular metabolis m.
The main tissue that relates to Kapha is the plasma (Rasa dhatu), whic h
produces Kapha (mucus ) as a waste-material . The main tissue relative to
Pitta is the blood (Rakta dhatu), which produce s Pitta (bile or exces s
blood) as a waste-material . Fo r this reason, most Kapha disease s involv e
the plasma and lymph glands and most Pitta disease s relate to the blood .
The main tissue relative to Vata is bone (Asthi which holds Vata in
its joint s and porous spaces. While Vata is not a waste-materia l of the
bone, it is containe d withi n the bones . Henc e mos t Vat a diseases , suc h as
involv e the
Health is maintaine d when waste-product s are eliminate d properl y and
in a timely manner . Certain marma points can be used to promot e or
inhibit their discharg e from the body in order to normaliz e them .
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 23

III . Channe l Systems


Ayurved a views the human body as compose d of innumerabl e
like irrigatio n canals, which supply the nutrient s to and remove waste ma•
terials from the various tissues. These channel s are called Srotas in San•
skrit, from the root meanin g with as the plural of the
term. Th e channel s are similar to the physiologica l system s of Wester n
medicine.
Three channel s connec t the interior of the body to the outside environ •
ment, bringin g in nourishmen t to the body in the form of breath, food ,
and water :

1 . R e s p i r a t or y Srotas
the channel s that carry the breath and vital
It consist s primaril y of the respirator y system , though aspects of the circu•
latory and digestiv e system s are involved as well. It relates to the subtle or
energy bod y Kosha) which envelope s and gives life to the
physical body .
This system has its origin in the heart and gastrointestina l tract sinc e
Prana is not only absorbe d through the lungs but also is taken from foo d
through the digestiv e tract and is distribute d through the blood and
plasma by the action of the heart. Many marma points work on this syste m
because of their direct connectio n with Prana .

2 . Digestiv e a
Srotas
Annavaha the channel s that carry food mainly the digestiv e
system. Its origin is in the stomac h and the left side of body where most of
the digestiv e tract is located . It is called Mahasrotas or as it
is the main canal in the body, the gastro-intestina l tract .
It is the dominan t system that govern s the physica l body, which itself is
Annamaya Kosha or the made of Many marma points
work on thi s syste m because it is the main system governin g the body.

3 . W a t e r - m e t a b o l is m or
Srotas
Udakavaha Srotas, the channel s that carry (convey ) water (udaka or
and regulat e water-metabolism . Its origin is the soft palate and
the pancreas . It does not possess a simple anatomica l equivalen t in
em medicine , but is like the fluid-absorbin g aspect of the digestiv e system .
It govern s the assimilatio n of water and water-containin g includ •
ing the digestio n of sugar. Diabete s is an importan t disease that relates to
24 Introduction to Marmas

it. Certain marmas affect it, largely by stimulating the flow of fluids
throughout the body.
Three additional channels connect the interior of the body to the out•
side environment and provide the elimination of the three main waste-
materials from the body.

4 . S w e a t in g
Srotas
Srotas, the channels that carry sweat or perspiration
Its origin is fat from which sweat and the hair follicles to
which the sebaceous gland s are connected. Certain marmas can be used to
increase peripheral circulatio n and promote sweating, which is an im•
portant treatment for many disease s starting with the common cold .

5 . E x c r e t or y Srotas
Srotas or the excretory system, the channel s that carry the feces
Its origin is the colon and rectum, the organ of excretion .
Certain marmas can be used to regulate elimination, either to relieve con•
stipation or to stop diarrhea .

6 . U r i n ar y
Srotas
Mutravaha Srotas or the urinary system, the channels that carry (convey)
the urine Its origin is the bladder and the organs of urina•
tion. Certain marma s can be used to regulate urination .
In addition, there are seven channel systems, one for each of the seven
as well as one separate channel for the mind and making a
total of fourtee n
7. Plasma , Lymphati c Srotas
Blood , Circulator y Srotas
9. Muscle , Muscula r Srotas
10. Fat Adipos e Syste m Srotas
11. Bone , Skeleta l Srotas
12. Nerve , Nervou s Srotas
13 . Reproductive , Reproductiv e Srotas
14 . Mind , Menta l Srotas
Ther e are two more channel s in women: th e menstrual system or
Srotas and lactation system or Stanyavaha Srotas. These are a
subset of the reproductive system Srotas) and not alway s
The Ayurvedic System of Healing and Marma Therapy 25

counted separately .
Marma s functio n as trigger points for regulatin g the movemen t of en•
ergy through these channels . They are closely connecte d to the anatomica l
structures, organs and orifices through which these channel s flow .

IV . th e Powe r o f Digestio n
The key force responsibl e for the functionin g of the body is Agni or the
power of digestion . There are several forms of Agni or fire in the body .
Most notable is the prime digestiv e fire or in the (Jatharagni )
which digests the food and beverage s or earth and water element s taken in
through the mouth. Workin g along with it are the elementa l Agnis
(Bhutagnis) located in the liver, which are responsibl e for convertin g the
digested foo d mass into appropriat e forms of the five element s in the
physical In addition , each of the seven tissues has its own Agni or
digestive powe r responsibl e for its specific metabolis m called tissue Agni s
thirteen forms of bodily Agnis in total .
The digestiv e however, is not simply a materia l but a pranic or
electrical fire. It helps to energiz e the bioelectrica l force of Prana to circu •
late through the fluids and tissues of the body. To create the proper fuel for
this pranic fire, food must be broken down into a homogenou s semi-liqui d
mass that is oily in nature. Only then can proper digestio n occur. Agni, like a
flame in the abdomen , burns using the fuel of this oily food mass, just as a
ghee flame burns using ghee or a candle burns using beeswax .
The digestiv e fire or Agni is the key factor in health. When it is low or
weak the power of digestio n is impaired . The improperl y digeste d foo d
mass become s a toxic substanc e in the digestiv e tract, called in San•
skrit. Such toxins or Ama set in motion the disease process and invade the
tissues and organs creating various ailments , minor or severe in nature.
Various marma s can be treated for strengthenin g the digestiv e fire and for
reducing Ama, aiding in its remova l from the body.
In additio n to the digestiv e fire, the breath itself is a gaseou s or prani c
fire (Pranagni ) that promote s the proper movemen t of energy throughou t
the body. Variou s marma s can be used to increas e Pranagn i and keep our
vital energy at its optima l conditio n and able to counter any disease at•
This pranic nature of Agni makes it possibl e to work on it through
pranic healing and marma therapy .
Each of the five senses also has its own Agni that aids in the receptio n
and recognitio n of sensory In the same way, the mind has its
own Agni through which it digests emotions , ideas and Cer -
26 Introduction to Marmas

tain marma s are special Agni points and can help catalyz e these differen t
forms of Agni, which are all interrelated . So wheneve r we think of marm a
points, we must conside r both Prana and Agni .

Note Ayurveda, Nature's Medicine (Frawle y and by the author s of thi s book .
For example , commentarie s on the Hatha Yoga a classica l wor k on Yoga , list s the reductio n of
raja s and increas e of as one of the mai n goal s of asan a practic e Brahmanand a commentary) .
Pleas e consul t book s like Ayurvedic Healing (Frawley ) or Ayurveda, Nature's Medicine (Frawle y and Ranade )
for mor e information .
Thes e are connecte d to Ranjak a Pitt a tha t als o work s in the
liver . Thes e are connecte d to Alochak a Pitt a whic h govern s the
eyes .
Thes e are connecte d to Sadhak a Pitt a whic h govern s metabolis m in the brain .
CHAPTER 3

Natu r e
an d Classificatio n

The human body consists of an intricate network of cir•


cuits and tissues on many levels from the blood to the most refined nerve
tissue of the brain. These interrelated channels create various patterns,
linkages and interchanges across which energy and informa•
tion continually travel and circulate creating the mosaic of systems that
makes up who we
The great ancient Ayurvedic teacher Sushruta described the constitu•
ents of the body in terms of 7 layers of skin, 30 0 bones (including cartilages
and teeth), 21 0 joints, 90 0 ligaments, 50 0 muscles, 16 major tendons, 70 0
veins, arteries and nerves, and 107 marmas. This means that marmas are
important identifiable parts of our anatomy and reflect key physiologica l
and psychologica l processes that occur within it. As a surgeon, Sushruta
stressed the importance of marmas in surgical practice. He stated that in
any surgica l procedure knowledge of marmas is as essential as knowledge of
the nerves , muscles , bone s and bloo d
Charaka mentioned six major marma regions in the head,
neck, heart , bladder, (endocrine system) and (reproductive sys•
tem). These are sometime s reduced to three main vital
(lower heart and head, which hous e our most important vital
organs. Marmas, therefore, have a strong foundatio n in our anatomy and
physiology .
All major Ayurvedic texts refer to the total number of primary marmas as
while the total number of primary marma regions is The differ• ence
betwee n these two numbers is because several marmas exist on both sides of
the body, and some marmas contain more than one marma point .
However, many Ayurvedic teachers recognize more marmas than thes e
classical 107 . Even Sushruta lists additional marmas beyond
Clearly ther e are more significant sites on the body than these 107. A
number of these marmas are mentioned at various places in this
book (like the point in the cente r of the forehea d or point s by the
28 Introduction to Marmas

sites along the spine). In fact, every point on the body is potentiall y a
marma point becaus e the entire skin or surface of the body is itself a
marma or sensitiv e region . On e could say that the skin itself is the
marma , linking all the other marma s together .
As Vata and Prana are held in the each joint can also be viewed as
a potentia l marma region . Our interna l organs have additiona l marm a
points , either directl y connecte d to them or connecte d by reflex point s
that can affect them from a distance . On top of such universall y share d
marma points, each person will have his or her own unique sensitiv e
points dependin g upon weight , frame, posture , diet, behavio r and age .
Therefore, we should not look at marma s in a rigid way, though the clas •
sical 107 marma s are a good foundatio n to start with. The same prin •
ciples of marma therapy can be applied to the extra marma s as well .

The Thre e Dosha s and Thre e Mai n Marm a Site s


Th e thre e mai n
|

head, heart and blad •


der o r lower abdo •
th e thre e
main sensitiv e zone s
in the body. Althoug h
(Heart)
all organs and struc •
tures in the body can
be related to all thre e
doshas to some de•
gree, the lower abdo •
Basti (Bladder)
men with its connec •
tion to the urinogeni -
and excretor y or•
gans relates more to
The Thre e Dosha s & Thre e Main Marm a Region s
Vata, the heart wit h
its connectio n to the blood relates more with and the head with its
pool of nerve and brain tissue relates more to Kapha . As the doshas are
the thre e main forces responsibl e for creatin g the entire body, marma s
reflect thei r impact on our physiolog y in variou s ways .

Letha l and Therapeuti c Marma s


Marmas are broadly classified into two categories as lethal or as therapeu•
tic Lethal marmas are points where the life-forc e can be hit and
driven ou t of the body, causin g injury, unconsciousnes s or even death .
Therapeutic points are region s where the vital force can be treated for
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 29

healing purposes . Lethal region s are areas which if struck or injure d


threaten the life of a person . Therapeuti c region s are sensitiv e points tha t
can be used to direct energy and counte r diseases . Lethal areas, there •
fore, are more importan t for the martia l arts, while therapeuti c points are
more significan t for medica l purposes .
Lethal marma s are often too sensitiv e for direct touch or manipula •
tion. As region s like the throat, they can be inappropriat e for stronge r
therapies like acupressur e or acupuncture , but can be worked on in a
limited manne r if touche d in a gentle way or if approache d throug h
pranic healing . Thoug h not as significan t for most healing they
are importan t for diagnosti c purpose s as disease is often reflecte d in pain or
dysfunctio n at their locations .
Therapeuti c regions , like marma s on the arms and legs, are the mos t
important for treatmen t purposes . They are easy to work on throug h
procedures like massage , acupuncture , oils, aromas or ointments . How •
ever, these two types of marma s cross over to a great extent. Vulnerabilit y
can make an area importan t for therapeuti c purposes . In addition , letha l
areas often have therapeuti c points around them that can be used whil e
avoiding their more central vulnerabl e areas .

Physica l and Energeti c Definition s of Marma s


The concep t of marma include s a whole range of anatomica l structure s
like the skin, bones, joints, nerves and interna l organs . Many marma s are
on the limbs of the body, like those of the elbow and knee. We can easil y
work upon these external marmas throug h therapeuti c touch. Som e
marmas like Shringatak a (the soft palate) or Hriday a (heart) are locate d
inside the body. These internal marma region s are best treated throug h
reflex points above them on the surface of the body.
Marma s are defined anatomicall y accordin g to their physica l loca •
tion. In this regard , the therapis t should know the structure s that defin e
each marma and allow for its easy identification . However , we must no t
regard locatio n of the marma as a simple physica l phenomenon . Marma s
are primaril y centers ' where the life-forc e accumulate s and
flows. Treatin g them is more a means of treatin g Prana (the electricit y
running throug h the body) rather than simply workin g on physica l tis•
sues and organs (the light bulbs that carry the This is particu •
larly true of larger marmas , like the knee (Janu marma ) which have sen•
sitive points in their vicinit y that vary in locatio n relativ e to the conditio n of
the person .
This means that the main definitio n of marma s is not anatomica l bu t
energetic, in terms of Prana and the doshas . Their exact locatio n de•
pends upon the Pranas of both the therapis t and the client, not simply on
30 Introduction to Marmas

a fixed physical location. The patient should generally be treated where


the Prana is focused in the marma region, which is not a fixed phenom•
enon. In addition, a good healer can direct his or her Prana to a marma
region at almost any point within it. The Prana of a good therapist can
easily find the weak or blocked Prana points on the client even without an
extensive physical examination. Prana will always work to heal Prana, just
as water will naturally flow into low lying areas. the identifi•
cation of marmas is an art and a matter of not simply a physi•
ological definition. This is one reaso n why exact marma locations may be
slightly different according to differen t Ayurvedi c

Size of Marma s and Individua l Finge r Uni t


Marmas are located and measured in size in terms of anguli or
the of the respective individual. To determine this follow
these instructions :
1. Join both open palms at ulnar (little finger) side.
Measure the width of both palms at metacarpo-phalangia l joint s
(bas e of the
3. Divide this by 8 (as this width is average for 8 fingers) .
4. This is individual finger unit.
Generally the height and breadth of a person is around 84 times the
individual figure unit as shown in the illustration at left.
Marmas are classified ac•
cording to their range in size
as one-half finger unit (An•
guli one finger
unit, two finger units, three
finger unit s or four finger
units (fist Note Ap•
pendix 3 for more informa•
tion on this classification .
We ca n se e from this
classification tha t marma s
vary greatly in size. Whil e
many marmas are as small
as one-hal f finger unit in
size, several like Hriday a
(heart) marma are as large
as four finger units. Whil e
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 31

smalle r marma s can be called the larger marma s are more accu •
rately describe d as or

Marma s an d Acupunctur e Point s


Marma s resembl e acupunctur e points in propertie s and usages . Some •
times they are referre d to as acupressur e However , we
must be careful no t to simply equate marma s and acupunctur e
Marma s can be much large r in size, are not always related to acupunc •
ture meridian s and are fewe r in numbe r than acupunctur e points .
A pinpoin t locatio n of marma s is not always as crucial as for acupunc •
ture points, particularl y when marma treatmen t centers on massag e
rather than the use of needle s (which Ayurved a rarely So while
recognizing the importan t similarities , we shouldn' t confus e marma s
with acupunctur e points. The two can be very different .

Table of Marma s
Below is a table of the main marmas . As you can note, most marma s are
named after their anatomica l position , which in severa l instance s occur s
on both sides of the body. This list will serve as an introductio n to how
marmas are viewed . Note Part II of the book for a detaile d descriptio n of
each marma and note Appendix 3 for a more detaile d examinatio n of the
Sanskrit meanin g of the marma name .

Marma Location Meaning Size Number

Adhipati Top of the hea d Overlor d unit 1


Shoulde r blad e Shoulde r blad e uni t 2, 1 on eac h sid e
Shoulde r Should er uni t 2, 1 on eac h sid e
Ani (arm) Lowe r regio n of The poin t of unit 2, 1 on eac h arm
the uppe r arm a needl e
(leg) Lowe r regio n of The poin t of uni t 2, 1 on eac h
leg uppe r leg a needl e
Apalapa Armpi t or axill a Unguarde d uni t on eac h sid e
Apanga Oute r corne r of Lookin g awa y uni t 2, 1 by eac h eye
the eye s
Apastambha Uppe r side of Wha t stand s unit 2, 1 on eac h
side the abdome n to the sid e
Avarta Midpoin t abov e Calamity ; from uni t by eac h eye
the eye s its sensitivenes s
32 Introduction to Marmas

Bahvi Insid e of Wha t relate s 1 uni t 2, 1 on eac h side


uppe r arm to the arm
Basti Lowe r abdome n Bladde r 4 unit s 1
Brihati Broa d regio n of Wid e or larg e uni t 2, 1 on eac h side
the uppe r bac k
Guda Anu s Anu s 4 unit s 1
Gulpha Ankl e join t Ankl e join t 2 unit s 2, 1 by eac h ankl e
Hear t Hear t 4 unit s 1
Indrabasti Cente r of Indra' s arro w uni t on eac h arm
(arm) forear m
Indrabasti Cente r of Indra' s arro w uni t on eac h leg
(leg) lowe r leg
Janu Kne e join t Kne e join t 3 uni t 2, 1 on eac h kne e
Kakshadhara Top of shoulde r Wha t uphold s 1 uni t on eac h
join t the flan k shoulde r
Katikataruna Hip-join t Wha t rise s uni t on eac h sid e
from the hip of the bac k
Krikatika Join t of the nec kJoin t of Vz unit 2, 1 on eac h
side the nec k of the nec k
Kshipra Betwee n thum b Quic k to give uni t 2, 1 on eac h han d
(hand) and inde x finge r result s
Kshipra Betwee n big toe Quic k to give Vz unit 2, 1 on eac h
foo t and secon d toe result s
Kukundara On eac h side of Wha t mark s Vz unit on eac h sid e
lowe r ilia c spin e the loin s
Kurcha Botto m of thum b A kno t or 4 unit s 2, 1 on eac h han d
(hand) bundl e
Kurcha Botto m of big toe A kno t or 4 unit s 2, 1 on eac h
foo t bundl e
Base of The hea d 1 uni t on eac h han d
(hand) thum b join t of kurch a
Kurchashira Bas e of big The hea d 1 uni t 2, 1 on eac h
foo t toe join t of kurch a
Kurpara Elbo w join t Elbo w join t 3 unit s on eac h elbo w
Lohitaksha Lowe r fronta l end Red-jointe d Vz unit 2, 1 on eac h ar m
(arm) of shoulde r join t
Lohitaksha Lowe r fronta l end Red-jointe d uni t on eac h leg
(leg) of the hip join t
Manibandha Wris t Bracele t 2 unit s 2, 1 on eac h
w ris t
Manya Side of Hono r 4 unit s 2, 1 on eac h
side upper nec k
Nabhi Nave l Nave l 4 unit s 1
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 33

Marma Location Meaning Size Number


Base of Dar k blue 4 unit s 2, 1 on eac h
sid e the throa t
The uppe r regio n Buttock s uni t 2, 1 on eac h
sid e of the buttock s
The uppe r hips The side of uni t 2, 1 on eac h
sid e the wais t
Phana Side of the A serpent' s uni t 2, 1 by eac h
nostri l nostril s hoo d
Shankha Templ e A conc h shel l uni t 2, 1 on eac h sid e
Shringataka Sof t palat e of Plac e wher e 4 unit s 4
the mou th fou r road s mee t
Fissure s on Summi t 4 unit s 5 on the
skul l the skul l
Sira Bas e of the nec k Mothe r of the 4 unit s 8, 4 on eac h side
blood vessel s of the nec k
Stanamula Roo t of Roo t of breas t 2 unit s 2, 1 on eac h side
the breas t of the breas t
Stanarohita Uppe r regio n Uppe r regio n uni t 2, 1 on eac h side
of the breas t of the breas t of the breas t
Sthapani Poin t betwee n Wha t give s uni t 1
the eye s suppor t or fixe s
Talahridaya Cente r of the Cente r of uni t 2, 1 on eac h han d
(hand) palm of the han d the surfac e
Talahridaya Cente r of the Cente r of uni t 2, 1 on eac h
foo t sole of the foo t the surfac e
Utkshepa Abov e the ears Wha t is uni t 2, 1 by eac h ear
upward s
The mid-regio n Wha t is wid e 1 uni t 2, 1 on eac h
leg of the uppe r thig h
Vidhura Behin d and Distres s uni t 2, 1 by eac h ear
below the ear s
Vitapa Perineu m Wha t is hot 1 uni t 2, 1 on eac h side
or painfu l

Definition s of Marma s
There are several classica l Ayurvedi c definition s of From thes e
we can see that marma s are related to the energie s of the body, mind ,
Prana and They are key connectin g points to all aspects of our
energies from the inmost consciousnes s to the outermos t physica l or•
gans .
1. Charak a defines marma s as sites where muscle , veins, ligaments ,
bones and joints meet together , though all these structure s need not be
34 Introduction to Marmas

present at each This explains marmas as important connectio n


centers or crossroads in the physical body.
2. According to Vagbhatta, marmas are sites where important nerves
come together along with related structures like muscles and a
similar definition to that of He says that sites which are painful,
tender and show abnormal pulsation should also be considered as
marma or vital point s regardless of their anatomical structure. They are
the seats of or This means that any sensitive point on the
body is a potential marma. Any injured area, for example, becomes a
kind of marma point until it is healed .

3. According to Sushruta, marmas are places where the three dosha s


(Vata, Pitta and Kapha) are present along with their subtle forms as
Prana, Tejas and Ojas and the three gunas of rajas and
This means tha t marmas control not only the outward form of the
doshas, but thei r inward essences or master forms as well (Prana, Tejas
and Ojas) and also the mind (sattva). Relating to Ojas or the power of
immunity, marmas help maintain our immune system and can be treated in
order to boost its powers . Connected to Ojas their treatment can be also
used for rejuvenation . Connected to the mind, their treatment can relieve
stress and promot e meditation .

4. According to Dalhana, can cause death if injured is a


While marma s do not always result in death, their impairment causes
various disease s that can be difficult to treat .
Marmas mark the junction of the body with the mind, which is why we
can feel pain when they are touched. They are important sites that can
stimulat e unconscious bodily processes, mental/sensor y responses or
emotional reactions. Treating them can release negative emotions and
remove mental blockages, including those of a subconscious nature (like
This means that there is an important psychologica l side to
their treatment .

Compositio n of Marma s
Marmas are classified according to their dominant physical constituents as
muscle, vessel, ligament, joint or bone-based regions. The descriptions
below follow except for the last category of Note Appen•
dix 3 for more information on this classification .
1. Muscle-based Marmas to muscle-based
structures like facia, serous membranes, sheaths and muscles .
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 35

2. Vessel-based Marma (Sira to various vessels or chan•


nels supplying energy or fluids to the body, particularly the blood and
lymphati c vessels . Sushrut a explain s four types of thes e
A) Vessels (Vatavaha Sira), darkish in color. Vagbhatta
says that impulse s flow in this type of channels, connecting them with
the but they can also refer to energy carrying channels not
entirely physical in nature .
B) Pitta-carrying Vessels Sira), yellowish in color, connect•
ing them with heat, color (pigmentatio n factors), bile and lymph.
They can also refer to smaller vessels carrying heat or enzymes .
C) Vessels Sira), whitish in color, con•
necting them to lymphatic vessels, channels that carry mucus and
other fluid or plasma-conveyin g
D) Blood-carryin g Vessels Sira). Vagbhatta says that they
are deep-seated and carry red-colored blood, which would identif y
them with arterie s and

Channels carrying the doshas are more energetic than anatomical in ba•
and so anatomical correlations are only general. Sushruta notes that
single vessel carries Vata, Pitta or Kapha alone. All vessels to some
degree carry all three of the so their distinctions are only
general .
3 Ligament-based (Snayu to the tissues and
structures that bind the bones and muscles together. There are tour
types: ligaments proper , tendons, sphincter muscles and aponeuroses .
4. Bone-based Marmas (Astbi to bony tissue, can be
classified into bone s proper, cartilage, teeth and nails.
5 Joint-based Marmas (Sandhi to the joints, are impor•
tant sensitive on the body for both Prana and the Joint s
are classified into movable, partially movable and non-movable . These
can be complex or large marmas .

Symptom s of Injury to Marma s


Marmas are susceptible to damage from injuries, falls,
wounds and other catastrophic events. Their injury results bleeding ,
disorientation, loss of coordination , loss of consciousnes s and long term
disability. It can affect all three doshas as well as the blood, Prana and the
mind. Significant injury to marmas results in severe and often very spe•
cial symptoms .
36 Introduction to Marmas

notes, "When marmas are injured, a person rolls in bed due to


pain, feelin g as though entering into emptiness. He suffers from faint- ness
and restlessness and has difficulty breathing. Due to severe weak• ness,
he cannot lift his legs and hands, has a burning sensation in the heart,
canno t stay in any posture for long and may soon succumb to death."
The effects of injuries to marmas will vary according to the composi•
tion of the Any injury of a penetrating or lacerating type to a
marma region will naturally produce hemorrhage and blood loss. If it
occurs at a vessel type marma (veins and like in the region of
the neck, the blood loss can be severe. If a joint-based (Sandhi) marma is
injured it will become difficult to move the joint, which may become
swollen, reddish or distorted. Injury to a muscle-based marma
results in pain, paralysis, atroph y or edema of the muscle .

Five Type s of Marma s Relativ e to


Symptom s When Injure d
Marmas are also classified according to five types relative to their degree of
These are Sadya (Instan t
Pranahara (Long-term (Fatal If
Pierced), Vaikalyakara (Disability-Causing) and Rujakara (Pain-caus•
This is a very important consideration that is defined in terms of the
five elements. However, the elements in this context do not reflect the dosha
controlled by the marma but only the effects that occur if the marma is injured.
Fo r example, marmas that govern the main heat centers in the body
(bladder, navel and heart) are classified as fiery and are the most vulner•
able, but thes e are not all primary Pitta sites. Please examine Appendix 3
for more information on this important classification .

Sadya Death-Causing
Sadya Pranahara means taking the Prana or life-force
like the burstin g of a balloon. They are sites where Prana can be
quickly harme d and driven from the body. Significant injury to these
marmas can prove fatal within twenty-four and usually results in
severe pain along with loss of consciousness . These marmas are key
points of vitality like the heart , navel or bladder, said to be fiery or heating in
their degree of vulnerability. Whe n the heating power, bodily warmth and
power of circulation which they control is weakened, our lives are imme•
diately threatened. Injury to thes e main heat-holding marmas results in
severe symptoms ranging from interna l hemorrhage, coma, and irregular
heartbeat (head and heart marmas) , bloo d in urine, extravasation of
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 37

blood or urine in peritoneal cavity (Basti marma), shock and pain. If the
injury is serious, the person may not live long.
1. Death-Causing
Kalantara Pranahara means the Prana or life-force away over
like causing a leak in a vessel. They are points at which Prana can
be remove d from the body in the long-term. Significant injury to these
marmas causes our Prana to gradually drain away and can prove fatal
after a perio d of two weeks or more. Injury to such locations harms ones
vitality in a significant but not immediately life-threatenin g manner.
These marmas are said to be both fiery and watery, or heating and cooling in
their degree of vulnerability in nature. Their fiery nature makes them vulner•
able but their watery nature protects them, so harm to vitality from their
injury is only in the long run. Such are points like Simanta (skull points) or
points on the chest (Stanamula and Stanarohita) which are sensitive but
have the protection of bones or muscles .
3. If Pierced
(Fatal If Pierced) marmas can prove fatal if the point is
pierced. Traditionally , it is said that if a foreign body or weapon becomes
lodged at these points, it is life-threatenin g to remove it. This highlights the
danger of damaging these points. These marmas are key points of vitality
said to be airy in their degree of These are important Prana
points on the head, like Sthapani (the point between the and so can
cause severe pain or injury as well as disturb the mind. They hold and
protect the life-force or but if punctured allow it to
quickly leave the body, causing severe harm.

Vaikalyakara marmas, if injured, result in damage


to the marma, harmin g the tissues, bones, nerves and vessels involved,
but nothing that will threate n the life of the person. These marmas are
said to be watery or cooling in their degree of which preserves
and protects them. Injury to them results more in debility than in death
and is so These are mainly points on the arms and legs at
a distance from the main vital organs and so injury to them canno t
cause so much internal damage .

5.
marmas result in recurrent or constant pain,
depending upon the severity of the injury, which gets aggravated when
the marma region is touched, moved or otherwise affected. Thes e
38 Introduction to Marmas

marmas are said to be both airy and fiery in their degree of


whic h make s them sensitiv e and unstabl e and so results in severe pain
and inflammatio n if injured . They are mainly sensitiv e joints like the
wrists and

Injur y to Marma s and the Thre e Dosha s


Vata, Pitta and Kapha increas e at differen t marma s either accordin g to
external factors like injury or accordin g to interna l factors like wron g
diet. When in a conditio n of excess at a marma , each dosha will manifes t
its characteristi c symptoms . Understandin g we can monito r the
doshic imbalance s at marma sites. Note the two sets of factors and symp•
toms below .

Factor s tha t Increas e the Dosha s at Marm a Site s


• VATA D O S H A is most likely to get disturbe d by externa l injuries to
marmas, particularl y marma s that relate to nerves, bones or joints, or
injuries that result in significan t blood loss. Externa l factors of cold ,
dryness and wind also cause Vata to increas e at various marmas . Vata is
disturbed at marma s owing to interna l factors of weakness , tissue defi•
ciency, nervou s digestio n or hyperactivity .
• PITTA D O S H A increase s at marma s owing to interna l factors of hy•
peracidity, fever, inflammatio n or toxic blood. Externa l factors like
overexposur e to heat , brigh t light s or causti c chemical s also caus e
it to
• KAPH A D O S H A increase s at marma s owing to interna l factors of
accumulation of weight, water (edema) , mucus, congestio n or lack of
movement in the region. Externa l factors like cold, dampnes s and stag •
nant air also cause it to increase .

Symptom s of Exces s Dosha s at Marm a Site s


• IF VATA IS D I S T U R B E D AT AN Y MARM A , there will be severe pain
not only at the marma site but in the entire body. Vata symptom s like
fear, anxiety , tremors , constipation , nervou s indigestion , insomni a and
nervou s agitatio n wil l
therapie s like the applicatio n of heat, warm oil massage , or
Vata-reducing herbs like ginger, calamu s or ashwagandh a will bring thes e
symptoms down .

• IF PITTA GE T S DISTURB E D AT AN Y MARM A , there will be feel •


ings of heat, irritabilit y and fever often extendin g to the entire body .
Pitta symptom s like inflammatio n or bleedin g at the marma point wil l
Marmas, Their Nature and Classification 39

combine with general Pitta symptom s like burning sensations , hypera •


cidity, loose stool, red eyes or intoleranc e to light .
Anti-Pitt a therapie s such as the applicatio n of cold cooling oils like
coconut, and cooling herbs like sandalwoo d or rose will bring thes e
symptoms down.

• WH E N KAP H A B E C O M E S I NCREAS E D A T AN Y MARM A ,


there will be swelling, accumulatio n of fluid (edema) and congestion .
Overall Kapha symptom s will increase with possible feelings of heavi •
ness, lethargy, cough, tirednes s and dislike of movement .
therapie s such as the applicatio n of heat, fasting, taking of
hot spice s like ginger and cayenne , or using warmin g aromati c oils like
eucalyptus or ginger will reduce these symptoms .

Sushruta Samhita Sharira


Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VI.3, Ashtanga Sangraha sh. Ashtanga sh.4.
Sushruta Samhita Chikitsa Sthana VII.38 and Sharira Sthana IX. 12, for example , mention s six
additiona l marma s relatin g to reproductiv e syste m problem s alon g wit h and Bast i marmas .
Thes e are calle d Sevani , Mutravaha , Yoni , Antahphal a srota s and
Ashtanga Hridaya Sh. 4.37, Ashtanga Hridaya Sh. Sushruta Samhita, Sharira Sthana.
Sushruta Samhita, Sharira Sthana

Sushruta Samhita, Sharira Sthana


Ashtanga Sangraha sh.6.4.
Accordin g to Gananat h Sen, thes e can be agai n subdivide d int o Aruna, nerv e (sympathetic) ,
veins , arteries , Keshika, capillaries , Gauri, lymphati c vessel s and Dhamani, nerve s (motor) .
Ashtanga Sangraha S.sh7.26-27.
Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VI. 16.
These fiv e type s of marma s also relat e to differen t anatomica l factors . Accordin g to Sushruta Samhita,
Sadya Pranahara (Immediat e Death-Causing ) marma s are compose d of all fiv e factor s of veins ,
ligaments , muscles , bone s and joints . Thos e belongin g to Pranahara (Long-ter m Death-Causing )
marma s are compose d of only four factors . Vishalyaghna (Fata l If Pierced ) type s are compose d of thre e
factors . Vaikalyakara (Disability-Causing ) site s are compose d of two factor s and only one facto r is presen t
in (Pain-causing ) sites . The mor e factor s involve d in a marma , the mor e dangerou s injur y to it
is likel y to be .
r
C HA PTE R 4

Yoga in its deeper sense is a spiritua l science of Self-realization . Its aim is


to lift our awarenes s to a higher consciousnes s that transcend s pain and
suffering, karma and rebirth. Toward this goal, the science of Yoga em•
ploys many practice s and techniques . Asanas or Yoga posture s work on our
physical body to release stress, eliminat e toxins and balance our physica l
energies. Asana is followe d by interna l method s of Pranayam a (breat h
control) and Pratyahar a (contro l of the senses) to calm and balance our
vital energy and sensory impulse s so that they do not disturb the mind .
in turn, are followed by mantra and meditatio n to calm and balance
the min d and make it receptiv e to higher influences .
Traditiona l Yoga reflects the physiologica l view of Ayurvedi c medicin e
with its doshas, tissues and channe l systems , includin g the role of marmas .
Marmas are related to the chakra and nadi (subtle channel ) system s em•
phasized in yogic thought . They are the focus of various Yoga practices ,
particularly those involvin g Prana. This is because marma s are importan t
pranic centers . They also hold negativ e emotion s and nervou s tension (par •
ticularly Throug h workin g on marma points, we can control our
Prana. Throug h Prana we can control our sensory and motor organs, and
eventuall y the entire mind-bod y complex , affordin g us easy access to the
higher realms of yogic consciousness .

M ar m as , C h a k r a s a n d N a d i s
There are three levels of energy centers that link the body to the mind and
higher chakras , the nadis and the marmas . Th e
chakras are the energ y centers of the subtle body that are located along the
spine. They are the subtles t of the three, being of the nature of pranic or
centers' rather tha n mere physica l location s (which is why their
actions are seldom perceptibl e at a physica l
The nadis are the subtle channel s that run from the chakras to variou s
points on the body and which energiz e our physiologica l They are
42 Introduction to Marmas

not physica l nerves but perceptibl e energy-flows .


Marma s are sensitiv e regions that develop from the They distrib•
ute the Prana from the and the nadis throughou t the body as a
whole. They can be felt as certain points or zones on the body. Therefore ,
we can understan d marma s as a developmen t on a physica l level of the
energies tha t originat e from the chakras and the nadis .

Three Types of Energy Center s


7 Chakra s
2. 14 Nadi s
3. 107 Marma s

Marma s an d th e Seve n Chakra s


There are six main chakras or energy centers distribute d along the spine as
well as the seventh or main head center called the or
petal that is connecte d to the brain. We should note that each of
these chakras and its correspondin g region of the back is a kind of marma or
sensitiv e area. We could say that the chakras are the main marma s or
pranic (energy ) center s of the subtle body, which energiz e all the marma s or
pranic centers of the physica l body .

Earth , Smell , Nadi , Guda (anus )


Root Nose , Eliminatio n Excretor y syste m
2. Svadhishthana, Water , Taste , Kuh u Nadi ,
Kukundara ,
Sex Tongue , Reproductio n genita l syste m Vitap a
3. Fire , Sight , Eyes , Fee t Vishvodhar a nadi , Nabh i (navel )
Navel Digestiv e syste m
4. Anahata, Air, Touch , Skin , Hand s Varun a nadi , Hriday a
Heart Circulator y (heart )
syste m
5. Vishuddha, Ether , Sound , Sarasvat i nadi , Manya ,
Throat Ears , Speec h Respirator y
syste m
6. Mind , Inne r Perceptio n Ida, Pingala , Push a Sthapani ,
Third Eye Gandhari , Payasvin i Apang a
Shankhin i
nadis , Nervou s
syste m
7. Sahasrara, Consciousnes s nadi , Adhipati ,
Head Brai n
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 43

We will not go into great detail about the because this informa•
tion is covered in many However, we have presented their main
factors of correlation relative to the marmas in a table below, including the
elements, sens e organs, motor organs, sense qualities, nadis, and bodily
systems relativ e to each .
The important point to remember here is that through treating their re•
spective marmas, we can treat the nadis, elements, sense and motor organs, and
other factors associated with the chakras. Fo r example, through treating the
marmas in the region of the navel, one can work on the fire element in the
body, including the digestive fire (Agni) and organs of the digestive sys•
tem, the sense of sight and the feet as a motor organ. Relative to the nadis
referred to in the table, these will be explained shortly.

M a r ma s a n d t h e
F o u r t ee n N a di s
Along with the seven chakras, the Yoga sys•
tem emphasizes fourteen nadis or channels
of the subtle body. Eac h nadi is identified
by a point, aperture or orifice on the sur•
face of the body that connects to it. All
nadis begin at the root or base of
spine, mov e parallel to th e Sushumna ,
which is the central nadi running up the re•
gion of the and branch out from the
Sushumna at variou s places. Apart from
the Sushumna, the mos t important nadis
are the Pingala and the Ida which, through
the breath, govern the energy flow on the
right and left sides of the body. Eac h nadi is
connected to certai n marmas. Through
these marmas, we can treat the nadi and
insure the prope r flow of Prana throug h it. Suc h point s are
very

Each chakra has a correspondin g nadi that carries its energy to variou s
portions of the body.
44 Introduction to Marmas

Extent Runs from the center of the root chakra to the tip of the
rectum. Supplie s Prana to the organs of elimination .
Apertur e Apertur e is the anus. Relates to the root or earth chakr a
and to Apana Vayu .
Marma Correspondin g marma is Gud a

2. Kuhu Chakra
Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the sex chakra and for•
ward to the end of the urethra. Supplie s Prana to
the urinar y and reproductiv e
Apertur e Apertur e is the penis or Relates to the sex or water
chakra and to Apana Vayu .
Marm a Correspondin g marm a is Bast i

3. chakra
Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the navel chakra and from
it throughou t the abdomen . Supplie s Prana to the di•
gestiv e system and digestiv e fire .
Apertur e Apertur e is the navel. Relates to the navel or fire chakr a
and to Samana Vayu, Pachaka Pitta, Ranjaka Pitta and
Kledaka Kapha. Support s the entire body through the
digestive system and Agni .
Marma Correspondin g marma is Nabhi (navel) .

4 . Varun a chakra
Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the heart chakra and from
it throughou t the entire body. Supplie s Prana to the entire
body, through the respirator y and circulator y systems and the
skin .
Apertur e Apertur e is the skin. Relates to the heart or air chakra and
to Vyana Vayu, Bhrajak a Pitta and Avalambak a Kapha This
nadi allows for the deeper feeling and knowing of the heart
to manifest .
Marma Main marma is Hridaya as well as other marmas in
the chest .
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 45

5. Sarasvati chakra
Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the throat chakra ,
branching out to the tip of the tongue. Supplie s Prana to
the throat, mouth, tongue and vocal organs .
Apertur e Apertur e is the mouth and throat in general . Relates to the
throat or ether chakra, to Udana Vayu and to Bodhak a
Kapha. This nadi, as the name indicates , gives the powers of
speech, song, taste, wisdom and mantra .
Marma Correspondin g marma is the tip of the tongue, which is not
one of the classica l 107 marmas . A reflex point for the
Sarasvati nadi is in the middle of the jaw below the lips .
Marmas in the throat region like and Manya relat e
to

Sushumna chakra
Extent Runs from the base of the spine to the top of the head, with
many nadis branchin g out from it in the region of the third
eye. Energize s the spine, the brain, the nerve tissue, and
support s the bone tissue .
Apertur e Apertur e is the eyes, specificall y the point betwee n the eyes
or third Collect s and distribute s the energy of all the
nadis , particularl y the eight right-lef t predominan t nadis.
Connecte d to Prana Vayu, Sadhak a Pitta and Tarpaka
Kapha , Prana, Tejas and Ojas .
Marmas Main marma s are Sthapan i (third eye) and Adhipat i
(crow n

Specia l N ad i s fo r t h e Thir d Ey e
The third eye or Ajna Chakra is the origin of six nadis that supply the
senses, two for each of the nostrils , eyes and ears .

1. nad i
Extent Branche s out from the third goes to the right nostril ,
which is its orifice, and supplie s Prana to it. Also govern s
the right nasal passage .
Effects Driving pranic channe l for fiery and Pitta activitie s of all
types from digestio n to critical thinking . Also related to the
root chakra which govern s the sense of smell. Supplie s en-
46 Introduction to Marmas

ergy to the right side of the body, stimulatin g all the righ t
side nadis ,
Marm a Mai n marm a is the righ t Phan a marma .

2 . Ida nadi
Extent Branche s out from the third eye, goes to the left nostril ,
which is its orifice, and supplie s Prana to it. Also govern s
the left nasa l
Effects Main Prana channe l for watery and Kapha function s from
tissue developmen t to sleep. Govern s inspired or visionar y
speech. Causes the whole body to be nourishe d throug h
Prana. Also related to the root which govern s the
sense of smell. Supplie s energy to the left side of the body ,
stimulatin g all the left side nadis .
Marma Main marma is the left Phana marma .

3. Pusha nadi
Extent Branche s out from the third eye, goes to the right eye ,
which is its orifice, and supplie s Prana to it. Ruled mainl y
by Prana as the main power of the senses .
Effects A very importan t nadi because the soul dwells in
the righ t eye during the waking state. Meditatio n upon the
Seer in the right eye is a major approac h to Self-realizatio n in
Yoga . Relates to Alochak a Pitta (the form of Pitta gov• erning
the eyes) and to the navel chakra, which govern s the sense
of sight .
Marma Main marma is the right Apanga marma .

4. Gandhari nadi
Extent Branche s out from the third goes to the left
which is its orifice, and supplie s Prana to it.
Effects Promote s dream, imaginatio n and creative vision. Also re•
lates to Alochak a Pitta and to the navel chakra whic h
govern s the sense of sight .
Marma Main marma is the left Apanga marma .
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 47

5. Payasvini
Extent Branche s out from the third eye, goes to the right ear ,
which is its orifice , and supplie s Prana to it. Also govern s
the righ t Eustachia n
Effects At the right ear we hear the inner sounds of Yoga or
the music of the soul. Connecte d to the throat chakra which
govern s the sense of hearing .
Marma Main marma is the right Vidhur a marma .

6. nadi
Extent Branche s out from the third eye, goes to the left ear, whic h
is its orifice , and supplie s Prana to it. Also govern s the left
Eustachia n
Affects Increas es faith and makes us receptiv e to higher devotiona l
influences. Also connecte d to the throat chakra which gov •
erns the sense of hearing .
Marma Main marma is the left Vidhur a marma .

Th e T w o N a d i s fo r t h e A r m s a n d Leg
s
Two special nadis supply Prana to the right and left sides of the body and
the arms and legs. Many differen t marma s occur in the field of these two
nadis, which are very importan t for marma therapy . They relate to Vyan a
Vayu or the outward-movin g vital air, though which our Prana radiate s
out and interface s with the environment . They are connecte d to both the
navel and heart chakras , which govern the hands and feet as motor or•
gans and the flow of energy throug h them .

Yashasvat i nad i
Extent Runs from root chakra to the navel chakra where it branches
out. Supplie s Prana to the right foot and right hand. Its
energy comes to a center in the middle of the right hand and
foot and from there radiate s out to the five fingers or toes ,
ending primaril y in the right thumb and
big
Apertur e Aperture s are the tips of the right thumb and big toe .
Effects There is a strong healing energy potentia l throug h the palm
of the right hand, which like the right eye relates to
48 Introduction to Marmas

the soul and to fire. Relates to Vyana Vayu, Bhrajaka Pitta


and Sleshaka Kapha .
Marmas Main marmas are Kshipra and Talahridaya on the right
side of the body on both the hands and the feet. Fo r all
the marmas on the right side of the body, it is importan t
to keep the energy flow in this channel clear and constant .

2 . Hastijih v a nad i
Extent Runs from the root chakra to the navel chakra where it
branches out. Supplies Prana to the left foot and left hand.
Its energy comes to a center in the middle of the left hand
and foot and from there radiates out to the five fingers or
toes, ending primarily in the left thumb and big
Apertures Apertures are the tip of the left thumb and big toe.
Effects The energy of the left hand is more cooling, soothing and
nourishing than that of the right and is watery in nature.
This nadi relates to Vyana Vayu, Bhrajaka Pitta and
Sleshaka Kapha .
Marmas Main marmas are Kshipra and Talahridaya on the left side
of the body on both the hands and the feet. Fo r all the
marmas on the left side of the body, it is important to
keep the energy flow in this channel clear and constant .

Marma s and Yog a Practices


Marmas are an important factor to consider in regard to all Yoga practice s
from physical postures to Pranayama and meditation. They are an integral
part of yogi c thinkin g and the yogi c understandin g of both body and

M a r m a a n d A s a n a P r a c t ic e
One of the main purposes of the asana practice (Yoga postures) is to insure the
right flow of Prana through the various marma regions. As many marmas are
located in the joints, asanas help keep the marmas clear and energized .
Therefore, it is important for an effective asana practice to consider the
condition of the different centers in the body, aiming at bringing
better circulation to those marma regions that are stiff or Marma s
that are sore indicate the need to exercise the surrounding muscles and
joint s proper/y. Below are a few suggestive indications as this is an
importan t topic in itself outside the main scope of this book. Please exam-
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 49

works on Yoga asanas for more detail on the poses referred


Sitting poses in general, but particularly the lotus pose (padmasana) , serve
to close and protect the marmas for the practice of meditation and for
of our energie s of Prana and mind. The bound lotus
in particular is a pose for locking and holdin g
marma energy at an internal level.
Twists are excellent for unlocking marma energy generally, through im•
proving the flow of Prana through the particularly for marmas in the
back, hips and shoulders. Standing and extending poses (like trikonasana ,
parsvakonasana, or serve to open and
expand the marma system, connectin g it with external sources of Prana
and vitality .
Backward bends (like ustrasana and urdhva dhanurasana ) generall y
open the marmas located on the chest and the front of the body and can
strongly stimulate marma energy. Forward bends (like janu sirsasana,
and pascimottanasana ) are better for marmas on the back of
the body and are more calming to marma energy. Poses that bring the
chest forward like upward facing dog and th e cobr a pose (urdhv a
and bhujangasana ) are good for stimulating marmas in
the chest .
Practices like bandha and which aim at opening up
the solar plexus , are excellent for marmas in the stomach region and for
regulating Pitta in that area of the body. Practices like whic h
seal the energy in the root chakra, are excellent for marmas at the base of the
spine and for regulating Vata in that area of the body. Practices like
bandha and the more basic practice of Ujjayi are
excellent for marmas in the throa t region and for regulating Kapha in that
area of the body .
Inverted poses aid in the stimulation of marmas in the head and uppe r
region of the body, depending upon the nature of the The head-
stand is very powerful for marmas in the head. The shoulder stand is excel•
lent for marma s in the neck. Naturally, one must prepare for these poses
properly, particularl y for the headstand .

M a r m as , P r a t y a h ar a a n d P r a n a y am a
Marmas as pranic centers can be easily affected through Pranayama .
Through Pranayama or yogic breathing we increase the flow of Pran a
through the chakras, nadis and marmas. Mos t notable in this regard is the
practice of We can use the right nostril
breathing (breathing in throug h the right nostril and out through the
which is heating in nature, to energiz e the marmas on the right side of the
50 Introduction to Marmas

body. We can use left nostril breathing (breathing in through the nos•
out the right), which is cooling in nature, to energize the
marmas on the left side of the body. Anothe r metho d is to use
to open the marmas in the region of the head .
Yet perhaps the main aspect of Yoga practice that actively considers the
use of marmas is Pratyahara, th e fifth of the eight limbs of Yoga .
Pratyahara mediates between the outer factors of
Asana that works upon the physical the inner factors of
specifically Dhyana or meditation that works upon the mind. Pratyahara is the
door between the oute r and inner aspects of Yoga that allows us to turn our
energy inward. Its role is crucial in taking Yoga practice from a mere
physical exercise to a true spiritua l discipline. Pratyahara is placed be•
tween Pranayama or prani c energization , the fourth limb of Yoga, and to
or mental concentration , the sixth limb of Yoga. It serves to take
the Prana inward, which frees it for both spiritual and healing purposes .
Pratyahara literally means like a turtle withdrawin g into
its shell. It refers to various internalizatio n exercises designed to control
the senses and motor organs and introvert the mind. Such Pratyahara
practices includ e closing the eyes and ears to look and listen to the inner
lights and sound s withi n and the practice of silence or not speaking
in order to control the vocal organ. Common physical forms of Pratyahara
consist of relaxation and releasing the energy in vari•
ous muscles and joints, whic h affects related marmas. This clears the en•
ergy in the organs and system that the marmas control .
We can understand the relevance of marmas and Pratyahara when we
consider the marmas as control points', through which Prana and the
variou s organs of the body can be influenced. Each marma has corre•
sponding organs , systems, senses, nadis and chakras that it rules over.
Through working on the particular marma, we can control or affect these
factors in various therapeuti c
The great yogic text, Vasishta contains an important sectio n
explaining the use of specific marmas for the practice of Pratyahara. It
states, "Great yogis ever praise Pratyahara as concentratio n (Dharana) on the
eighteen marma places that hold Drawing the Prana from each of
these place s is said to be the best form of Pratyahara. " We have included a
translation and summar y of the materia l as it is not availabl e in

T h e E i g h t ee n Y o gi c M a r m a R e g i on s a n d
C o r r e s p o n d in g M a r m a s
Toes Kshipra marm a
Ankles Gulpha (ankle) marm a
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 51

3. Middle of the cal f Indrabast i marm a


Root of the kne e No t a classica l marma , but can also
be use d
5. Center of the kne e Janu marm a
6. Middle of the thig h marma
7. Anu s Guda marm a
8. Middle of the hip Kukundar a and Nitamb a marma s
9. Root of the urethr a Vitapa marm a
10. Navel Nabhi (navel) marm a
Center of the hear t Hridaya (heart) marm a
12. Base of the throa t marma
13. Root of the tongu e Shringatak a marm a
14. Root of the nos e Not a classica l marma , relates to
Phana marma by the nostril s
15. Center of the eye s Apanga marm a
16. Middle of the brow s
Sthapan i marm a

17. Center of the forehea d No t a classica l marma , but is still ver y


useful.
18. Top of the head Adhipat i marm a

These eightee n marma regions include points for seven root


of the anus (Muladhara) , the root of the urethra the navel
(Manipura), the heart the root of the throat (Vishuddha) , the
middle of the brows (Ajna) and the top of the head The re•
gions of the the root of the the root of the and the
middle of the brows relate to the third eye or Ajna chakra as well. Th e
point on the forehea d also relates to the crown chakra .
These marma regions also relate to the fourtee n nadis. The root of the
anus relates to Alambush a nadi. The root of the urethra relates to Kuh u
nadi. The navel relates to Vishvodhar a nadi. The heart relates to Varun a
nadi. The root of the tongue relates to the Sarasvat i nadi. The top of the
head relates to the Sushumn a nadi. The root of the nose relates to Ida and
Pingala nadis. The point betwee n the eyes relates to the Pusha and
Gandhari nadis. The marma s along the legs relate to the Hastijihv a (lef t
side) and Yashasvat i (right side) nadis .

Marm a Meditatio n
Below is a marma meditatio n using marma points accordin g to this yogi c
teaching. Samhita states, "One should practice concentratio n by
Introduction to Marmas

drawin g one's Prana by the power of attentio n from each of these marm a
To do this practice the following method carefully , using inhala•
tion and exhalatio n at eac h marm a region , muc h like flexing and
relaxin g of the
Direct your attentio n to your toes. On inhalation , gather your energ y
there. On exhalation , release it. Feel your toes energized , healed and
relaxed.
2. Move your attentio n to your ankles. On inhalation , gather your energ y
there. On exhalation , release it. your ankles energized , healed and
relaxed.
Move your attentio n to the middle of your On inhalation , gather
your energ y there. On exhalation , release it. Fee l your calves ener•
gized, healed and relaxed .
4. Move your attentio n to the base of your knees. On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. Feel the base of you r
knees energized , healed and relaxed .
5. Move your attentio n to the middle of your knees. On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. Feel the middle of you r
knees energized , healed and relaxed .
6. Move your energy to the middle of your thighs. On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. Feel your thighs ener •
gized, healed and relaxed .
7. Move your energy to the root of your anus. On inhalation , gather you r
energy there. On exhalation , release it. Fee l your anus energized ,
healed and relaxed .
8. Move your energy to the middle of your hips. On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. your hips energized ,
heale d and
9. Move your energy to the root of your urethra . On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. Feel your urethra ener •
gized, healed and relaxed .
10. Move your energy to your navel. On inhalation , gather your energ y
there. On exhalation , release it. your navel energized , healed and
relaxed.
Move your energy to your heart. On inhalation , gather your energy
On exhalation , release it. your heart healed and
relaxed .
12. Move your energy to the root of your throat. On inhalation , gathe r
your energy there. On exhalation , release it. Feel your throat ener -
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 53

healed and relaxed .


13. Move your attention to the root of your On inhalation, gather
your energ y there. On exhalation, release it. Feel your tongue ener•
gized, heale d and relaxed .
14. Move your attention to the root of your nose. On inhalation, gather
your energy there. On exhalation, release it. your nose energized,
healed and relaxed .
15. Move your attention to your On inhalation, gather your energ y
there. On exhalation, release it. Feel your eyes energized, healed and
relaxed .
16. Move your attention to the point between your brows. On inhalation ,
gather your energy there. On exhalation, release it. Feel your brows
energized, healed and relaxed .
17. Move your attention to the middle of your forehead. On inhalation ,
gather your energy there. On exhalation, release it. your forehea d
energized , healed and relaxed .
18. Move your attention to the top of the head. On inhalation, gather your
energy there. On exhalation, release it. Feel the top of your head ener •
gized, healed and relaxed .
In this you should concentrate both your mind and Prana in each of
thes e eighteen regions starting with the feet. Gather your attention from
one marma region to another like climbing a series of steps from the bottom
to the top of the body. Finally, hold your awareness at the top of the head
in the space of the Supreme Self beyond birth and death and all suffering.
In addition , you can also direct your attention to any of these marma sites
individually in order to heal the area or for specific therapeu• tic purposes .

M a r m a a n d t h e U s e o f M a n tr
a
Besides their usage for spiritual and yogic purposes, mantras have a wide
application for healing purposes. Mantra therapy or Mantra Chikitsa is
commonly used in all branches of Ayurveda and considered one of the
most important Ayurvedic therapies for all types of diseases. Mantras fa•
cilitate the flow of Prana through the marma points and are another im•
portant tool of marma therapy .
Mantras have a special application to protect marma points. They can
create a protective covering or armor, called in Sanskrit, at a psy•
chic or pranic level to shield various Many meditationa l kavacha s
have been designed for this purpose, using certain mantras or names of
God to protect the vulnerable parts of the body. Kavachas are common in
54 Introduction to Marmas

Tantric texts where they occur in a great variety. Another practice is that of or
consecration , where various parts of the body like the heart and forehead
are touched with the hands along with the recitation of mantras in order to
dedicat e those areas to the deity. This is another important tool
both of ritual and psychic healing .
Fo r the sake of brevity and simplicity we will discuss only a few simpl e
mantras. These are among the most energetically powerful as well as the
easiest mantras to The Mantra Purusha, which correlates the fifty root
th e th e parts th e also
be used for this if one wants to be more

I m p o r t an t B i j a ( S e e d ) M a n t ra s a n d U s a g
e w i t h M a r ma s
• The mantra H U M (pronounced rhyming with room) is Varma
the seed sound of protection, possessing a fiery and wrathful na• It
is used specifically to protect marma points and is the most important
mantra in this regard. The mantra H U M can be repeated relative to
any marm a that one wants to protect from injury or from energy loss.
It can be used along with the marma meditation practice outlined above
to create a protective field of mantra around the
physical body and the Visualize this mantra as creat•
ing a deep blue protective force that can ward away all negativity, dis•
ease or debility. Chanted with a shorter u-sound, as in the word
H U M has a more fiery energy for purposes of warming the marma s
and increasing Agni or fire at their locations .
• The mantra OM is Prana or the seed sound of energy and vitality. It
can be repeated relative to any marma one wants opened, cleared and
released. It carries the immortal force of the higher Self and is
expansive and ascendin g in its Usually it is visualized as golden in
color and as carrying a solar force of life and intelligence .
• The mantra AI M (pronounced is Guru bija, the seed sound of
speech, guidance and concentration . It can be used for directing men•
tal energ y and healing intentions to any marma point. It holds the
Sarasvati energy, the energy of knowledge, wisdom and creativity, and is
white in color .
• The mantra (pronounced is the seed sound of
shakti, the power of action and represents electrical or lightning force. It
can be used to stimulat e and energize any marma with pranic power. It
holds the Kali energy, the energy of transformation , internalizatio n and
spiritua l awakening, which is also the power of Yoga, and is dark blue in
color .
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 55

• The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of har•


mony and well-bein g and project s a nutritiv e lunar energy. It can be
used to hea l or soothe any marma region, particularl y from condition s
of weaknes s or tissue depletion . It holds the energy or the
positive force of health , creativity , happines s and prosperity .
• The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of the heart,
space and Pran a and project s a solar force and golden color. It can be
used to open , energiz e and heal any marma , particularl y interna l
marmas like thos e of the heart. It holds the Goddes s energy in general as
a force of health , vitality and enlightenment .
• The mantra (pronounce d is the seed sound of desire,
attraction or magneti c energy, and project s the power of It can be
used to increas e Kapha or Ojas energy at any marma , includin g
strengthening reproductiv e functions .

Ho w t o U s e T h e s e M a n t r a s
Choose any one of these mantra s that you find suitable to work with .
Chant it for a minimu m of 10 8 times (or multiple s thereof ) for one mont h
(preferably the period betwee n two new Meditat e upon the
marma you are focusin g on and repeat the mantra along with the breath,
energizing the marma on inhalatio n and releasin g or expandin g it on exha•
lation. Fo r example , mentall y repeat the mantra H U M on inhalatio n
while visualizing the marma filling with a protectiv e while on exhala•
tion sprea d that protectiv e force from the marma to around the body as a
whole .
One can also use these mantra s relative to the eightee n marma region s
mentioned above. A good method is to use the mantra OM on inhalatio n in
order to gather energy in the marma region, and the mantra H U M on
exhalation to protect and fortify the On e can visualiz e OM as
creating a golden light to energiz e the marma and H U M creating a dar k
blue light to protect it.

Mantra s fo r t h e Fi v e E l e m e n t s
The body can be divided into five regions relative to the five elements . We
can treat the element s in the body accordin g to the marma s in the portio n
that relate s to
1 . MARMAS I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E T O TH
E KNEES B E L O N G T O T H E EART H ELEM EN T .
Key marma : Talahriday a on the feet .
Key mantra : LA M (pronounce d as in
56 Introduction to Marmas

2 . MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E KNE E S T O T H
E AN U S B E L O N G T O T H E WATER E L E M E N T
Key marma : marma on the middle of the thighs.
Key mantra : VA M (pronounce d as in

3 . MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E AN U S T O T H
E HEA R T B E L O N G T O T H E FI R E ELEM EN T .
Key marma : Nabhi (navel) marma on the navel .
Ke y mantra : RA M (pronounce d rum as in

MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E HEA R T T O T H
E M I D D L E O F T H E EY EBR O W S B E L O N G T O T H E AI R
EL EM EN T .
Key marma : Phana marma on the nostrils .
Ke y mantra : YA M (pronounce d yum as in

5 . MARM A S I N T H E R E G I O N F R O M T H E M I D D L E O F T H
E BRO W S T O T H E TO P O F T H E H E A D B E L O N G T O T H
E ET H E R EL EM EN T .
Key marma : Adhipat i marma on the head .
Ke y mantra : H A M (pronounce d hu m as in

The seed mantra s of the five element s can be used to treat the marma s in
their respectiv e region s of the body. On e can use the seed sound of Eart h
LA M to strengthe n marma s on the feet like Talahriday a marma . One can
use the seed sound of Water VAM to strengthe n marma s on the thighs like
Urvi marma . On e can use the seed sound of Fire RA M to strengthe n
marmas in the middle of the body like Nabhi marma One can use
the see d sound of Air YAM to strengthe n marma s in the chest and throat
like Hriday a marma On e can use the seed sound of Ether HA M
to strengthe n marma s in the head like Adhipat i marma .
Anothe r method is to use the seed sounds of the element s in order to
increase the elemen t require d to heal any marma . Fo r example , if one
wants to increas e the fire elemen t in the navel to stimulat e the power of
digestion, use the mantra RAM . If you want to increas e the water elemen t in
the nave l for counterin g acidity , use the mantr a
You can also use these mantra s along with alternat e nostril breathing .
Fo r the mantra RA M can be repeate d upon inhalatio n throug h
the righ t nostril to increas e the fire elemen t on the right side of the body.
Similarly, the mantra VAM can be used along with exhalatio n throug h the left
nostri l to increas e the water elemen t on the left side of the body. Or one
can use the mantra H A M with alternat e nostril breathin g to increas e
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 57

ether element in the entire body. In this way one can direct the ener•
gies of the five elements to either or both sides of the body and their corre•
sponding sensory and motor organs .

M a r m as , C o lo r a n d G e m T h e r ap
y
The use OTA
Ayurvedic healing , particularly relative to Tantra and its energetic prac•
tices that work to harnes s the secret forces of Gem s are specificall y
referred to as Mani and provide one of the three main factors of Ayurvedi c
healing along with herbs and mantras. While some Ayurvedic doctors to•
day who are trained in modern medicine may not use it, many traditiona l
Ayurvedi c practitioners as well as followers of energetic healing in the
West find great value in these subtle therapies. Color and gem therapy can be
used on marmas. Light is able to stimulate marmas in various ways
depending upon its source and its color .

Marma s and Colo r Therap y


Colors can be applied with colored preferably projecting a focused
ray on the general extent of the marma to be treated. Color can be used
internally through visualization as well, meditating on the color as pervad•
ing the marm a region. This can be combined with breath work (breathing
the color into the Special machines also exist for transmitting
light throug h gemstones. These give a particularly high quality healing
power to color therapy. Generally the marma should be bathed in the ap•
propriate colore d light for at least fifteen minutes for it to have an effect .
NOTE: in the chart below; P Pitta, K Kapha, V Vata

Energetics: increases Pran a


Good for removing inflammation , infection and fever, and for
stopping bleeding, also affords protection .

Energetics: increases Agni


Good for stimulation, warming, improving blood flow.
58 Introduction to Marmas

GOL D
Energetics : increase s Tejas and Oja s
Good for energization , pain relief, stimulation , and spiritualization , also
promotes growth the tissue development . Transmit s a solar force .

YELLOW
Energetics :
Goo d for balancing , clearing , nourishin g and groundin g energy .

GREE N
Energetics : PK-V+ , increase s Pran a
Goo d for giving vitality , promotin g Prana, cleansin g the blood, calmin g
the nerves, balancin g the mind and stoppin g pain .

WHIT E
Energetics : PV-K+ , increase s Oja s
Good for balancing , nurturin g and increasin g tissues and bodily fluid s
(Kapha) .

Marmas and Gem Therapy


Ge m Therap y is called Mani Chikitsa in Sanskri t and is commonl y use d
along with both herbal and mantra Gemstone s provide a strong
form of color therapy , workin g on a subtle level to help balance the flow of
Prana and connec t us with cosmic light sources that emanat e from the
stars and

Th e Use of Crystals
Crystal s are easy to use for marma therapy . They are not expensiv e and can
be found in sufficien t size (ten or more carats) to have a good effect. Pol •
ished stones are not necessary , though they can be more A crys•
tal can be placed on one marma , while the practitione r is workin g on an•
other. A simple method is to tape the crystal on the respectiv e marma,
using a soft tape that doesn't damage the skin. Placing larger crystals on
large marma regions like the heart or navel is another method . One can
use the point of a crystal to stimulat e a marma point, and the flat face of
the crysta l to calm it.
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga 59

C L E AR C R Y S T A L
Useful in clearing , energizin g and opening marmas , making them re•
ceptiv e to healin g
M I L KY C R Y S T A L
Has a nourishing , moistenin g and calming lunar energy. Builds tissue s
and increase s bodily fluids.

R O SE C R Y S T A L
Warms , energize s and stimulate s the circulatio n at marmas . Strength •
ens the blood .

C I T R I NE
Strengthens , tonifies and builds energy in marmas . Improve s vitalit y
and immun e
A M E T H Y ST
cleanses , purifies and detoxifie s marmas . Goo d for acute pain or
infection .

Primar y G e m s
For these stones, cut gems are preferable , which can be expensive . Uncu t
or unset stones can be used but may not be as strong in their affects. Cu t
gems can be used in small sizes, but should generall y be at least one carat in
size. Uncut stones should be used in larger sizes, preferabl y over five
Lik e crystals they can be temporaril y taped over marma Or
the therapis t can hold the gem on the marma point using his thumb or
middle finger for a minute or two .
However , it is more effectiv e to keep such primary gems on marm a
points for a period of a month or longer for stronge r action. Some marma s
like those on the hands, arm, neck or heart can be treated by wearing rings ,
bracelets, bangles or pendant s which touch them. For this it is best to have an
open setting for the gem in which the gem can directly touch the skin. Such
a gem is an importan t consideratio n when• ever
prescribin g the use of gems .
Substitut e stones to these primary expensiv e gems can be used muc h
like the crystals mentione d above. The usage of primary gemstone s is de•
fined astrologicall y accordin g to the rules of Vedic astrolog y
which can be examine d for more informatio n on the Such gem s
60 Introduction to Marmas

usually require an examination of the birth chart and should not be pre•
scribed according to Ayurvedic indications alone.
in the chart below; P Pitta, K Kapha, V Vata

R U BY
Substitutes: red garnet, sunston e
Energetics: Increases and Tejas
Transmits a powerful solar force to warm and stimulate pro•
moting circulation, energy flow and relieving pain, strengthening the
heart.

P E A RL
Substitutes: moonstone, milky crystal, cultured pearl s
Energetics: increases Ojas
Transmits a gentle lunar force to cool, lubricate and nurture marmas ,
counterin g drynes s and debility, strengthenin g the lungs and soothin g
the

R ED C O R A L
Substitutes: carnelia n
Energetics: P+(slightly) VK-, increases Ojas and Tejas
Transmits a Mars force to warm, strengthen and energize marmas .
Helps build the blood, muscles and bone and improves male energy.

E M E R A LD
Substitutes: peridot, jade, green tourmalin e
Energetics: generally balancing, increases Prana
Transmits a Mercury or pranic energy to relieve pain and tremors, and
counter mental or nervous agitation at marmas, calming for children .
Helps heal injured marmas .

Y E L L OW S A P P H IR E
Substitutes: topaz, citrin e
Energetics: generally balancing, increases Ojas
Transmits a Jupiter energy to fortify, tonify and build good quality tis•
sue at marmas, promoting vitality and longevity. Goo d for Ojas. Per-
Marmas and the Practice of Yoga

S A P H I R E Co n t i n u e d

haps the best strengthening stone for general usage, particularly good
for the elderly .

DI A MO ND
Substitutes: white sapphire, zircon, clear quartz crysta l
Energetics: PV-K+, Increases Ojas
Transmits a Venus energy to clear, energize, and strengthen marmas ,
bringing the energy of Ojas (higher Kapha force) to them. Also im•
proves female energy and strengthens the bones .

B L UE S A P P H IR E
Substitutes: amethyst, turquoise, lapis lazuli
Energetics: PK-V+
Transmits a Saturn energy to cool, cleanse, detoxify and calm the energy at
marmas. Helps heal injured marmas, inhibiting bleeding and stop• ping
infection .

S a c re d S t o ne s a n d Y a n t ra
s
Other special stones can be used to heal marmas as well. One can use
(Shiva stones) or (Vishnu stones), special small
egg shaped rocks from rivers
and mountains in India .
These also help stabilize and
heal marma points. Fo r this
purpose, small stones can be
used of one to three inches in
size. Or you can use any sa•
cred stones tha t you ma y
have. The important thing is
you are connected to the
healing power of the
The Earth energy of such
stones is very good for bring•
ing calm and stabilit y to
pranic energy through th e
marmas. They are particu•
larly good for counterin g
62 Introduction to Marmas

Vata dosha. They help conduct the healing energy from the Earth which in
turn is connected to that of the stars and planets .
Another method is to place small yantras on Yantras are meta l
made with copper but also with silver, gold or various al•
contain geometrical designs, mainly triangular in nature, along
with inscribed mantras. Yantras serve as conductors for spiritual and cos•
mic energies. Yantra, dedicated to the Sun, which represents Prana, is
importan t in this respect. It consists of a six-pointed star with a in the
middle along with various inscribed mantras for the Sun. Another im•
portant healing yantra for marma therapy is the Sri Yantra sacred to the
which consists of five upward facing and four downward facing
triangles. It can be used with the mantras or
Such yantras are often available where Ayurvedic, Vedic astrology or
Puja supplies are sold. Generally one should use small yantras of one or
two inche s in size for treatment energizing them with the appro •
priate These are most commonly found made out of coppe r
which is a good metal for conducting pranic energy .

Note Yoga and Ayurveda (Frawley ) chapte r for mor e informatio n on the
chakras . Note Yoga and Ayurveda (Frawley ) chapte r for mor e informatio n on
the nadis .
Note Yog a for Your Type: An Ayurvedic Approach to Your Asana Practice (Frawle y and
Vasishta Samhita for descriptio n of Pratyahar a on eightee n marm a regions .
Vasishta Samhita IV.61
Note Yoga and Ayurveda (Frawley ) chapte r 17 for informatio n on the Mantr a Purush a and the use of
mantras . Note Astrology of the Seers (Frawley ) chapte r for informatio n on use of gem s in Vedi c
astrology .
C H A P T E R 5

Ayurvedi c therapy combine s all factors of right living, outwardl y and in•
wardly, as well as every type of healing modalit y for body, mind and Prana. It
is perhap s the world's most comprehensiv e and integra l healing system ,
going to the roots of our being on physical , psychologica l and spiritua l
levels, and our connection s with the greater univers e of consciousnes s in
all these areas .
Broadl y speaking , Ayurvedi c therapie s can be divided either into
ods for treatin g applied mainly in a clinica l setting , or
maintenance methods ' that we can do on our own as part of a harmoniou s
While marma therap y is part of Ayurvedi c clinica l
aspects of it can be safely used as part of for treatin g
our friend s or ou r famil y
Ayurvedi c method s for treatin g disease are classifie d into two groups :
those for removin g toxins and reducin g excess tissues , which are calle d
methods' and those for restorin g vitality and re•
building deficien t tissues , which are called method s '
(Brimhana). Reductio n therapie s include method s for increasin g Agni,
reducing and decreasin g the dosha s of Vata, Pitta and Kapha .
Tonification method s aim mainly at increasin g the tissues but also aid in
revitalization and rejuvenatio n strengthe n immunit y and pro•
mote longevity .
Followin g this therapeuti c model, many types of marma therapy hav e
arisen that cover the entire range of natural treatmen t modalitie s includin g
the use of massage , oils, herbs and variou s instrument s like needle s to
stimulate marma points. Marma therapy can be employe d as part of daily
and seasona l life-style practice s or part of com•
plex clinica l procedure s to eradicat e the doshas Beside s
treating the body, marma therapy can be used for pranic healing or energ y
64 Introduction to Marmas

medicine in various forms. It can also be used for calming the mind, calm•
ing the emotions and stress reduction. Marma therapy is a great aid for
Yoga and meditation, facilitating the opening up of consciousnes s on an
inner level.
Marma therapy is usually supplementar y to other Ayurvedic
whethe r constitutiona l or disease focused, applied along with them for
added enhancement . We have already examined in the previous chapter
the yogi c methods of marma therapy. Here we will examine the medical
methods. We can identify ten main medical methods of treating marmas,
which can be divided into three groups .

Method s of Marm a Therap y


M a s s ag e a n d E n e rg y M e t h od s
Abhyanga or various forms of pressure and movemen t
with the hands or other parts of the body like the feet and elbows. This is
aided by applying heavy oils like sesame or special Ayurvedic medicate d
herbal oils so it includes not only massage but also oil therapy.
Some forms of Ayurvedic massage may use dry powders, so many tech•
niques fall unde r it.
2. Aroma aromatic oils like sandalwood or camphor on
Thi s may be combine d with massag e or
3. Mardana or application of pressure on particular
which may be combine d with the use of special massage oils or
aromatic oils done as part of massage .
4. Pranic or Energy Prana either at a distance or
through therapeutic touch, not requiring but often enhanced by the use of
massage techniques and oils.

I I . H e r ba l M e t h od s
5. Lepa or Applying Herbal of herbal pastes like sandalwood,
turmeric and ginger or various herbal ointments on different marmas .
6. Herbal herbs internally in the form of pills and decoc•
tions as well as applying them externally to marmas in the form of poul•
tices (whic h overlap s with the use of herba l

III . Us e of I n s t r u m e nt
s
7. Sira Vedha (Vessel Piercing) and (vedha) of veins
or vessels particularl y blood-lettin g or bleeding of marm a
Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 65

8. or with needles (suchi) or


includin g puncturin g of small vessel s at marm a
9. or Heat of heat application
(karma ) to marma regions, including the use of heated rods and moxibus-
tion.
10. Ksharakarma or (karma) of herbal alkali s
(ksharas) or caustic substances near marma points like chemical cautery .
The first group of four aroma therapy, acupressure
and pranic usually used together. They generally require a
therapist but can be done on a limite d scope as a form of self-treatment .
The second group of herbal methods can be used along with massage
methods or by They require a workin g knowledge of herbs to
utilize. The third group of four methods employ s variou s instruments like
magnets, rods, needles or caustic substances. Thes e are generally strong in
nature and require a good clinical knowledge for thei r application .
We will discuss the first two groups of massage and
herbal methods in the current chapter. The third group, which is more
technical in nature, is described briefly in the Appendix for reference pur•
poses (Part III, 1. Us e of Instruments to Treat Marmas: Blood-letting ,
Acupuncture, Agni-karm a and Kshara-karm a , Par t II I , 2 .
Ayurvedi c

Massag e and Energ y Method s


of Marm a Therap y
Therapeutic touch is the main method for treating marmas, just as it is the
main method for treating the surface of the body where most marmas are
located. In yogic philosophy, touch is the sensory power that corresponds to
the cosmi c air element. The air element in turn relates to Prana or the
cosmic life-force . Touch conveys Prana, which is the main healing power of
life. The Prana from the practitioner affects the marma, which itself is a
pranic center wher e our vital energy easily gets impaired. Prana at a
deeper level carries the energy of love and so therapeutic
touch can help heal the mind and heart as well as the body.
Good Ayurvedic doctors develop a strong power of Prana, both from
their medical practic e and from the i r yogic practice s (particularly
which is an integral part of an Ayurvedic life-style. A highly
evolved Ayurvedi c doctor can heal marma points by his pranic power
alone. We must not overlook this healing power of the therapist. A practi•
tioner with good Prana can achieve good results even without a great deal
of technical skill or much time spent in treating a marma point. On the
other
66 Introduction to Marmas

hand, a practitioner with little development of Prana may not be very ef•
fective, even if technically correct in their treatment .

M a rm a O i l M a s s ag e
Abhyanga or massage is the main Ayurvedic method of treating marmas. It
employs not only massage techniques but also the use of special massage
oils, to which special herbs and aromas may be added to extend the heal•
ing energy to all regions of the body. Abhyanga combines the power of
therapeutic touch along with the medicinal properties of herbs and
aromas.
Fo r the strongest treatment level, massage of specific marmas is con•
ducted along with whole body massage as an added enhancement . Whol e
body massage opens marma energy in general and makes individua l
marmas more accessible for treatment. Another method consists of
giona l massaging the area of the body where the marma is
located. This means that a facial or head massage can be given before
treating marmas on the head . Similarly, massages of the arms and hands,
legs and feet, or back or front of the body can be given before treating the
marmas located in those areas. Such regional massage helps open the en•
ergy in that part of the body and make s specific marma massage more
effective. It is also not as time-consumin g as whole body massage. How•
ever, individual marmas can be massaged by themselves without any addi•
tional massage as a limited or quick form of treatment .
The different methods of Ayurvedic massage are prescribed according to
season, environmenta l conditions, disease condition and individua l
constitution. We will define them here mainly according to doshic consti •
tution.

M a r m a M a s s ag e
Marmas are sensitive areas, so massage should be done carefully, using
mainly the thumb, which projects the main pranic power of the hand.
However, the knuckle, wrist, palm of the hand or heel of the foot can be
used in certain conditions, particularly to cover larger regions. The dura•
tion of massage for marma points should be at least three to five minutes
twice a day. Fo r massage two important rules should be remembered .
1. Perform th e massage motion in a clockwise motio n when tonification or
strengthening th e internal organs and tissues is th e aim .
Imagine putting a clock on the body of the patient and then follow the
movement of the clock's hand forward from right to left as it progresses
from 12 to 1, 2, 3 and so on.
2. Perform th e massage in a counterclockwise manne r when th e goal is to
Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 67

reduce exces s dosha s or exces s tissue s growt h or for detoxificatio n pur •


poses.
Imagine putting clock on the body of the patient and then follow the
movement of the clock's hand backwar d from left to right to left from 12
10, 9 and so on.

Oil s f o r M a r m a M a s s a g e
Massag e often requires the use of heavy or fatty oils like sesame or al•
mond. Their oily or emollien t quality softens the skin and reduces friction ,
making the massage more pleasant . Such oils can penetrat e into marmas ,
loosen tension, relieve pain and bring nourishmen t to the skin and muscles in
the region .
Ayurvedi c oil therapy or employs differen t oils in various con•
texts to either strengthe n the patient or remove toxins, dependin g upon
the nature of the oil and the amount used .
• Most heavy oils like sesame or almond are heating in nature and are
generally used for Vata, which benefits from using them in larg e
amounts.
• Some oils are light and spicy and good for like mustard or saf-
flower. Heavier oils that are heating in nature, even sesame, can also be
used for Kapha but the amount applied should be small .
• Only a few oils are cooling in nature and are better for Such are
coconut, ghee (clarifie d butter) and sunflowe r oil .
• However , we should note that such heavy oils are not used, or used onl y
sparingly, in cases of (toxins in the digestiv e tract evidence d by
thick tongue coating) , when there is a cold, flu or fever, or in other
acute conditions . Heavy oils can suppres s Agni (the digestiv e and
help hol d toxins and pathogen s in the body.

M a s s ag e O i l s a n d D o s h i c I n d i c a t i o n s

Dosha Main Massage Oils


Vata Sesame , almond, olive, ghe e
Pitta Coconut , sunflower , safflower , ghe e
Kapha Mustard , safflower , apricot, sesame (small amounts )

Spe ci a l A y u r v e d i c M e d i c a t e d O i l s ( T a i l a s )
Ayurved a uses various medicate d oils called from meaning
sesame oil, which is the main oil base these are made with. Tailas consist of
fatty oils like sesame or coconut in which various herbs are cooked, some
of which like sandalwoo d or campho r may be aromatic . This allows the
68 Introduction to Marmas

properties of herbs to enter into the oil and add their effects. Herbs used
include tonics like ashwagandha , and shatavari and nervines like
and gotu kola. Tailas are usually named after the main herbs in
them like Ashwagandh a a sesame oil preparation dominated by the
herb They offer a greater herbal effect to the use of massage
oils. Tailas are often the best way to treat marmas because they combine massage
oils and herbs for a more powerful synergistic action. No t all of them have
pleasant aromatic properties , however.
A number of Ayurvedic massage oils are mentioned relative to the
treatment of marmas. These Tailas are listed in the Appendix Many of
these are now available from Ayurvedic stores and companies in the
Unite d

2 . A r o m a T h e r ap y
Aromatic oils have powerful effects upon marmas, serving to radiate their
influence to the different channels, organs and systems of the body and
mind . Aromas can penetrate deep into marmas and adjust their energy
level and frequency. They can reduce excess doshas or bring in subtle heal•
ing energies of Prana Tejas (primary and Ojas
Aroma therapy for marma points is both one of the most
powerful forms of aroma therapy as well as one of the best forms of marma
therapy.
Aroma therapy is a quick and easy method of working on marmas that
can be applied either by itself or as part of massage. Generally, it is stron•
ger if it is combined with massage of the point. On e can apply an aromatic
oil befor e massage in order to open the energy of the point. Or one can
anoint the marma with an aromatic oil once a massage is over in order to
help complet e and seal the treatment .
Applying an aromatic oil as a treatment in itself, one can anoint a
marma point as a kind of quick or instant treatment. This is particularly
good for acute conditions or if one does not have the time for a fuller
treatment. Us e cooling and sedating oils like sandalwood to relieve pain,
inflammation or irritation at the Us e warming and stimulating oils like
cinnamon or eucalyptus to remove cold and stiffness or to promote j
circulation in the region. Various pain balms like Tiger balm, which con• tain
mainly camphor , menthol or can be used this way as well.
Generally, it is best to work an aromatic oil into a marma region one's
fingers or even if little other massage will be done. Just as the case
of marm a massage , use a clockwis e motio n of massag e
strengthen the energy at a marma and a counterclockwis e motion to
duce it.
Som e aromati c oils like sandalwoo d can be used instea d of heavy
Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 69

like sesame for general massag e purpose s as well. Hot-nature d aromati c


oils like eucalyptu s can be used like rubbing alcohol or prepare d in rub •
bing alcohol as penetratin g massag e agents .
You may wish to wash off any excess aromati c oils if you don't want a
lingering fragranc e (though this is often helpful Or, you
can apply aromati c oils to marma s before sleep and then shower the oil off
in the morning .

Type s o f A r o m a t i c Oil
s
Aromati c oils are of several major types. Most commo n are or pun•
gent aromati c These are usually heating in nature and good for reduc•
ing Kapha and Vata. Typica l spicy oils include basil, bay,
eucalyptus , ginger , heena, nutmeg , pepper, sage and thyme. Mos t oils that
derive from coniferou s trees are of this type as well, such as cedar, Hima•
layan cedar , fir, juniper , pine and spruce .
Some spicy oils are more aromati c than heating and can be used to
some degree for all three doshic types, with fewer restriction s on Pitta tha n
other spicy oils. Such oils include camphor , cardamom , cinnamon , cloves ,
coriander, cumin, fennel, mint, motherwort , rosemary , saffron , spearmint ,
turmeri c and
Anothe r importan t type of aromati c oils is oils', which are gener•
ally derived from flowers. These are good for reducin g Pitta and Vata but
can increas e Kapha. They are effectiv e for gynecologica l complaint s and
are tonics to the heart and the reproductiv e system . Such fragrance s are
evening primrose , frangipani , gardenia , honeysuckle , iris, jas•
mine, lily, rose and saffron.
Certain oils derived from tree resins have special healing propertie s for
treating injuries , pain, stiffnes s and arthritis . These are
often good for all three doshas and are particularl y useful for Vata and
Kapha. Such are frankincense , guggul, myrrh and shallaki , as well as the
resins of variou s conifer s (particularl y pines) .
A few oils are earthy and slightly in smell. These are particularl y
good for Vata and for stabilizin g of consciousnes s in condition s of shock or
hysteria. Suc h are garlic , onion , valerian , jatamams i and asafoetid a

Aromati c Oi l s a n d D o s h i c I n d i c a t i o n s
The followin g are generall y good aromati c oils for the differen t doshas .
Note that many fragrance s can help reduce all three doshas. The doshi c
applicatio n of aroma s is no t as stric t as tha t of food s or
Just as Ayurvedi c herbalis m employ s many diverse herbal formula s and
compounds, formula s combinin g several aromati c oils can also be devised .
Ayurvedic practitioner s often devise their own aromati c blends, just as
70 Introduction to Marmas

they do various herbal The general rule is that several herbs or


oils in a formul a will have a stronger therapeutic effect than the same
amount of any single herb or oil. This is owing to the synergistic effect that
occurs from combining related healing substances. Special Ayurvedic
aroma combinations have been developed for treating various marmas .

C o m b i n a t io n o f H e a v y O i l s a n d A r o m a ti c O i l s
Differen t oils and aromas have specific therapeutic effects that can greatl y
enhance the efficacy of massage. Fo r balancing the doshas, the following
oils can be used on differen t
TYP E INDIVIDUAL S OR CONDITIO N S OF HIGH
VATA (deficient tissues, tremors, pain or insomnia) :
This requires the use of heavy or fatty oils like sesame, almond or
castor oil. Warm aromatic oils like ginger and cinnamon or calming oils
like sandalwood or rose are also but generally Vatas require a liberal
application of heavier oils like sesame to really ground them. Some high
Vata types may be sensitive or disturbed by any strong even
which are usually good for thei r type.
Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing

PITTA TYPE OR CONDITION S OF HIGH


PITTA (exces s heat , fever, bleedin g or
This requires cooling massage oils like coconut, sunflower or ghee
along with sweet and cooling fragrances like rose or khus
or along with aromatic oils that reduce Pitta but improve di•
gestion like cloves or coriander. Often the use of sweet aromatic oils is
enough to bring down high Pitta conditions like fever or irritability, particu•
larly the use of sandalwood.
However, many Pitta men who could benefit from the use of swee t
fragrances may be unwilling to use them because of the feminine con•
notations of the fragrance. If this is the case, one can use sandalwood,
khus, cloves or mint, which reduce Pitta without leaving a strong flow•
ery aroma like rose or

FOR KAPHA TYPE OR CONDITION S OF


HIGH KAPH A (exces s tissues , fluids or
This requires lighter application of warming massage oils like mus•
tard along with hot and penetrating aromas like eucalyptus, cinnamon or
mint. Often the use of hot aromatic oils or pastes of spicy herbs like euca•
lyptus, camphor, ginger or calamus is enough to reduce Kapha conditions of
congestion or dullness. Kapha types like sweet and flowery fragrances but
these are not good for them .

How O i l M a s s ag e a n d A r o m a T h e r ap y C o m p ar e
Ayurvedi c massage is part of oleation (Snehana) therapy. Oleation is part of
detoxificatio n or reduction therapy (Shodhana) used for loosening tox• ins
in the bones, joints, muscles and skin. The use of hot aromatic oils or
herbs is part of sweating or sudation (Swedana) therapy, which is also part
of this same type of therapy. It aims at drawing toxins out through the
blood and skin. In Ayurveda, oleation and sweating therapies (Snehana
and Swedana) are used together to help draw the doshas out of the deeper
tissues and bring them through the circulatory system and into the diges•
tive tract for their elimination from the body by other therapeutic method s
the theory of Pancha Karma as explained in various books on
|
§ This means that oil massage and aroma therapy on marma points can
be viewed as a special or localized Snehana-Swedan a therapy. It can be

to marmas on the head helps remove toxins from the region of


and harmonizes the movement o f Prana in the mind and the ner -
TOUS system.
Introduction to Marmas

The use of heavy oils like sesame or almond is also part of Ayurvedi c
tonification therapy and is indicate d for condition s of low
body weight , poor tissue developmen t and high Vata. Fo r tonificatio n pur•
poses, it is importan t to combin e oil applicatio n to selected marma s with
whole bod y massage , using large quantitie s of oil. Oil drips to various
marma regions , particularl y the forehea d can be helpful as
well. Oil enema s (combinin g half a cup of sesame oil and half a cup of
warm water) are even more powerful as they work on site of accu•
mulation in the colon .
On the other hand, the use of hot spices and aromati c oils is part of
reduction therapy indicate d mainly for condition s of excess
body weight , high Kapha and (accumulate d It is part of
Ayurvedic palliatio n therapy , which aims at increasin g the di•
gestive power or in order to burn up toxin s (Ama). The use of hot
aromatic oils on certain marma regions is goo d for weigh t reduction ,
stimulatin g digestio n and promotin g
Oils and aromas can be used to manage differen t types of pain. Heav y
oils like sesame or almond are better for pain owing to weaknes s or stiff •
ness Ho t aromati c oils like ginger or eucalyptu s are better for pain
owing to cold or congestio n Cool aromati c oils like sandalwoo d
or khus (vetiver ) are better for pain owing to inflammatio n (Pitta) .

3. (Acupressure )
is another method of Ayurvedi c massag e meanin g
We can also call it Mardan a is particularl y suitable
for usage on marmas , especiall y smalle r points of one finger unit or less in
size (the majorit y of marmas) , where the bodily energy is concentrated .
Acupressur e consist s of applyin g pressur e to the marma , using the
thumb or fingers , particularl y the index or middle fingers , which can hold a
greater force. It is particularl y good for marma s on the extremitie s (legs and
arms) or on the head, which are of easy access. Acupressur e can be done
on sore or sensitiv e points (unless injured ) until the pain and tension is
released . On e can use the thumb or the nail of the thumb for a mor e
pointed This works well if combine d along with the index finger
for marma s like Kurcha that one can grasp from both sides. In larger and
deeper-seated marmas , like those on the hips or back, the elbow can be
used for greater pressur e when necessary .

Metho d o f Ayurvedi c Acupressur e


• Locate the respectiv e marma region and apply a steady and moderate
pressure with the thumb or finger, starting slowly and gently and gradu •
ally increasin g in strength .
Marmas, Massage, Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 73

• Just as with marma use a slight circular motion clockwise in


direction when tonification or strengthening the internal organs and tis•
sues is the aim.
• When the goal is to reduce excess doshas or excess tissues, apply a slight
circular motion in a counterclockwise manner .
• Continue to apply pressure for three to five minutes or until the patient
feels relief.
• Lightly massage the area to disperse any tension .
Ayurvedic acupressure is best done as part of overall body It also
works better, particularly on Vata types, if done with massage oils like
sesame. It is good to end acupressure treatment with the application of
aromatic oils to aid in restoring circulation into the area.
The use of aromatic oils with acupressure is similar to that relative to
marma so most of what was said there applies here as well. While
more comple x massage oils and aromas can be used as per the indications of
the marma, the following simple recommendation s can be followed in most
instances :
• For Vata, plain sesame or almond oils are good to use along with
acupressure. Fo r aromatic oils, cinnamon or calamus are best.
• For Pitta, sandalwood oil is the best general oil/aroma. Clove oil can be
used when the intention is more to stimulate the point .
• For Kapha, it is best to use stimulating aromatic oils like camphor ,
cinnamon or eucalyptus along with acupressure .

The F i v e P r a na s
The five Pranas relate to the five We can use different fingers to
project the different types of Prana to various marma points .
• Prana relates to the thumb .
• Udana relates to the index finger .
• Vyana relates to the middle finger .
• relates to the ring finger .
• Apana relates to the little finger.
• The palm carries the energy of all five Pranas and of Prana itself.
The five Pranas have their different roles in massage. Prana itself affords us
overall energy. Udana allows our energy to move upward and holds the
body erect. Apana moves downward and reflects the force of gravity, giv•
ing stability and grounding us. Vyana moves outward, expanding and re•
leasing, while Samana moves inward, holding and conserving .
This means that we can use the force of Prana to energize that
74 Introduction to Marmas

of Udana to stimulat e them, that of Apana to ground them, that of Vyana to


expand and release energy, and that Samana to contrac t and hold
thei r energy. This can be done by the type of massag e performed , by the
type of oils used or by how the therapis t directs his or her Prana during the
treatment . A simple way to do this is relative to which fingers we use for
acupressure .
Acupressu r e don e with th e thu m b strengthe n s Pran a overall .
Acupressure done with the index finger project s the upward moving en•
ergy of That done with the middle finger project s the outwar d
moving energy of Vyana. That done with the ring finger project s the con•
tracting and consolidatin g energy of Samana . That done with the little
finger project s the downwar d moving energy of Apana. However , an
Ayurvedic practitione r must have a good pranic energy in order to do this .
In additio n we can massag e the fingers of the hands and the toes of the
foot in order to work on these differen t types of Prana that they hold. This is
a kind of specia l Ayurvedi c han d and foo t

4 . Prani c o r Energ y Healin g


Pranic or Energy Healing, called Prana Chikitsa in Sanskrit, is an integra l
part of Ayurvedi c massage . Muc h of what we have already said relative to
massage applies to it as well, but it can also be done by itself. In this prac•
tice one simply uses ones Prana on the marma point. In large marm a
zones like the heart or the navel, one can simply put the palm of the hands on
top of the marma , or a small distanc e of a few inches above it in order to
bring in positive pranic energy and dispers e negativ e energy. Anothe r
method is to touch the marma and use the pressur e of the touch (includ•
ing acupressure ) to convey Prana to the client .
In pranic healing , where one aims at the transmissio n of energy from
the healer to the client, the massag e techniqu e may be of little importance .
Fo r this the Prana of the healer is the main focus. In pranic treatments , it is
best to direct Prana along with your breath, projectin g positive vitalit y
along with your inhalatio n and removin g negativ e energy along with you r
pranic healing combine s well with other yogic method s men•
tioned in the last chapter like Pratyahar a and mantra , includin g the use of
colors and It also goes well with Polarity which itself is a
kind of pranic healing . Anothe r method that can be used along with pranic
healing is the use of magnet s or magnet therapy . And, of course, when one is
performin g massage , one should always conside r the positive flow of
Prana to the client .

Note Ayurveda and Aroma Therapy (Ligh t and Bria n


Miller) . Note Ayurveda and (Joshi) .
Note The Ayurvedic Guide to Polarity Therapy
CHAPTER 6

which convey the pranic force of nature, are the main medicines
used in Ayurvedic treatment. Ayurveda uses herbs accord•
ing to their tast e (rasa) , heating capacity post-digestiv e effect
and other such Thi s allows herbs to target specific
doshas, tissues and systems in order to counte r disease and increase posi•
tive vitality. There are special herbs for treatin g all the system s of the body
and all
Herbs have their special usage in marma therapy. They can be applied
on the marma for direct treatment. Herbs can also be taken
internally to aid in healing at the marma In this way, a broad range of
herbal therapies can be used as part of marma therapy. A complete marma
therapy should alway s include the taking of herbs .

1 . M a rm a T h e r ap y w i t h H e r ba l P a s t e
s
Treatment by applying herbal pastes is called Lepa Chikitsa or
It is much like the western herbal usage of poultices, except in
Ayurveda generall y an oil like sesame is added to powdered herbs in order
make a paste. The oil allows the herbs to adhere better as well as helping the
herbal propertie s penetrate through the skin. Demulcent herbs like aloe
gel can be used instea d of oil, as can honey in some instances .
Herbal pastes help reduce swelling and pain when applied over an in•
jured marma. They afford strength and stability to injured bones and
joints. Pastes are sometimes applied after massage in order to seal the
energy of the treatment and continue its healing effects. There are three
types Lepa according to the thickness of the herbal paste :

paste
1. paste
3. past e
76 Introduction to Marmas

or a medium paste is used more often. To create this, get a suitable


quantity of the powder of the herb to be used one or two
ounces). Then add oil or ghee part to the amount of the herb for treating
Vata conditions, 1/6 part for Pitta and 1/8 part for Kapha. Us e sufficient
oil to create a consistent paste that will adhere to the skin. Then apply the
paste over the marma. Apply the paste opposite to the direction of the
bodily hair. Then it is less likely to irritat e the skin.
Ghe e is the best oil to use for cooling and anti-inflammator y actions ,
including treatment for burns and sunburns and for most Pitta conditions .
Sesame oil is best for pain relief, for countering dryness and protecting the
bones and joints and for most Vata and Kapha conditions. Castor oil is
good with herbs for treating injuries and swelling .
• Herbal pastes of spicy herbs like ginger, nutmeg, or
cloves can be applie d for headache, nasal congestion or sinusitis at
marmas on the head like Sthapani, Shankha or Phana marmas. The
combination of ginger, calamus and cloves is excellent for such pur•
poses.
• Herbal pastes of carminative (gas-dispelling ) herbs to Nabhi marm a
(navel) are excellent for countering cramping, bloating and distention .
Asafoetida (hing) is good for this purpose .
• Turmeric paste is good for minor injuries and for improving circulation to
marmas for all the However, it does leave a yellowish stain on
clothes or skin.
• Sandalwood paste is good for cooling and stress-relievin g action, reduc•
tion of Pitta and and calming the mind and heart. It can be used on
man y marmas for this purpose much like sandalwood oil.
• Aloe gel is great for cooling action on marmas, relieving inflammation ,
irritation or sunburn at the affected area. It can be combined with pow•
dered herbs like turmeric or sandalwood in order to strengthen its cool•
ing and healing action .
• Fo r soft tissue injuries, pastes of herbs like turmeric and aloe gel, or
poultices of green herbs like comfrey leaf or plantain are helpful.
• Fo r injuries to the joints or bones, use pastes of bone tonic herbs like
comfrey root, nirgundi or Siberian ginseng that promote
healing and strengthen the bone tissue .
• Honey is a good ingredient for herbal pastes in the case of burns or
wounds. It has a natural antiseptic action .
• Ghe e (clarified butter) is also excellent for burns, rashes and inflamma•
tions .
The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Herbal Methods 77

2 . H e r ba l T r e a t m en t o f M a r m a s
Ayurveda uses different herbal teas, powders and including a number of
special formulas and preparation s as part of its vast pharmaceutica l
industry . As marmas relate to key vital points on the body and important
vital organs, many herbs can be used in their treatment. Fo r treating
external application of herbs to the specific marma often goes
along with ingestion of the herbs in order to treat the body as a whole .
Note that the herbs and dosages recommended for internal usage are only
general. Please consult an herbal text for more precise information before
taking such
Two great herbs for overall treatment of marmas are turmeric and guggul.
Turmeric is excellent for all soft tissue injury, for improving healing at
marma points and increasing circulation to marma regions. Guggul is per•
haps the best overall herb for marma therapy, working well on both soft
tissue and bone injuries, relieving pain and restoring energy flow. It is ex•
cellent for keepin g marm a point s free of obstructio n or

1 . T r e a t m en t f o r P a i
n
Charaka indicated using special pain-relievin g or analgesic herbs (the
Vedana-sthapana group of herbs) for pain relief at different
Many herbs of a strongly spicy or bitter taste and aromatic nature have this
property .
• Important herbs in the pain-relievin g group include cloves,
guggul, shallaki, prasarini, nirgundi, jatamamsi, kadamba,
mocharas, willow , padmak a (wild Himalaya n ceda r (devadaru )
and
• Additional western herbs of similar properties are wintergreen , valerian ,
lady's slipper, kava kava, chaparral, birch, licorice and myrrh. The Chi•
nese herb is also very good .
• Ayurvedic formulas like Yogaraj Guggul joint pain) and
Guggul (for nerve pain) are great, if available.
Such herbs are generally taken internally in dosages of 1 - 3 grams three
times a day in the form of powders or herbal teas for short term but
please note their specific indications in various herb books. They can also be
applied in the form of a paste on the marma to be treated. Some are also
available in ointment form like Tiger balm, Ayurvedic pain balms and
ointments using wintergreen , mint , campho r or othe r pain-relievin g and
muscle-relaxan t
78 Introduction to Marmas

2 . T r e a t m e n t fo r Bleedi n g
Sushrut a as a surgeon indicate d various method s for controllin g bleedin g
including ligation of bleedin g vessels , cautery , pressur e bandages , col d
water or ice and the use of certain hemostati c or
Many such herb s can be found in nature .

• Ayurvedi c herbs in this stopping-bleedin g group consist mainly of as•


tringents like turmeric , sandalwood , alum, lotus, nagakeshara , barks of
pancha valkala (five fig laksha, gojihva and padmaka . The
mineral alum , which is a strong astringent , is also excellent .
• Additiona l western herbs include arnica, plantain , yarrow,
mullein , white oak bark, aloe and alum root. Also excellen t is the Chi•
nese paten t medicin e Yunnan Bai Yao .

Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of 1 - 3 grams thre e


times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas for short term but
please note their specific indication s in various herb books. They can be
applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on the marma to be treated .

3 . Swellin g an d Edema
To relieve swellin g and edema at the site of injury, Sushrut a suggest s sev•
eral differen t water-dispellin g herbs .
• Ayurvedi c herbs for this include stimulant s and diuretic s like turmeric ,
ginger, nirgundi , gokshura , Himalaya n cedar, mochara s and
shilajit , as well as leaves of lemon and onion .
• Turmeri c paste is good by itself and can be mixed with dry ginger pow •
der to promot e circulatio n to the region .
• Many diuretic herbs can be used internal ly like juniper berries, cubebs ,
plantain , uva ursi , coriande r or
• Pastes of certain tree resins like myrrh, guggul, fir or pine can be applie d
to the marm a for thi s

Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of 1 - 3 grams thre e


times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas for short term usage .
Again please note their specific indication s in various herb books. The y
can be applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on the marma to be
treated.

4 . T o Counte r Shoc k
Charak a suggest s using the Consciousness-holdin g (Samjna-sthapana )
group of herbs for revival from Such herbs are generall y spicy and
The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Herbal Methods 79

in They open the mind and senses and allow the Prana to
nove throughou t the nervou s system .
• Such conscious-revivin g herbs are asafoetid a calamus ,
garlic , camphor , musk, bayberry , guduchi , jatamamsi , valerian ,
guggul, kola ) and ashoka , most of which
have strong odors as aromati c
• For quickly revivin g a person, have them inhale a snuff of hing (asafoe •
calamus or ginger powder. Hing is best and will bring down Vata as
well.
• Anothe r method is to crush a clove of garlic and put some of the juic e
at the base of the nostrils and in the mouth of the person. Or have the
person inhale a penetratin g aromati c oil like camphor , eucalyptu s or
menthol.
• Ayurved a has special eye creams or anjanas ) to apply
around the eyes. These are also very helpful .
• If shock is owing to cold or poor circulation , use warmin g stimulant s
like cayenne , ginger or mustard taken in the mouth .
• Once the patient is awake, have them drink warmin g and stimulatin g
herbal teas like ginger, cinnamo n or cardamo m to stimulat e their circu •
lation.

Once the patient is revived , give them a warm bath with a little ghee ,
sesame oil, milk or coconu t juice added to the bath water. This restores the
bodily fluids. Administe r a cool sponge bath using a little sandalwoo d oil
or powder when shock has occurre d owing to heat or fever .
Such herbs are sometime s taken internall y in the form of powder s or
herbal teas for short term usage. Some of these are powerful herbs like
camphor that should not be taken internall y except in very small
Please note their specific indication s in various herb books before usin g
1 them. They can be applied in the form of a paste or poultic e on the marm a
I to be treated.

6 . T o Preven t Pu s Formati o n o n a Woun


d
Many commo n alterativ e or blood-cleansin g herbs are good for preventin g
and promotin g healing . These are usually bitter or astringen t in
Of course, one must be careful if there is a high fever or sever e

use herbs like aloe gel, turmeric , myrrh, comfrey , dandelion ,


plantain and yellow dock as pastes or poultices .
Introduction to Marmas

• Internally, use anti-bacterial herbs like golden seal, barberry, turmeric


and katuka as powders or herbal teas .
Such herbs are generally taken internally in dosages of 1 - 3 grams three
times a day in the form of powders or herbal teas for short term usage. But
please note their specific indications in various They can be ap•
plied in the form of a paste or poultice on the marma to be treated .
The Ayurvedic text gives two excellent herbal formulas for
healing of marmas that can be taken in pill Marma Gutika
and Laghu Marma Gutika. Note Appendix 5 for their ingredients.

6 . H e a l in g W o u nd s a t M a r ma s
Fo r healing wounds to there are many herbal combinations that
can be used both internally and applied externally to the site as pastes or
poultices .
• Turmeric or aloe gel can be used separately or mixed together. Man y
western herbs can be used the same way like comfrey, arnica and plan•
tain, much like the herbs mentioned above for stopping-bleeding . This is
mainl y for external application, but taking small amounts of the herbs
internally can also be helpful .
• Fo r injuries affecting the bones or joints herbs like myrrh, arjuna ,
nirgundi, guggul, kava kava or Siberian ginseng are good, both inter•
nally and externally .
• Fo r soft tissue damage and clearing out any stagnant blood, circulator y
stimulants like turmeric, saffron, angelica, rose and manjishta (mad•
der) are indicated. This is mainly for internal usage .
Honey applied externally is a simple and effective remedy to promot e
healing and stop infection. Ghe e and butter are also good for externa l
application in the case of burns and inflammation . To prevent scarring, the
long-term use of an oil like sesame or vitamin E oil is good, applied daily
until the wound is healed .
Fo r internal usage of the herbs mentioned above, again generally follow
the dosage of 1 - 3 grams three times a day in the form of powders or
herbal teas for short-term usage Please note their specific indications in
various herbals for more specific indications and for more long-term us•
age.
Two additional special Ayurvedic decoctions for injuries to marmas are
Marma Kashaya and Dhanvantara These are mainly for internal
Note Appendix 5 for thei r
The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2: Methods

7 . T o Restor e Vita l Energ y


If there has been severe injury to marmas , it is importan t that the patien t
undergo a long-ter m tonificatio n and rejuvenatio n treatmen t to increas e
vitality (Ojas) and rebuild damage d tissues . Fo r this purpos e there are
many special tonic herbs that can be used, like and ginseng .
Such treatment , however, should be started only after the acute injury has
healed. It may be continue d for a long period of time, up to three to six
months, when ther e is physica l or nervou s debilit y or exhaustion .
• Fo r rebuildi n g th e bon e s and muscle s use toni c herb s lik e
ashwagandha, astragalus , and ginseng .
• For restorin g the blood and bodily fluids use tonic herbs like shatavari ,
marshmallow, America n ginseng , rehmannia , and amalaki , or the
Ayurvedic jell y
• For healing the nervou s system , use nervin e tonics like gotu
kola, shankhapushpi , jatamamsi , haritaki , and licorice .

Such herbs are generall y taken internall y in dosage s of 1 - 3 grams thre e


times a day in the form of powder s or herbal teas and can generall y be used for
period s of one month or more. They are also good taken as milk decoc• tions
(cooke d in milk) or taken with ghee. They are usually combine d wit h
adequate rest, nutritiv e (tissue-rebuilding ) diets, deep breathin g exercise s
and restorativ e Yoga poses .

Please examin e book s on Ayurved a like the Yoga of Herbs tor informatio n on the Ayurvedi c view of herb s
and thei r usage .
Note book s like the Yoga of Herbs (Frawle y and Lad) and Planetary (Tierra) .
Charaka IV.47.
Samhit a Sutrasthan a XIV.36 .
Charak a Samhit a Sutrasthan a IV.48 .
section explains how to use the following Table of Marmas. Its
is on preparing the reader to effectively use the therapies indicate d
under each marma. It also contains tables and illustrations correlating the
marmas according to the subdoshas and channel-system s to aid in
broader Ayurvedic treatment strategies. We recommend going over it
carefully before proceeding to the individual marma descriptions .
The Table of Marmas describes each marma according to the Ayurvedi c
factors discussed in the first section of the book, as well as anatomically in
modern medical Fo r those unfamiliar with Ayurvedic terms such as
the doshas, subdoshas and srotamsi, please refer to the earlier chapters in
which these are Fo r the anatomica l terminolog y consul t a
dictionary if needed .

Overvie w of Marm a Therapies


The Table of Marmas describes special treatments for each marma point
described. The of treatment outlines simple methods for
treat-
all marmas. Its purpose is to enable the reader to treat any marma on a
general level, even if he or she may lack the specific knowledge of oils and
herbs necessary for detailed treatment. Please examine previous chapter s
the details of marma therapy as needed. In addition, remember to treat
the person as a whole. Marma therapy is an important adjunct to be ap-
plied along with othe r Ayurvedi c therapies , diet and life-style
It is usually given by those skilled in the broader field of Ayurveda. B
However, marmas can be used for self-treatmen t as well. Many marma B
points, particularly those on the extremities of the body, are easy to reach B
for self-treatmen t with massage, acupressure, massage oils or aromatic B-
oils. You can do this on a daily or weekly basis to aid in energy circulatio n
counter chronic ailments. You can use specific marmas to treat head-
aches, digestive problems, insomnia and many other conditions that you
be suffering This kind of treatment is particularly good befor e
86 Table of Marmas and Their
Treatment

taking shower s or baths, which can follow in order to wash off any exces s
oil. However , it cannot substitut e for treatmen t by another , which bring s
in a differen t and potentiall y transformativ e pranic source .
Massage , aroma therapy and acupressur e are combine d togethe r un•
der one treatmen t section for each marma . This is because massag e oils
and aromati c oil s are usuall y use d alon g wit h massag e or

Oi l M a s s a g e
Oil applicatio n is usually the best treatmen t for condition s of high Vata or
for debility condition s generally. Remembe r to apply oils warm, particu •
larly for Vata. However , in cases of high Kapha, overweigh t or edema, it is
not always necessar y to use a massag e oil. In these cases, dry massag e is
usually better. Fo r simple treatmen t by oil marma s can be mas•
saged wit h the following oils :
• Sesame or almond oil for Vata types or condition s
• Coconu t or sunflowe r oil for Pitta types or condition s
• Mustar d or sesame oil (smalle r amounts ) for Kapha types or condition s

Carry out the massag e as explaine d in the section on Marma Massage ,


Chapter 5 (p. 66) .

Ke y Sy mp to m s o f Hig h Dosha s a t M a r m a Point s


Vata Cold and dry sensation s in the area, sensitivit y to wind or exp o
sure, crackin g or roughnes s of the skin, severe or cutting pai n
Pitta Ho t and damp sensation s in the area, oiliness of the skin, bleed •
ing, redness , skin rash, hot or burning pai n
Kaph a Cold and damp sensation s in the area, palenes s or whitenes s of
skin, swelling , fatty deposits , congestion , edema, dull ach e

2. Aroma Therapy
The use of spicy, penetratin g oils is specific for condition s of high Kapha or
conditions of stagnatio n and congestio n generally. The use of sweet fra•
grances is specific for condition s of high Pitta or condition s of fever and
inflammation generally. Fo r simple treatmen t by aroma therapy , marma s
can be massage d or anointe d wit h the following
• A combinatio n of spicy and sweet oils like ginger, cinnamon , sandal •
wood and rose is good for Vata .
• Cooling sweet oils like sandalwood , rose or lotus are good for Pitta .
86 Table of Marmas and Their
Treatment

taking shower s or baths, which can follow in order to wash off any exces s
oil. However , it cannot substitut e for treatmen t by another , which bring s
in a differen t and potentiall y transformativ e prani c
Massage , aroma therapy and acupressur e are combine d togethe r un•
der one treatmen t section for each marma . This is because massag e oils
and aromati c oils are usuall y use d alon g wit h massag e or

Oi l M a s s a g e
Oil applicatio n is usually the best treatmen t for condition s of high Vata or
for debility condition s generally. Remembe r to apply oils warm, particu •
larly for However , in cases of high overweigh t or it is
not alway s necessar y to use a massag e oil. In these cases, dry massag e is
usually better . For simple treatmen t by oil marma s can be mas•
saged with the following
• Sesame or almond oil for Vata types or condition s
• Coconu t or sunflowe r oil for Pitta types or condition s
• Mustar d or sesame oil (smalle r amounts ) for Kapha types or condition s

Carry out the massag e as explaine d in the section on Marma Massage,


Chapter 5 (p. 66) .

Ke y Sy mptom s o f Hig h Dosha s a t M a r m a Point s


Vata Cold and dry sensation s in the area, sensitivit y to wind or exp o
sure, crackin g or roughnes s of the skin, severe or cutting pai n
Pitta Ho t and damp sensation s in the area, oiliness of the skin, bleed •
ing, redness , skin rash, hot or burning pai n
Kapha Cold and damp sensation s in the area, palenes s or whitenes s of
skin, swelling , fatty deposits , congestion , edema, dull ach e

2. Aroma Therapy
The use of spicy, penetratin g oils is specific for condition s of high Kapha or
conditions of stagnatio n and congestio n generally. The use of sweet fra•
grances is specific for condition s of high Pitta or condition s of fever and
inflammation generally. Fo r simple treatmen t by aroma therapy , marmas
can be massage d or anointe d wit h the following
• A combinatio n of spicy and sweet oils like ginger, cinnamon , sandal •
wood and rose is good for Vata .
• Cooling sweet oils like sandalwood , rose or lotus are good for Pitta .
Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 87

• Spicy penetratin g oils like eucalyptus , campho r or mint are best for
Kapha.

Note that many of the specifi c treatment s in terms of oils and herbs men •
tioned under differen t marma s can be used on other marma s when ther e
are similar problems . Also note the formula s below .

Si mpl e M a r m a O i l s
OI L
Take cup of sesame oil. Hea t until slightly warm (not too hot or the
aromatic oils will disperse ) and add a few drops of sandalwoo d oil and
calamus oil (if you cannot get calamu s oil use cinnamo n oil). Us e the
mixture slightly warm, but not so hot as to evaporat e the aromati c oils .

ANTI-PITTA O I L
Take cup of coconu t oil and heat to slightly warm. Add severa l drops of
sandalwood oil and a little rose oil, until a mild fragranc e is produced .
let the mixtur e cool for

OI L
Take cup of sesame oil and cup of mustar d oil and mix togethe r
sesame and mustar d oil in ratios of one to heating slightly . Add a few
drops of campho r oil, mentho l or until a good fragranc e is
created .

3 . Acupressur e
Acupressur e or finger pressur e is specificall y indicate d for treatin g man y
different It is an importan t method for stimulatin g marma en•
ergy, particularl y for smalle r marma s or for trigger points within large r
marmas. Generall y a strong level of pressur e with the thumb or middl e
finger can be used for medium for Pitta, and more gentle for Vata,
but be careful to note how painful each marma point may be and do not
hurt the patient .

4 . Prani c an d Energ y Healin


g
This can easily be done on any marma , using either the fingers or the pal m
of the hand. It depend s upon the Prana of the healer, which should be
stron g and

Other T r e a t m e n t Method s
Additiona l treatmen t method s like acupunctur e and heat applicatio n are
mentioned for a few marma s by way of Such therapie s can be
88 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

used on most marmas , but may require more trainin g in order to appl y
effectively. Please examin e the Appendix 1 and Appendix 2 for more detail s
on these therapies .

Yogi c Methods
Yoga practice s like meditation , mantra , Pratyahar a and Pranayam a hav e
been mentione d for severa l importan t marmas , particularl y relativ e to the
chakras and nadis that they rule over. Holdin g the mind and Prana (our
power of attention ) at marma s aids in their healing and facilitate s thei r
energization at an interna l level. We have not mentione d gems or color s
much relativ e to specifi c marmas but their genera l applicatio n can be use d
here as well .

II. Marmas and the Dosha s


Belo w are som e prime correlatio n s betwee n th e marma s , doshas ,
subdoshas and tissues of the body. This can help us understan d how to use
various marmas . These correlation s are only by way of predominance .
Most marma s can be used to treat any of the doshas dependin g upon the
treatment method s and substance s used .

M ar ma s an d th e Thr e e Dosha s
VATA
Arm s and Leg s Kshipra , Manibandha , Gulph a
Abdome n and Ches t Basti , Nabhi , Apalap a
Hips and Bac k Katikataruna , Amsaphalak a
Nec k an d Hea d Sthapani , Vidhura ,
Krikatika , Utkshepa ,
PITTA
Arm s and Leg s Kurchashira , Indrabasti , Kurpar a (right) , Jan u
(right ) Abdome n and Ches t Hridaya ,
Hips and Bac k Brihat i
Nec k and Hea d Sira Apanga , Adhipat i
KAPHA
Arm s and Leg s Kshipra , Kurpar a (left) , Ani , Bahvi ,
Lohitaksha , Kakshadhara , Jan u (left) , Vitapa ,
Gulph a
Abdome n and Ches t Stanarohita , Apastambha , Apalap a
Hips and Bac k Brihati , Amsaphalak a
*Thes e mar k the mos t importan t marma s for the correspondin g region s of the body .

2 . M ar m a Point s an d th e Subdosha s
The followin g are a few key connection s betwee n marma points and the
subdoshas or five forms of Vata, Pitta and Kapha .
Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 89

Vata Subtype s and Marm a Point s


Prana and Sthapan i marma s on the hea d relat e to Pran a
Vay u Vay u an d to the crow n (Sahasrara ) chakra . The y contro l the
min d and the centra l nervou s system . Phan a and Vidhur a
marma s are also good for Pran a as circulatio n in the hea d and
senses . Kshipr a and Talahridaya are goo d for genera l stimulatio n
of Pran a and its entr y int o the body .
2. Udan a Vayu and marma s on the nec k
and shoulder s relat e to Udan a Vay u and to the throa t
chakra .
3. Vyan a Vay u Hriday a (heart) , and marma s relat e to
Vyan a Vay u an d the hear t chakra . Severa l marma s on the
hand s and fee t are connecte d with Vyan a as wel l as Prana ,
particularl y Talahriday a and Kshipra .
4. Saman a Vayu Nabh i (navel) , Apastambh a and Kurchashir a marma s
relat e to Saman a Vay u and the nave l chakra .
5. Apan a Vay u Bast i (bladder) , Gud a (anus ) and Vitap a (perineum ) marma s
relat e to Apan a Vay u and the two lowe r chakras . Marma s on
the leg s and fee t like Talahriday a an d ar e connecte d to
Apan a as wel l as to Vyana . Utkshep a marm a on the hea d
has an overal l contro l of Apan a an d Vata ..
90 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Pitta Subtype s and Marm a Point s


Sadhak a Pitta and Hriday a marma s (on the hea d
and heart ) ar e relate d to Sadhak a Pitt a and the
digestio n of knowledg e and experience .
2. Alochak a Pitt a Kurcha , Kurchashira , Sthapan i and Apang a marma s
are relate d to Alochak a Pitt a (seein g powe r of the
eyes ) and visua l acuity .
3. Bhrajak a Pitt a Talahridaya , and Katikatarun a
marma s ar e relate d to Bhrajak a Pitt a and digestio n
of ligh t and hea t at the leve l of the skin .
4. Pachak a Pitt a Nabh i (navel) , Kurchashir a and
Indrabast i marma s are relate d to Pachak a Pitt a
and the digestiv e
5. Ranjak a Pitt a Nabh i (navel) , Kurpar a (elbow) , Jan u (knee ) and
Kukundar a marmas are relate d to Ranjak a Pitt a (digestiv e
powe r at the leve l of the blood ) and the liver .

Sadhaka Pitta
digest s Knowledg e

Nila & Many a


Bhrajaka
ski n

Hriday a
Sadhaka Pitta-
digests Knowledg e

Nabh i
Pachaka
fire ,
support s al l Pitta s
Ranjaka
live r

Kurch a
Alochaka
visio n

Subdosh a s of Pitt a
and Marm a s

Kurcha
Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 91

Kaph a Subtype s and Marm a Point s


Kaph a Adhipat i and on the hea d and Hriday a (heart )
marma s are relate d with Tarpak a Kaph a (emotiona l
contentment) . So are Shringatak a and Krikatik a
marma s on the hea d and neck .
2. Kaph a Shringataka , and Phan a marma s on the face
and neck are relate d to Bodhak a Kaph a (powe r of
3. Kaph a taste)
H riday .a (heart) , and Talahriday a marma s
ar e relate d to Avalambak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the
mucou s membranes in the chest) .
4. Kledak a Kaph a Nabh i (navel ) and marma s are relate d
wit h Kledak a Kaph a (Kaph a digestiv e secretions) . So
is Kurchashir a on the hand s and feet .
5. Sleshak a Kaph a Jan u (knee) , Kurpar a (elbow) , Manibandh a (wrist) ,
Gulpha (ankle ) and Katikatarun a (hip ) marma s are
relate d wit h Sleshak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the
joints) .
92 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

3 . Channe l System s and Marm a Point s


The followin g are a few key marma s relating to the differen t channe l systems .
Others are listed in the table of marmas .

Pranavaha Talahridaya , Kshipra , Hriday a


(heart) , respiratory system , lungs , hear t Phana , Sthapan i

2. Annavaha Nabh i (navel) , Indrabasti ,


Kurchashir a digestiv e system , g.i . trac t
3. Apastambha , Kurpara , Janu ,
Basti , metabolis m system , pancrea s Bahv i

4. Rasavaha Hriday a (heart) , Kshipra ,


Stanamula , an d lymphati c system , heart , skin
Nil a
5. Hriday a (heart) , Nabh i (navel) , Kurpar a
(elbow) , system, blood , heart , live r Brihati , Jan u (knee) , Lohitaksha , Sir a
Matrik a
6. Kurchashira ,
Stanamula , muscula r syste m Stanarohita , Gud a (anus )
7. Bast i (bladder ) Katikataruna ,
adipos e syste m
8. Asthivaha Kukundara , Katikataruna , Jan u (knee )
skeleta l syste m
9. Adhipati , Simanta , Sthapani ,
Apalapa , nervou s system , brai n Apastambha , Shringatak a
Shukravaha Gud a (anus) , Vitap a (perineum) , Gulph a
(ankle) , reproductiv e system , Bast i (lowe r abdomen )
testes , uteru s

Mutravaha Bast i (bladder) , Gud a (anus) ,


Kukundar a urinar y system , kidneys ,
urinar y bladde r
Purishavaha Gud a (anus) , Parshvasandhi ,
Shankh a excretor y system , colo n
Swedavaha Nila , Katikataruna ,
Stanarohit a sweatin g system , ski n
14. Adhipati , Simanta , Sthapani , Hriday a (heart )
the min d
Bast i (bladder) , Gud a (anus) , Nabh i (navel) ,
menstrua l syste m Katikataruna , Kukundar a

Stanyavaha Hriday a (heart) , Stanamula ,


Stanarohita , lactatio n syste m Nitamb a
Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therapies 93

Strategie s of Marm a Therapy/Marm a Formula s


Marma therapy is not limited to the treatmen t of single marmas, howeve r
important this can be. Several marma s are usually treated during a session .
The numbe r and sequenc e of marma s treated will determin e the nature and
effects of the therapy . Naturally , the development of marma formulas , like
that of herbal formulas , can be complex . However , using the above correla•
tions one can combin e differen t marmas to treat specific doshas , subdosha s
or channel-systems out of Generall y three to seven marma s is a good
number to consider , focusin g on one as the mos t important or centra l marm a
for the
One method is to select marma s from each section of the body like the
arms, legs, front of the body, back of the body and head. This can be
combined with overall body massage . Fo r example , one can treat Vata in a
comprehensive manne r throug h marma therapy on Adhipat i (head) ,
(back of the neck), Guda (anus), Talahriday a (palm of the hand)
and Talahriday a (sol e of the
Or one can focus on key region s of the subdoshas . For example , one
can treat Sadhak a Pitta (Pitta in the nervou s system ) throug h marm a
therapy on Simant a (skull) and Hriday a (heart) marmas . For anothe r ex•
ample, one can treat Sleshak a Kapha (lubricatio n of the joints) by doin g
marma therapy on the main joint marmas : Janu (knee) , Kurpar a (elbow) ,
Manibandha (wrist) , Gulpha (ankle) and Katikatarun a (hip) .
One can treat the channel-system s in the same manner . Fo r example ,
to open the Pranavah a Srotas or respiratory/energ y system , one can trea t
Kshipra (hand) , Talahriday a (hand) , Hriday a (heart) , Phana (nostrils ) and
Adhipati (head) marmas .
Anothe r importan t principl e to conside r is that it is generall y good to
treat the correspondin g marma s on both the right and left sides of the
body or on both the upper and lower extremities . Fo r when
treating Kshipr a make sure to treat both right and left points and
also Kshipr a on the foot. An exceptio n to this is if one is trying to correct
an energ y imbalanc e on the right and left sides of the body or on the upper
and lowe r portion s of the body. Then one must focus on stimulatin g
marmas on the side or portion of the body requirin g energization , while
either not treatin g or sedatin g the marma s on the opposit e side .
These are only a few suggestions . Marma formula s are an advance d
topic usually taught in a clinica l setting and requirin g extensiv e Ayurvedi c
knowledge and trainin g by the student .
C H A P TE R 8

Table of
Marm a s o n
Ar m s and Han d s

1 1 Marm a Re gi on s an d 2 2 Poi nt s

c hands and arms contain a numbe r of importan t marma points for the
and expressio n of Prana, particularl y for Vyana Vayu (th e
ward-movin g pranic which they convey throug h the sense of touch.
Such periphera l points on the body impact the circulatio n of energy in the
organs and in the spine as well as the arms and leg position s where
they are located . They are easy to reach and manipulat e for treatmen t
purposes, whic h makes them very importan t in marma therapy .
Marmas on the hands are the basis for therapeuti c touch. Their energ y
should be kept strong and clear for those who wish to project their healin g
power on to others. Treatin g these specifi c marma s goes along well wit h
general massag e of the arms and hands .
Marma s on the arms have two points, one for each arm. Generally ,
marmas on the right arm or solar side of the body are better for increasin g
heat, promotin g circulatio n and improvin g digestion . They stimulat e
bodily activities, increasin g Agni (fire) and the Pitta function s of the body .
Marmas on the left arm or lunar side of the body are better for coolin g
action, reducing inflammatio n and buildin g They have a calmin g
effect, increasing the Kapha or watery function s of the body.
96 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Kshipr a (hand )

Description
Nam e Kshipr a (quick ; reflectin g its immediat e effect )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h han d

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Situate d betwee n the thum b and inde x finger , locate d


bilaterall y on the dorsa l and palma r surface s of the han d in
d
the web forme by the dorsa l interosseou s muscl e betwee n
the firs t and secon d metacarpa l bones .
Note: (The site s betwee n the othe r finger s also hav e
importan t therapeuti c properties . The y can be regarde d as
secondar y Kshipr a point s and treate d in a simila r
manner) .
Control s Control s plasm a and respirator y system s (Rasavah a
and Pranavaha heart , lung s and Avalambak a
Kaph a (lubrication of hear t and Pran a and Vyan a Vayus .
Anatomica l Flexo r pollici s brevis , obliqu e and transvers e hea d of adducto r
Structure s pollici s muscle . Branche s of media n nerve , dorsa l metacarpa l
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 97

arter y and superficia l palma r arc h supplyin g bloo d to


the fingers .

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Los s of adductio n and flexio n of thumb , and bleedin g from


If Injure d the palma r arch .

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g


Acupressur circula r motio n for abou t five minutes .
e and This is also a goo d marm a for acupressur e to promot e
Arom a circulation , increas e energ y flow and get the Pran a
Therapy movin g throughou t the bod y as a whole .
Us e plai n sesam e oi l or mustar d oi l
as massag e
Use spic y aromati c oils like eucalyptus , cinnamon , sag e
or to ope n the energ y and reliev e pain .
Appl y powder s of calamu s or ginge r for simila r purposes .

Acupunctur e For tingling , numbness , erysipelas , gout , calcenea l spur ,


psoriasi s or cracke d hands ; acupunctur e shoul d be don e
two angul i (finge r units ) proxima l to the site .

Treatmen t If Generall y appl y an ice pack . Whe n ther e is burnin g


Injure d sensation , appl y ghe e (clarifie d butter ) or, if the sensatio n
is mor e
internal , use sandalwoo d oil .
98 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Talahriday a (hear t or cente r of the

palm ) Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h


han d

Typ e Muscl e j

Size angul i (finge r unit ) I


Sit e Situate d in the cente r of the palm , facin g the roo t of the
middl e
finge r (cente r of the palma r surfac e of the han d superficia l
to thir d joint) . 1

Control s An importan t poin t for energ y circulatio n for the entir e bod y
tha t is helpfu l for all aroun d healt h and balance . 1
Control s respirator y syste m (Pranavah a Srotas) , heart ,
lungs , 1
Bhrajak a Pitt a (circulatio n and hea t receptio n on the skin )
an d
Avalambak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of hear t and lungs) .
Controls Yashasvat i Nad i (righ t hand ) and Hastijihv a Nad i
(lef t hand ) alon g with Vyan a Vay u (powe r of circulation) ,
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 99

in the uppe r half of the bod y (abov e the navel) . Al so


control s the hand s as a moto r organ .

Anatomica l Tendo n of flexo r profundus , and


Structure s extenso r Muscle tissu e of tunic a medi a of
superficia l and dee p palma r arch . Interosse i muscle .
Branche s of the media n nerve .
Qualitie s
Relative to Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing )
Injur y marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of
vulnerability .

| Symptom s Los s of flexio n and extensio n of the second , thir d and


Injure d fourt h fingers and adductio n of second , thir d and fourt h
metacarpals . Bleedin g ma y lead to pain , shoc k or infection .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minute s or unti l the energ y in the
han d is and Arom a released . This is also a goo d marm a for
acupressur e for Therapy openin g up the healin g energ y of the
hands . It is ofte n a sor e
poin t in mos t people . Use Naraya n sesam e or almon d
oil for massage . Use spic y aromati c oil s like eucalyptus ,
campho r for clearin g Pranavah a Srota s
(respirator y system) . For Vyan a Vay u (prani c circulation ) and
to energiz e the hands , us e penetratin g aromati c oil s lik e
eucalyptus , cinnamo n or camphor . Thi s is grea t for massag e
practitioner s to prepar e themselve s for treatment , enhancin g
the powe r of therapeuti c touch . Rubbin g the palm s togethe r
quickl y for a few second s energize s this point . Onc e the
palm s fee l warm , they can be place d on othe r marma s for
healin g purposes , includin g ove r
the eye s for calmin g Pitt a or ove r the ear s to calm Vata .
Aromatic oils like cinnamon , cardamom , saffro n and
ginge r applie d at thi s poin t are goo d for stimulatin g the
heart .

Meditatio n A goo d poin t of concentratio n and meditatio n for bringin g


in andYoga positiv e healin g energie s and Pran a from the externa l
environmen t and for releasin g negativ e energ y and stress .

Treatmen t Althoug h it is a muscl e marma , injur y to nearb y vessel s can


Injure d caus e bleeding . To stop bleeding , appl y ice to the area .
Plai n ghe e is goo d for healin g the area or the specia l
Ayurvedi c formul a Shatadhaut a Ghrita .
turmeri c and licoric e powder s mad e into a past e alon g
wit h a littl e casto r oi l for healin g purposes .
1 00 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Kurch a (a kno t or bundle , of the muscle s at the bas e
of the thumb )
Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h han d

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e The mai n poin t is situate d one angul i (finge r unit ) dista l
from the wris t join t at the bas e of the thum b join t (firs t
langea l joint) , proxima l to Kshipr a marma , but
the entir e marm a cover s a larg e area . Its larg e size of fou r
anguli s can be explaine d in tha t the marm a include s the
joint s of the othe r finger s as well , whic h can be regarde d as
secondar y
Kurch a
points .
Control s Control s Alochak a Pitt a (seein g functio n of the eyes) , overal l
sensor y acuit y and Pran a Vay u (overal l prani c and nerv e
particularl y to the An importan t poin t for Pran a
and j
Marmas on the Arms and Hands

Anatomica l Tendo n of extenso r extenso r indicis , tendo n of


Structure s extenso r carp i radiali s bravi s and longu s and flexo r
digitoru m and profundus . Branche s of media n
nerve .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y impai r coordinatio n of the carpa l and


metacarpa l
If Injure d joints , extensio n and abductio n of the wris t and caus e
distortio n of the
Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedures . The centra l are a of thi s
Acupressur e marm a is goo d for acupressure , whic h also stimulate s the
mind . and Arom a For controllin g Alochak a Pitt a (seein g functio n of
the eyes ) Therap y massag e with sandalwoo d oil,
Shatadhaut a
Ghrit a or plai n
ghee .
Use coolin g and swee t aromati c oils like sandalwood ,
rose , chamomil e and lotus .
For openin g the energ y and stimulatin g Pran a use aromati c
oils like camphor , min t or cloves . Thi s also help s to kee p
Treatmen t Appl y a supportiv e bandag e to minimiz e pain . Use turmeri c
If Injure d past e or aloe gel for mino r injury .
1 02 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Kurchashir a (hand )

Description
Nam e Kurchashir a (the hea d of Kurcha )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h hand )

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e The roo t of the thum b jus t abov e the wrist . Dista l to
Manibandha , situate d two anguli s (finge r units )
proxima l to Kurcha , or betwee n Kurch a and
Manibandha , firs t car • pometacarpa l join t dista l to
the
Control s Control s Alochak a Pitt a (seein g powe r of the eyes) ,
Agn i (digestive power) , stomach , Pachak a Pitta , Kledak a
Kaph a and Vay u (form s of Pitta , Kaph a and
Vata govern • ing digestion) . Als o influence s the head ,
min d and nervou s systems , calmin g Vata .
Th e thum b is regarde d as manifestatio n of not simpl y
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 03

as the powe r of digestio n but also as the powe r of Pran a


and as the sou l itself . Thi s is an importan t Agn i poin t
for control • ling thes e differen t form s of fire .

Anatomica l Tendo n of flexo r carp i radialis , tendo n of abducto r pollici s


Structure s longus , tendo n of extenso r carp i radiali s longus ,
tendo n of extensor pollici s longu s and brevis .

Qualitie s Rujakar a (Pain-causing ) type marma .


Relativ e to Bot h air y and fier y in degre e of
vulnerability . Injury

Symptom s Impairmen t of the flexio n and abductio n of the wrist ,


bleedin g
If Injure d from the radia l arter y and pai n due to injur y to the
radia l nerve .
Treatment
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedure s usin g a stron g
massage , Acupressure particularl y wit h you r thum b unti l the energ y
in the thum b is and Arom a released . This is also a goo d marm a for
acupressur e and Therap y help s increas e Pran a and stimulat e Agn i
in the bod y overall .
Fo r controllin g Alochak a Pitt a (seein g powe r of the
eyes ) use coconut or sunflowe r
oils . Use coolin g aromati c oil s like sandalwood , ros e or
khus .
For Agn i and digestion , use stimulatin g aromati c oil s
like ginger , cinnamon , clove s or cardamom .
For clearin g the mind , use oils like calamus , myrr h or cam •
phor . For calmin g Vat a use oils like sandalwood , valeria n
Treatmen t Appl y turmeri c past e or alo e ge l for mino r
injury . If Injure d
1 04 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

mar m a

Manibandha

Description
Nam e Manibandh a (bracelet )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (on e on eac h wrist )

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 2 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e The wrist , wit h the mai n poin t one-hal f angul i (finge r units )
latera l to the cente r of the wris t join t (anterio r radia l wris t
creas e in the wel l forme d by the junctur e of the radiu s
wit h the scaphoid/lunat e carpa l bones) . The site opposite ,
on the bac k of the wrist , is als o important . Bot h point s can
be treate d
together . The overal l marm a is mediu m in size and cover s
the centra l par t of the wris t joint as a whole .
Control s Control s skeleta l syste m (Asthivah a Srotas ) and movemen t
of hands , Sleshak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the joints ) and
Vyan a Vay u (periphera l circulation) .
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 05

Anatomica l Wris t joint . and radio-carpa l ligaments . Radia l


and
Structure s media n nerv e and artery .
Qualitie s Rujakar a (Pain-causing ) type marma .
Relativ e to Bot h air y and fier y in degre e of
vulnerability . Injury

Symptom s Los s of flexion , extension , adductio n and abductio n of the


If Injure d hand . Injur y can also caus e weakening ,
discoordination , dislocatio n and distortio n of the hand .

Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedure s wit h moderat e strengt h
unti l
Acupressur e the energ y in the wris t is released . The centra l are a of
thi s and Arom a marm a is also a goo d marm a for acupressur e for
increasin g Therap y energ y flow to the hand .
For controllin g Asthivah a Srota s (skeleta l system ) an d
Sleshak a Kapha , use Sahachar a Ashwagandh a
sesam e oil or almon d oil .
Us e penetratin g and healin g aromati c oil s lik e angelica ,
birch , myrrh , guggu l or wintergree n whic h reliev e join t
pai n and swelling .
Acupunctur e In case of cervica l lymphadenitis , perfo rm acupunctur e on
the
(suc i karma ) poin t two angul i (finge r units ) dista l to the marma .
Treatmen t If Fo r dislocatio n or fractur e appl y a bandag e to the wris t
joint . Injure d Whe n ther e is a simpl e injur y withou t fracture , bath e the
are a
in war m ghe e or sesam e oil .
1 06 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Indrabast i (arm )

Description
Nam e Indrabast i (Indra' s arro w or a superio r typ e of arrow ;
owin g to the shap e of the muscle s in the regio n of the mid-
forearm . Bast i also mean s bladde r in othe r contexts. )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h forear m

Typ e Muscl e

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Cente r of the forearm , slightl y at the latera l aspec t


wher e the radial arter y passe s (anterio r forear m midlin e
betwee n the elbo w an d wris t creas e in the bell y of the
flexo r carp i radiali s superficia l to the interosseu s
membrane) .
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 07

Control s Control s digestiv e syste m (Annavah a Srotas) , Agn i


(digestiv e fire), Saman a Vay u (balancin g Prana) ,
Pitta (digestiv e juices ) and smal l intestine . Has an effec t on
the plasm a (Ras a Dhatu ) as well .

Anatomica l Flexo r pollici s longus , extenso r carp i radialis ,


brachioradiali s
Structure s and pronato r tere s muscles . Radia l and media n nerve ,
radia l arter y and tributarie s of cephali c vein .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Th e importan t structur e at thi s marm a is the radia l artery .


Injur y
If Injure d ma y lea d to distortio n of the han d resultin g in
It ma y als o caus e paralysi s of
the forear m or sever e bleeding .
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g
circula r Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Thi s is also a goo d
marm a for and Arom a acupressure .
Therap y For stimulatio n of Agn i (digestiv e fire) , use
Taila , mustard or sesam e oils .
For controllin g the smal l intestin e and Annavah a Srota s
(digestiv e system) , use war m spic y aromati c oil s like
anise , fennel , ginge r or cardamom .
Calamu s oil is goo d her e for promotin g circulatio n in bot h
the digestive syste m and throug h the plasma .

Treatmen t If The sam e as Kshipra .


Injure d
1 08 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Description
Nam e Kurpar a (elbow-joint )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h ar m

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 3 angul i (finge r units )


Sit e The elbo w join t as a whole , a larg e marma . The mai n poin t
is at the outsid e (trochlea r latera l elbo w superficia l
to radia l collatera l ligament) . However , the correspondin g
poin t on the inside and the poin t immediatel y behin d the
elbo w join t ar e also importan t points .

Control s Control s bloo d and circulator y syste m (Raktavah a


Srotas) , Saman a Vay u (balancin g Prana) , Ranjak a
Pitt a (colorin g of
the bloo d and bile ) and Udakavah a Srota s (water-
metabolism) . Marm a on righ t elbo w control s the live r and
Ranjak a Pitta . Marm a on left elbo w control s the spleen ,
Marmas on the Arms and Hands 1 09

Anatomica Elbo w join , ligamen t capsule , ulnar , radia l and annula r


l radia l collateral ligaments , media n nerv e and branches .
Structure Brachia l artery , tributarie s of cephali c and media n cubita l
s vein . Supina • tor , extenso r carp i radialis , biceps , tricep s
an d pronato r tere s muscles .
Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Watery in degre e of vulnerability .
Qualitie s
Relative to
Injur y Injur y wil l caus e bleedin g and damag e the functio n
of the forearm .
Symptom
s
If Injure d

Massage , For live r diseases , massag e the righ t Kurpar a marma .


Acupressur Us e Padmakad i Manjishtad i ghe e or
e and safflowe r oil s for massage . Use blood-cleansin g aromati c
Arom a oil s like coriander , myrrh , wormwood , saffro n or turmeric .
Therapy For disease s of splee n and pancreas , massag e the lef t
Kurpara marm a with Manjishtad i Taila , safflowe r oil or
sesam e oil . Us e spic y aromati c oil s lik e ginger ,
cardamom , myrr h or turmeric .
For acupressure , the point s on the outsid e and the inside ,
in fron t and behin d the elbow , are also goo d and can be
worke d on wit h som e strength .
Fo r enlargemen t of the liver , selec t a sensitiv e poin t on
Hea t the righ t marm a and appl y hea t wit h a meta l probe . Fo r
Applicatio n enlarge • men t of the spleen , use a sensitiv e poin t on the
(Agni- lef t marma . The hea t applie d shoul d be mild . The
karma ) procedur e can be repeated ever y alternat e day for seve n
days .
Blood-lettin g For live r disorders , blood-lettin g shoul d be don e from the
righ t cubita l vein . For splee n disorders , it shoul d be don e
from the lef t cubita l vein . Onl y smal l amount s of bloo d
shoul d be take n and the woun d covere d wit h turmeri c
powde r and alo e ge l or othe r suitabl e disinfectant .
Acupunctur e For brachia l neuralgia , cervica l spondylitis , tinglin g or
numb • nes s of the palm , acupunctur e shoul d be don e on
the poin t fou r angul i (finge r units ) eithe r proxima l or
dista l to Kurpar a marma .
Treatmen Appl y a cros s type bandag e to the area . Use herb s like
t tur •
If Injure d meri c and myrr h internall y to promot e healing , or guggu l
an d
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

An i ( ar m )

Descriptio n
Nam e Ani (the poin t of a needle )
Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h arm

Typ e Ligamen t and Tendo n (Snayu )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Arms and Hands

Sit e In the aspec t of arm , two (finge r units )


proxima l to the media l epicondyl e of the humerus .

Control s Control s Udakavah a Srota s (water-metabolis m


system) , pancrea s and kidneys .

Anatomica l Bicep s and coracobrachia l muscles . Ulna r and media n


Structure s nerves . Lowe r end of the humerus . Brachia l arter y
an d vein .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to thi s marm a impair s extensio n of the arm , as


wel l
If Injure d as the drawin g of the arm forwar d and inward . Injur y to
the nerv e ma y caus e complet e paralysi s of the arm .
Injur y to the arter y ma y caus e sever e bleeding .
Treatment
Massage , An eas y area to reac h for massage . Folo w usua l massag e
Acupressur e or acupressur e procedures .
and Arom a Fo r controllin g Udakavah a Srota s (water-metabolis m
Therap y system ) massag e wit h Taila or plai n mustar d
oil .
Us e aromati c oils like ginger ,
cardamom , parsle y or juniper .
Treatmen t A past e of aloe gel and turmeri c can be use d for mino r
If Injure d injury .
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Description
Nam e Bahv i (wha t relate s to the arm ) or (th e wid e regio n
of the uppe r arm )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h ar m

Typ e Vesse l

Size 1 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e In the radia l aspec t of the uppe r arm abou t fou r and a
hal f anguli (finge r units ) from the media l epicondyle .
Control s Control s plasm a and water-metabolis m (Rasavah a an d
Udakavaha Vyan a Vay u and govern s health y tissu e
growth .

Anatomica l Brachia l arter y and vein . Lymp h vesse l drainag e to axillar y


Structure s grou p of glands . Media n and ulna r nerves . Bicep s an d
tricep s muscles.

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) type of


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Damag e to the arter y cause s bleeding . Injur y may caus e


If Injure d impairmen t of the functio n of flexio n and extensio n of the
arm .

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g


circula r Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e
als o work s wel l and Arom a her e for improvin g lymphati c circulation .
Therap y Massag e wit h plai n sesame , almon d or mustar d oil s to
war m the region .
For controllin g Rasavah a Srota s (lymphati c system ) use
dryin g aromati c oil s like camphor , cardamom , bayberr y or
mint .
Fo r improvin g circulatio n use stimulatin g aromati c
oil s like cinnamon , thym e or ginger .
Treatmen t For bleedin g appl y ice to the site and if necessar y a
pressur e
If Injure d bandage . Use hemostati c herb s like yarrow ,
mullein , nagakeshar a or plantain .
Table of Marmas and Treatment

Description
Nam e Lohitaksh a (red-jointed ; the lowe r fronta l inser t of the
shoulde r joint )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h shoulder )

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Cente r of the armpi t or axillar y foss a throug h whic h


axillar y arter y passes , anterio r aspec t of axillar y
crease .
Marmas on the Arms and Hands

Control s Control s plasm a and lymphati c syste m (Rasavah a Srotas) ,


blood (Raktavah a Srotas ) and Vyan a Vay u (periphera l
circula •
particularl y to the legs .
Anatomica l Axillar y arter y and vein . Lymp h vesse l drainag e to axillar y
Structure s grou p of glands . Media n and ulna r nerves . dorsi ,
pectorali s majo r and minor , coracobrachia l an d
subscapula r muscles .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing )


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of
vulnerability .
Injur y
Symptom s Damag e to the axillar y vessel s can caus e hemorrhage .
Injur y
It Injure d to the muscle s ma y caus e loss of functio n of the humerus .
Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l marm a massag e procedures . This is a goo d
Acupressure , marm a for acupressure , whic h wil l hel p drai n the d
lymphatic s an and Arom a releas e muscula r tension .
Therap y For controllin g Srota s (lymphati c system) , use
Bilvad i Taila , mustar d oil or sesam e oil for massage . Use
Kapha - reducin g aromati c oil s like eucalyptus , cinnamon ,
min t or cardamom .
For controllin g Raktavah a Srota s (blood) , use Tail a
or sesam e oi l and aromati c oil s like saffron , rose ,
myrr h or cinnamon .

Treatmen t If ther e is bleedin g appl y ice and if necessar y pressur e


bandage . If Injure d Us e hemostati c herb s internall y like yarrow ,
mullei n or
nagakeshara . As foo d therap y give a mixtur e of banana ,
mil k and suga r to restor e bod y fluid s if necessary .
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Kakshadhara

Description

Nam e Kakshadhar a (wha t uphold s the flanks ; nea r the top of


the shoulde r joint )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h shoulder )

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1 angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Arms and Hands

Sit e Tw o angul i (finge r units ) belo w the poin t joinin g the latera l
one - third and media l two-third s of clavicle , wher e the
media n nerv e is situated , or latera l edg e of the tip of the
coracoi d proces s of the shoulde r girdle .

Control s Control s muscula r syste m Srotas) ,


shoulders , bodil y postur e and Vyan a Vayu .

Anatomica l Pectorali s majo r and mino r as well as intercosta l


Structure s muscles . Media n nerve . Lymp h vesse l drainag e to
axillar y glands . Axillar y arter y and vein .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) type of marm a


Relative to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y caus e impairmen t of movement , downwar d


If Injure d and forwar d drawin g of the arm , and depressio n of the
shoulde r joint. Nerv e injur y ma y lea d to paralysi s of the
hand , wastin g of the muscle s or infection .

Massage , A goo d marm a for relievin g muscula r tensio n eithe r


Acupressur throug h massage or throug h acupressure . Goo d for stiff
e and shoulder s owing to high Vata .
Arom a For controllin g Mamsavah a Srota s (muscula r system )
Therapy use Taila , Tail a or
plai n sesam e oil .
Us e aromati c oil s lik e eucalyptus , cinnamon , turmeric ,
myrr h or saffro n whic h improv e circulatio n to the
muscles .
A specia l Ayurvedi c oil calle d Tail a (4 part s
sesam e oil, 2 part s ghe e and 1 par t casto r oil) is ver y
Treatmen Appl y casto r oi l for pai n relief .
t if
p
1 1 Region s an d 2 2 Point s

The marma s on the legs and feet mirror those on the arms and hands in
both number and location , which is why most have the same names. Th e
legs contain importan t marma s for the receptio n of Prana from the Earth ,
which occurs mainly through the feet, and for the projectio n of Pran a
through walking and running . This connect s the leg marma s both wit h
Vyana Vayu, the outward-movin g air that govern s movement , and als o
with Apana Vayu, the downward-movin g air that connect s us to the forc e
of gravity and govern s the processe s of eliminatio n and reproduction .
Treating these marma s goes along with massag e of the legs and the feet .
Marma regions on the legs like those on the arms have two points, one
each leg. Generally , marma s on the right leg or solar side of the body are better
for increasin g heat, promotin g circulatio n and improvin g digestion . They
stimulat e bodily activities , increasin g Agni and the Pitta func• tions
of the body. Marma s on the left leg or lunar side of the body are better
for cooling action, reducin g inflammati on and buildin g tissue. They have a
calming effect, increasin g the Kapha or watery function s of the
body .
1 20 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Kshipr a (foot )

Descriptio n
Nam e Kshipr a (quick ; reflectin g its immediat e effect )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h foo t


Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size angul i (finge r unit ) in siz e

Sit e In betwee n the big toe an d the firs t toe (we b betwee n
the firs t dista l phalangea l join t and the secon d media l
phalangea l joint s of the foot) .
Note: (The site s betwee n the othe r toe s also hav e
importan t therapeutic properties. )
Marmas on the Legs and Feet

Control s Control s lymphati c and respirator y system s (Rasavah a and


Pranavaha Avalambak a Kaph a (lubricatio n for hear t
and lungs ) and hear t and lung s overall .

Anatomica l Adducto r halluci s bravi s and muscles . Posterio r


tibia l
Structure s nerve . Dorsa l metatarsa l artery , planta r arc h and media l
planta r artery . Metatarso-phalangea l joint .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y impai r the function s of adductio n and flexio n of


the
If Injure d grea t toe . Damag e to the arter y may caus e bleeding ,
hematom a insid e the planta r aponeurosi s and
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Thi s is also a goo d marm a
for and Arom a acupressur e for promotin g the flow of Prana ,
particularl y in the Therap y lowe r limbs .
Use Mahanaraya n Taila , sesam e oil or almon d oil for
massag e purposes .
Fo r openin g and clearin g the lungs , hear t and lymphatic s
use penetratin g aromati c oil s like camphor , cinnamon ,
cardamom , or eucalyptus .

Treatmen t The sam e as the treatmen t for Kshipr a on the


hand . If Injure d
1 22 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Talahriday a (foot )

Descriptio n
Nam e Talahriday a (hear t or cente r of the foot )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h foo t

Typ e Muscl e

Size angul i (finge r units ) in siz e

Sit e Uppe r cente r of the sol e in line wit h the roo t of the thir d
toe .
Planta r aspec t of the thir d joint , wher e
the externa l planta r arter y sweep s acros s the planta r
arc h of the foot .
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 23

Control s Control s respirator y syste m (Pranavah a Srotas) , Bhrajak a


Pitt a (circulatio n and hea t receptio n on the skin) , and the
fee t as a moto r organ .
Control s Yashasvat i Nad i (righ t foot ) and Hastijihv a Nad i
(lef t foot) alon g wit h Vyan a Vay u (powe r of circulation) ,
particularl y for the lowe r par t of the bod y (belo w the navel )
and Apan a Vayu . Control s the eart h elemen t in the bod y
as a whol e an d
the fee t as a moto r organ .

Anatomica Flexo r digitoru m brevi s and longu s muscles . Adducto r


l hallucis , flexo r digitoru m accesso r muscles . Muscl e tissu e
Structure s of tunic a medi a of planta r arch . Planta r arc h arter y an d
tributarie s of

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y caus e impairmen t of the functio n of flexio n


If Injure d and extensio n of phalange s and adductio n of the grea t toe .
Sever e bleedin g ma y occu r due to injur y to the planta r
arch .

Treatment Yog a
Massage ,
Acupressur
e and Treatmen t
Arom a If Injure d
Therapy

Meditatio n
the nerves .
Us e diureti c aromati c oil s like cedar , Himalaya n cedar ,
Appl y parsle y or junipe r for promotin g circulatio n in the lowe r
marm a body .
massag e The applicatio n of garli c oil her e is ver y grounding , calmin g
to the an d Vata-reducing . It also strengthen s the immun e system ,
area , the reproductiv e syste m and Ojas .
usin g a Aromati c oils like cinnamon , cardamom , saffro n and
stron g ginge r applie d at thi s poin t are goo d for stimulatin g the
circula r heart .
motio n
for A goo d poin t for meditatio n to creat e grounding , calm Vat a
abou t and to dra w in healin g energie s from the Eart h into the bod y
five and
minute s the circulator y system . It can also be use d to releas e
or unti l negativ e energ y and stres s dow n the Earth .
the
The sam e as Talahriday a of the hand .
energ y
in the
foo t is
released
. This is
also a
goo d
marm a
for
acupres
sure ,
whic h
wil l reduc e
Vat a and
contro l
Apana ,
strengtheni
ng the
immun e
system .
Use Bal a
Taila ,
sesam e
oil or
almon d oil
to
strengthe
n the fee t
and calm
1 24 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Description
Nam e Kurch a (a kno t or bundl e of muscle s and tendons )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h foo t


Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e The mai n poin t is two angul i (finge r units ) proxima l and one-
hal f anguli (finge r units ) media l to the cente r of the sol e of
the foot (we b betwee n the first and secon d metatarsa l
phalangea l joint) , bu t the entir e marm a cover s a larg e area .
Its larg e size of fou r angul i can onl y be explaine d if it
include s the point s at the roo t of the othe r toes .
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 25

Control s Control s Alochak a Pitt a (seein g powe r of the


overal l sensor y acuit y and Pran a Vayu .

Anatomica l Tendo n of flexo r halluci s longu s and abducto r halluci s


muscle . Structure s Media l planta r nerve . Media l planta r and dorsa l
metatarsa l and
arcuat e arteries .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y caus e damag e to the bone s and ligament s


resultin g
If Injure d in discoordinatio n of the muscle s of the foot . The shap e of
the foo t ma y ge t distorted .
Treatme nt
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedures . Stron g pressur e can
be Acupressure used . The cente r of this marm a is goo d for
acupressur e for and Arom a relievin g stres s and improvin g menta l
acuity .
Therap y For controllin g Alochak a Pitt a (seein g powe r of the eyes) ,
use massage oils like Triphal a Ghee , Tail a or plai n
ghee . Us e swee t aromati c oil s like sandalwood , ros e or
Treatme nt The sam e as Kurch a on the
hand . If Injure d
1 26 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Description
Nam e Kurchashir a (the hea d of kurcha )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h leg


Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1 angul i (finge r units )


Sit e Planta r surfac e of the foot , midpoin t on the inferio r latera l
surfac e of the (os calcis , hee l bone) .
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 27

Control s Control s muscula r syste m Srotas) ,


particularl y muscle s of the foot , and bodil y posture . Lik e
the Kurchashir a han d marm a is also goo d for Agn i and for
digestion .
Anatomica l Peroneou s bravi s and longu s muscles . Peronea l arter y an d
Structure s tributarie s of shor t vein . Peronea l nerve .

Qualitie s Rujakar a (Pain-causing ) type marma .


Relativ e to Bot h air y and fier y in degre e of
vulnerability . Injury

Symptom s Damag e to the ligament s and bon e may caus e sever e pai n
If Injure d alon g wit h the impairmen t of the function s of the foot .

Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedures , usin g a stron g
pressure . Acupressur e Th e cente r of thi s marm a is goo d for
acupressur e for relievin g and Arom a muscula r tensio n and improvin g the
posture .
Therap y Massag e wit h strengthenin g and pain-relievin g oil s
like sesam e or castor . Specia l Ayurvedi c oils are
Durvad i Tail a and Ushirad i Taila .
Aromati c oil s tha t wor k on the muscle s like saffron ,
myrrh , guggu l or cinnamo n are best .
For improvin g Agn i and digestion , use stimulatin g oil s
like ginger, campho r or garlic .
Hea t Fo r calcenia l spur , it shoul d be don e on the neares t
sensitiv e
Applicatio n point .

Treatmen t To reliev e pain , massag e with casto r oil or


Taila . If
If Injure d ther e is pus formation , use a poultic e of leave s or
plantai n or a past e of turmeric . A goo d Ayurvedi c
preparatio n is guduch i extract .
1 28 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Gulph a

Description
Nam e Gulph a (ankl e joint )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h ankle )

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 2 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e The ankl e joint , particularl y the sensitiv e poin t on the insid e
an d belo w the protuberanc e of the bone . The poin t on thed
outsid e an belo w the protuberanc e of the ankl e join t is also
good .
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 29

Control s Control s fat, bon e and reproductiv e system s


Asthivah a and Shukravah a Vyan a
(circulation of Sleshak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the
joints ) and move • men t of the fee t

Anatomica l Flexo r halluci s longu s and bravis , tibilia s posterio r and


Structure s flexo r
digit i longu s muscles . Posterio r tibia l nerve . Posterio r tibia l
arter y and vein .
Qualitie s Rujakar a (Pain-causing ) type marma .
Relative to Bot h air y and fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the join t wil l caus e swellin g an d impai r the


If Injure d function s of flexio n and extension .

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a gentl e circula r


Acupressur motio n for abou t five minutes . For acupressure , use the
e and sensitiv e poin t jus t belo w the joint on the inside . The poin t
Arom a belo w the join t on the outsid e can be use d as well .
Therapy For controllin g Asthivah a Srota s (skeleta l system) , use
Ashwagandh a Taila , Triphalad i Taila , plai n sesam e oil or
almon d oil. Use analgesi c aromati c oils like myrrh , guggul ,
angelic a and wintergreen.
Fo r the reproductiv e syste m use aromati c oil s like
saffron , jasmin e or rose for female s and nutme g or
mus k for males . This wil l also increas e Ojas .
Fo r reducin g fat , massag e wit h mustar d oi l and
us e ligh t aromatic oil s like camphor , min t or ginger .

Acupunctur For tubercula r knee , sever e pain in the groin , or paralysi s of


e the leg , it shoul d be don e on the poin t fou r angul i (finge r
(Suchi - units ) abov e the marma .

Treatme nt The same as Manibandh a of the hand .


If Injure d
1 30 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Sit e

Contro

Anato
Structu

Qualitie
Relativ
Injur y
Sympto
If Injure

M
T
a
h

Indrabast i (leg )

Descriptio n
Nam e Indrabast i (Indra' s arro w or a superio r type of arrow ; owin g Treatm
to th shap e of the muscle s in the regio n of the mid-lowe r If
e
Bast i also mean s bladde r in othe r contexts. )
Injure
Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h leg

Typ e Muscl e

Size angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Legs and Feet

Sit e The poin t at the middl e of the line , joinin g the posterio r
surfac e of the wit h the cente r of the poplitea l
foss a (reces s forme d betwee n the insertio n point s of the
two gastrocnemiu s branches into the

Control s Control s digestiv e syste m (Annavah a Srotas) , Agn i


(digestiv e fire), Pachak a Pitta , Saman a Vayu , and smal l
intestine .
Anatomica l Gastrocnemius , soleu s and plantari s muscles . Peronea l
(branc h
Structure s of posterio r tibial ) and posterio r tibia l arter y and vein .
Drainag e of lymp h vessel s to the popletia l lymp h glands .
Posterio r tibia l nerve .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) type of
Relativ e to marma .
Injur y Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .

Symptom s At thi s vita l point , the posterio r tibia l arter y is mor e


importan t
If Injure d tha n any othe r muscl e or ligament . Injur y ma y impai r the
func • tion s of the foot . If the arter y is damaged , ther e
wil l be sever e bleeding , shoc k and collapse .
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e her e is also
good , and Arom a particularl y for increasin g Agn i and promotin g
digestion . Therap y For improvin g the of smal l intestin e and
Annavah a
Srota s (digestiv e system) , massag e wit h aromati c oil s
tha t stimulat e digestio n like fennel , ginger , anis e or
ajwan .
For stimulatio n of Agni , specia l Ayurvedi c formula s are
Kshar a or Hingutrigunad i containin g garlic ,
asafoetid a an d roc k salt . Or appl y war m aromati c oil s like
Treatmen t The sam e as Indrabast i of the
hand . If Injure d
1 32 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Jan u (kne e joint )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h knee )

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 3 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e The kne e join t as a whole , a larg e marma . Variou s


sensitiv e points aroun d the kne e can be used . The fron t
poin t is usuall y
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 33

used , bu t the bac k poin t can be use d as well , as can the


point s on the outsid e and inside .

Control s • Control s Sleshak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the joints ) and


circula • tion to the legs . The righ t kne e marm a control s
the live r an d Ranjak a Pitt a (colorin g of bloo d and
the lef t kne e marm a control s the splee n and pancrea s and
Udakavah a Srota s (water-metabolism) .

Anatomica l Kne e joint . Posterio r cruciat e ligament , obliqu e posterio r


Structure s ligament . Plantari s and muscles . Poplitea l
arter y and vein . Femur , tibia and patell a bones . Media l
poplitea l nerve .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Can caus e sever e pain , edema , difficult y walkin g and


impair • If Injure d men t of the function s of the joint .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a gentl e circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Th e centra l poin t of thi s
join t is and Arom a bes t for acupressure , bu t the point s immediatel y
abov e and Therap y belo w the join t can also be good .
For improvin g live r function , massag e the marm a on the
righ t kne e with Taila , Tail a or plai n
ghee . Use Pitta-reducin g aromati c oil s like lime , myrrh ,
wormwoo d or coriander .
For improvin g splee n function , massag e the marm a on the
left knee wit h Tail a or plai n sesam e oil . Use
aromati c oil s like ginger , lemo n or
cardamom . Saffron or turmeri c oil s can be use d for eithe r
live r or spleen . Fo r treatin g arthriti s of the knee s and
Sleshak a Kaph a use warmin g massag e oils like
Ashwagandh a Tail a or sesam e oil and stimulatin g
aromati c oil s like eucalyptus , campho r or cinnamon .

Heat In sciatica , selec t a sensitiv e poin t fou r angul i (finge r


units ) Application proxima l or dista l to the marm a and appl y heate d
meta l rod at the point .

Treatmen t Generall y the sam e as per Kurpar a (elbow ) marma . Campho r


If Injure d or wintergree n oils are goo d for kne e pain .
1 34 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Ani Le g Marm a

An i (leg )

Descriptio n
Nam e Ani (the poin t of a needle )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h leg

Typ e Ligamen t and Tendo n (Snayu )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1

Two (finge r units ) abov e the top the kne e and


in the middl e of the line betwee n the top of the anterio r
fac e of the joint and the poplitea l surface .
Control s Control s Udakavah a Srota s (water-metabolis m system )
and circulatio n of bodil y fluid s downward .

Anatomica l Media l and latera l ligament s of the kne e joint . Quadricep s


Structure s muscl e and Femora l artery , tributarie s of femora l
vein and saphanou s nerve .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y wil l caus e sever e pai n and los s of function s of the
knee . If Injure d

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r


Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e her e wil l
promot e and Arom a the circulatio n of wate r and fluid s in the body .
Therap y Fo r controllin g Udakavah a Srota s (water-metabolis m
system ) massag e wit h Taila , Taila or
plai n sesam e or mustar d oils . Us e water-removin g
aromati c oil s like cardamom , parsley , ceda r or ginger .

Treatmen t The sam e as Ani marm a on the


hand . If Injure d
1 36 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Urv i (leg )

Descriptio n
Nam e Urv i (wide ; the wid e of the thigh )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h thigh )

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e In the middl e of the line joinin g the cente r of the inguina l t
ligamen and the media l condyl e of the femu r wher e the
femora l arter y and long saphenou s vein pass .
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 37

Control s Control s plasm a and water-metabolis m (Rasavah a and


Udakavah a Kaph a dosh a and the wate r elemen t
in the bod y as a whole .

Anatomica l Femora l arter y and vein . Drainag e to the superficia l inguina l


Structure s glands . Saphenou s nerve . Adducto r and
rectu s muscles .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Inju ry to the importan t structure s passin g throug h thi s


vita l
If Injure d point-artery , nerv e and vein-ca n caus e wasting , dysfunctio n
of the muscle s and bleeding .
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e her e aid s in
weight - and Arom a reductio n and removin g Kapha . Stron g pressur e
can be used . Therap y For improvin g the functio n of Rasavah a Srota s
(lymphati c
system ) massag e wit h Jirakad i Tail a (cumi n medicate d oil )
or
wit h plai n almon d oi l or mustar d oil .
Us e diureti c aromati c oil s like cedar , juniper , parsle y
or cardamo m to kee p the wate r elemen t in the bod y
Treatmen t If ther e is bleeding , appl y ice to the are a and administe r
If Injure d hemostati c herb s tha t promot e the coagulatio n of
bloo d like turmeri c or myrrh . Or appl y a pressur e
bandag e to the area .
1 38 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e (red-jointed ; the lowe r fronta l regio n of the hip
joint )
Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h leg

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 39

Sit e Tw o angul i (finge r units ) latera l to the symphysi s pubi s


wher e the femora l arter y passes , in femora l triangle .

Control s Control s plasm a and lymphati c syste m (Rasavah a Srotas) ,


bloo d (Raktavah a Srotas) , Vyan a and Apan a Vayu s
(periphera l and downwar d movement s of energ y
particularl y to the
Anatomica l Femora l arter y and tributarie s of femora l vein . Femora l
nerve . Structure s Drainag e to the superficia l inguina l glands .
Psoa s majo r an d
pectinea l muscles .
Qualities Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y can caus e paralysi s of the lowe r limb and edem a of
the
If Injure d leg alon g with deformit y and sever e pain .
Treatmen t

Massage , Follo w usua l marm a massag e procedures . Acupressur e


her e
Acupressur e aids in drainin g the nearb y lymphati c system .
and Arom a For controllin g Rasavah a Srota s (plasm a and lymphatics )
and it's diseases , massag e wit h (camphor ) Tail a
or wit h
plai n mustar d oil. Use diaphoreti c (sweat-promoting )
aromati c oils like basil , sage , cinnamo n and eucalyptus .
For controllin g Raktavah a Srota s (blood ) and promotin g
circulation , use Tail a or sesam e oi l and aromati c oil s
Acupunctur e For treatin g galagand a (thyroi d hypertrophy ) selec t a poin t
one anguli (finge r unit ) media l to the marma .

Treatmen t The sam e as Lohitaksh a on the


hand . It Injure d
1 40 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment
Marmas on the Legs and Feet 1 41

Sit e On e angul i (finge r unit ) latera l to pubi c symphysi s in


the superficial ring throug h whic h the spermati c cor d
passe s in men . Inferio r aspec t of the pubi c symphysis .

Control s Control s reproductiv e syste m (Shukravah a Srotas) ,


menstrua l syste m (Artavavah a Srotas) , Apan a Vay u and
Ojas .
Anatomica l In men-externa l and interna l obliqu e muscle s of the
abdomen , Structure s rectu s abdomini s muscle , femora l nerv e and
spermati c cord . In
women-roun d ligament , labi a and labi a minora .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Impotenc e and sper m deficienc y in men . Infertilit y an d


If Injure d menstrua l problem s for women .

Treatmen t
Massage , Acupressur e is often easie r at thi s narro w regio n tha n is
Acupressur e massag e whic h mus t be don e carefully . But tak e car e
as the and Arom a regio n can be sensitive .
Therap y For controllin g Shukravah a Srota s (reproductiv e system )
massag e with Mash a Taila , Taila ,
almon d oil or sesam e oil .
Us e aromati c oil s tha t strengthe n the reproductiv e syste m
and increas e Oja s like jasmine , gardeni a or saffro n for
wome n and mus k (flora l hibiscus) , nutme g or clove s for
men .
Acupunctur e Fo r treatin g infection s in genita l trac t and oligospermia ,
selec t a (Suchi - poin t two angul i (finge r units ) media l to the
marma . Fo r treatin g hydrocele, selec t a poin t posterio r to
the scrotum .
Yoga and A goo d poin t for concentratio n and meditatio n to aid in the
Meditatio n contro l of sexua l energy . The yogi c practic e of
Mulabandha , which involve s tightenin g the muscle s of the
perineu m is goo d for thi s marma .

Treatmen t The sam e as marm a on the


hand . If Injure d
C H A P T E R 10

8 Region s an d Point s

Marma s on the front side of the body, the abdome n and chest, are fewer in
number but very importan t as this area houses our main interna l
Some are large marma region s like the heart and the navel. Thoug h gener•
ally regarde d as only one marma region , they can have many smalle r
marma points, trigger points or sensitiv e zones around them that can be
used for therapeuti c purposes .
These marma s on the front of the body are good for workin g on the
organs connecte d to them. They are also good for workin g on thei r
corresponding affectin g them throug h their location s on the front
the body . The front of the body include s the main sites of the accumula • tion
of the doshas in the large intestin e (Vata) , small intestin e (Pitta) and
stomach and can be used to promot e the eliminatio n of the
doshas from thes e locations . Treatin g thes e region s is essentia l for prope r
digestio n and for
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Guda (anus )
Numbe r 1 marm a poin t
Typ e Muscl e
Size 4 angul i (finge r units )
Sit e Anu s and surroundin g area , a larg e marma .
Control s Control s the first chakr a (Muladhara) , nadi , Apan a
Vayu , the channel s of excretory , urinary , reproductiv e and
men • strual system s (Purishavaha , Mutravaha , Shukravah a
and Artavavah a Srotamsi ) as wel l as the teste s and ovaries .
Relate s to Vata' s sit e of accumulatio n in the larg e
intestine .
Anatomica l Sphincte r an i internu s and externus , corrugato r cuti s an i
Structure s muscles . Recta l plexu s of nerves . recta l arter y and
vein .
Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y
Symptom s Injur y to the sphincte r muscle s result s in los s of contro l of
the
If Injure d anus . Similarl y sudde n dilatio n can caus e a refle x
stoppag e of heart .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 45

Treatmen t
Massage , Be carefu l not to get any aromati c oils on the mucu s membrane s
Acupressur e as thi s wil l caus e pai n and a burnin g sensation . Appl y thes e
to the and Arom a surroundin g area only . The poin t at the bas e of the spin e
(corre - Therapy spondin g to the first chakra ) is probabl y the bes t regio n of thi s
marm a for massage , acupressur e and arom a therapy .
To reduc e Vata , use a gentl e massag e of war m sesam e
or medicate d sesam e oil s (taila s like Taila) .
Fo r improvin g function s of Mutravah a Srota s (urinar y system )
massag e wit h mustar d oil . Als o use diureti c aromati c
oil s like juniper , birc h or parsley .
Fo r aidin g menstruatio n use aromati c oil s like saffron , myrr h
or pennyroyal , whic h strengthe n and stimulat e the femal e
reproduc • tive system .
For controllin g obesity , use Tail a or use
weight - reducin g aromati c oil s like campho r and myrrh .
Bast i Enema s (Basti ) wor k on this marm a internally . Sesam e oil
(Enemas ) enema s are particularl y goo d for reducin g Vata at this site . For
thi s purpos e use 1/2 cup of war m wate r and 1/2 cup of
sesam e oil as an enem a and hol d internall y in the rectu m
for at leas t twenty minutes . Thi s is for hig h Vat a condition s
of debility , insomni a and anxiety .
Yog a and Meditatio n on the first chakr a help s us contro l the eart h
element , Meditation the sens e of smel l and the excretor y system . For
this purpos e
one can use the see d mantr a LAM for the cosmi c eart h
element . We shoul d assum e a seate d meditatio n postur e like
the lotu s pose and connec t with the Eart h energ y throug h the
bas e of the spine. For bot h spiritua l and physica l healt h one
can meditat e upo n the Deit y Ganesh a in this chakr a usin g the
mantr a OM GAM Ganeshay a
The yogi c practic e of Mulabandha , whic h involve s
tightenin g the muscle s of the perineum , is also goo d for thi s
marma .
Treatmen t Injur y to this marm a can be traumatic . The perso n can becom e
If Injure d unconscious . Use herb s and oils to regai n consciousnes s like
camphor , calamu s or musk , particularl y as inhale d throug h the
nose . To reliev e pain , use analgesi c herb s like valerian ,
kav a kava , or bayberry . Administe r laxativ e herb s
like Triphal a or haritaki, if constipatio n is involved .
1 46 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Bast i (bladder )

Numbe r 1 marm a poin t

Typ e Ligamen t

(Snayu )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e In betwee n pubi c symphisi s and umbilicu s in regio n of


lowe r abdomen . The surroundin g surfac e area abov e the
bladder .

Control s Control s the muscula r syste m and bodil y fat an d


Medovah a and Kapha , the urinar y and reproductiv e
systems (Mutravah a and Shukravah a Srotamsi ) and the secon d
chakra (Svadishthana ) and Kuh u
Relate s to Vata' s sit e of accumulatio n in the larg e intestine ,
whic h is locate d periphera l to it, and to Apan a Vay u (downward-
movin g air) .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 47

Anatomica l Hypogastri c artery , abdomina l wall , externa l iliac an d interna l


iliac
Structure s arterie s and veins . Drainag e to media l sacra l and interna l
an d externa l iliac lymp h glands . Pelvi c splanchni c
nerve , whic h supplie s spleen , pancrea s and hypogastri c
plexus . Rectu s and obliqu e externu s muscles .
Pubi c ligaments , media n umbilica l fold , superio r and
inferior . Symphysi s pubis .

Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relative to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability . Sometime s
groupe d unde r Injur y Vaikalyakar a

Symptom s Sever e injur y can caus e death , whil e eve n mino r injurie s ofte n
If Injure d resul t in disability .

Massage , Massag e gentl y in broa d circula r motion s with the palm of


the Acupressure han d and fingers . Gentl e but stead y acupressur e here is
als o and Arom a good . Thes e help reduc e Vata , dispe l gas and
bloating , an d Therapy strengthe n Oja s and the reproductiv e system .
War m oil massag e her e is excellen t for controllin g and reducin g
Vata , particularl y in case s of nervou s exhaustio n or sexua l
debility . Use strengthenin g massag e oils like Taila ,
Naraya n Taila , plai n sesam e oil or casto r oil. Massag e slowl y
and gentl y as the regio n is sensitive .
Us e aromati c oil s like nutmeg , valerian , lotu s or
sandalwoo d for calmin g and groundin g actio n on Vat a and for
strengthenin g Oja s and the reproductiv e function .
Carminativ e (gas-dispelling ) aroma s applie d her e like
cardamom , asafoetid a (hing ) or basi l help remov e Vat a or
ga s and distentio n in the larg e intestine .
Kaph a type s ofte n carr y exces s weigh t and wate r and hav e
lax muscl e ton e in the region . The y can benefi t by stronge r
massag e alon g wit h penetratin g aromati c oil s like
cinnamon , clove s or camphor .

Yog a and Meditatio n on the secon d chakra , whic h is connecte d to thi s


Meditatio n marma , bring s contro l of the wate r element , the sens e of
tast e and the organs . For this purpos e one can
use the see d mantr a VAM for the cosmi c wate r element .

Treatmen t Any significan t injur y require s immediat e medica l attention . Fo r


If Injure d mino r injur y to the bladder , Ayurved a use s a decoctio n of
shatavar i and punarnav a for seve n days . A goo d wester n
equiva •
lent woul d be and uva ursi .
1 48 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Nabh i (navel )
Number 1 marm a poin t
Type Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Site The nave l and surroundin g area , behin d and aroun d the
umbilicus , so a larg e marm a region .

Control s Control s third or nave l chakr a (Manipura) , Vishvodhar a nad i as


wel l as digestive , bloo d and circulator y system s (Annavah a
and Raktavaha Mai n prani c cente r for digestio n and
exertion . Controls Agn i (digestiv e fire) , Pachak a Pitt a (digestiv e
juices) , Ranjak a Pitt a (colorin g of bloo d and bile) ,
Vay u (balancin g energy) , Pitt a dosh a and the fire elemen t in the
bod y as a whole .

Anatomica l Inferio r epigastri c arter y and vein . Inferio r ven a cava . Abdomina l
Structure s aorta . Sola r plexu s of nerves . Rectu s externa l
and interna l obliqu e muscles .

Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Simpl e injur y doe s not caus e sudde n death . Howeve r if the
If Injure d abdomina l aort a is rupture d then it can caus e deat h from shoc k
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 49

and hemorrhage . Dee p injur y may also caus e refle x


stoppag e of the heart .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a circula r motio n
aroun d Acupressur e the nave l for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e is don e
onl y gentl y and Arom a sinc e this a sensitiv e place . Simpl y layin g on of the
hand s alon g Therap y with a gentl e massag e is ofte n enough . A prim e area
for reducin g
Pitt a an d stoppin g its accumulatio n in the smal l intestine .
Use Taila , sesam e oil or almon d oil to reliev e
stress , nervous tensio n and counte r nervou s indigestio n

For Pitta-cause d hea t and stres s in the nave l use Tail a


or coconu t oil .
For increasin g Agn i (digestiv e power ) use aromati c oil s
tha t stimulat e digestio n like bay , ginger , fenne l or
cardamom .
Fo r hyperacidit y and hig h Pitta , massag e wit h coolin g
aromati c oils like (jasmine) , ros e or sandalwood .
Clov e oil is goo d for increasin g digestiv e powe r in Pitta type
people .
Simpl y placin g the han d ove r the nave l has a protectiv e and
nurturin g affect , calmin g Vata , particularl y if the therapis t
has a stron g powe r of Prana .
Herba l Sandalwoo d past e is goo d for alleviatin g Pitta (acidity ) in the
smal l
Past e (Lepa ) intestine . A past e of asafoetid a powde r (hing ) is goo d for
dispellin g gas and distentio n (Vata) .
urgatio n Internall y the use of purgativ e herb s like senna , rhubar b root or
(Virechana ) triphal a (in larg e dosages ) is use d to remov e Pitta from the
nave l region. It is part of Panch a Karm a therap y and use d only
unde r stric t clinica l supervision .
Acupunctur e Fo r reducin g flui d accumulatio n in the abdomen , selec t a
poin t (Suchi - four angul i (finge r units ) dista l to the latera l paramedia n
karma )
Yog a and Meditatio n here can help balanc e all the Pranas , strengthe n
Meditatio n digestio n and improv e physica l strength . The mantr a
can be use d here to develo p energ y and powe r of action .
Meditatio n on the thir d chakr a strengthen s the fir e
element , the sens e of sight , and the fee t as a moto r organ .
For thi s purpos e one can use the see d mantr a RAM for the
cosmi c fire element .
Treatmen t If bleedin g occurs , appl y cold wate r or ice to the area and giv e
If Injure d hemostati c herb s internall y like alum , plantai n or turmeric .
To reliev e pain , pou r a continuou s drip of mixtur e of ghe e
and oi l ove r the marm a are a for thirt y minutes .
1 50 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e (heart )

Numbe r 1 marm a poin t

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e Genera l regio n of the heart , middl e of sternum , a larg e


marm a region .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest

Control s Control s plasma , bloo d and circulator y system s (Rasavah a


and Raktavah a Sadhak a Pitt a (powe r of mind) , Vyan a
and Pran a Vayu s (overal l power s of vitalit y and circulation) ,
Oja s (strengt h and immunity) , Tarpak a Kapha , Kaph a
(lubricatio n of the hear t and lungs) , Varun a nadi , and the
fourt h or hear t chakr a (Anahata) . Als o aid s in the flow of
breas t milk . The hear t is the sea t of bot h min d (chitta ) and
consciousnes s (the highe r Self or It is
the regio n wher e our awarenes s dwell s durin g the stat e of
dee p sleep . It govern s the prani c an d sou l form s of Agni .

Anatomica Ascendin g aorta . Superio r and inferio r ven a cev a and


l pulmonar y veins from lungs . Drainag e to tracheo-bronchia l
Structure lymp h glands . Vagus nerve . Cardia c muscle . Sternu m bon e
s with second , thir d and fourt h ribs .

Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom Injur y wil l caus e difficult y breathing , interna l bleeding ,


s shoc k and death .
If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e in a broa d and gentl e way usin g the palm of the
Acupressur hand . Simpl y placin g the han d ove r the hear t has a calmin g
e and affect , particularly if the therapis t has a stron g powe r of
Arom a Prana . Acupressure at the centra l poin t of the sternu m can
Therapy als o be use d to releas e stres s and negativ e emotions .
Sesam e oil massag e is goo d for calmin g the regio n and
reducin g Vata . Mustar d oi l is bette r for improvin g circulatio n
an d removin g stagnatio n and Kapha .
Fo r alleviatin g Pitta in case s of inflammator y disease s
of the hear t like pericarditis , massag e the hear t regio n
wit h
Taila , sandalwoo d oil , or swee t aromati c oil s like jasmine ,
lotus , rose and saffron .
Sandalwoo d oi l wil l reliev e bot h Vat a an d Pitt a from the
hear t and help promot e calm and sleep .
Eucalyptu s oi l wil l clea r Kaph a from the heart . Ginger ,
cinnamo
n or
elecamp
an e
aromati c
oil s wil l
stimulat e
the
circulatio
n.
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Hri d Bast i Hrid basti , a specia l Ayurvedi c metho d of bathin g the hear t
(Oil Bat h regio n in sesam e oi l or medicate d oil s like Ashwagandh a
on the Tail a is very effectiv e for controllin g aggravate d Vata , in
Heart ) case s of irregula r heartbeat , arrhythmi a and angin a pectoris .
Fo r this purpos e a larg e amoun t of war m oil is use d eithe r as
a drip or as hel d on the are a (usin g a ring of flou r doug h or
othe r substance s to
kee p the oil from drippin g away) . Thi s treatmen t is simila r to
the
Shirodhar a used for the head .
Yog a and
Meditatio n Meditatio n on the hear t calm s the mind , relieve s emotiona l
stres s and help s promot e dee p slee p (and yog a nidra) .
Meditatio n on the hear t chakr a strengthen s the air element ,
the skin , sens e of touc h and the hand s as a moto r organ . It
is important for developin g the inne r healin g power s of Prana .
Fo r this purpos e one can use the see d mantr a YAM for the
cosmi c air elemen t or the hear t mantr a
Shiftin g one' s attentio n from the hea d to the hear t is also
an important metho d of Pratyahar a or internalizatio n of the
min d and senses , for overcomin g anxiet y and agitation .
The hear t is the cente r for the highe r Sel f as wel l as for an y
for m
of God that one may worship . One can meditat e upo n thes e
here .

Treatmen t If ther e is any significan t injury , immediat e medica l attentio n is


If Injure d required . Fo r mino r bleedin g in the region , appl y col d wate r
or ice to the are a and give hemostati c herb s internall y like
turmeric , alum or plantain .
In the case of mino r injurie s pou r a continuou s dri p of the
mixtur e of ghe e and sesam e oil for twent y minutes .
If ther e is difficult y breathin g or reduce d hear t functio n
giv e tea s of herb s like elecampane , cinnamon , ginge r or
bayberry .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 53

Description
Nam e (roo t of the breast )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h breast )

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 2 (finge r units )


1 54 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Sit e A medium-size d marm a relate d to the nipples . Bes t


manipulate d by the poin t immediatel y belo w the nipples .

Control s Control s muscula r syste m Srotas) , particularl y in


region of the chest , Avalambak a Kaph a (lubricatio n to the
chest) , Pran a and Vyan a Vayu s (energ y circulation ) and
bloo d pressure . Govern s lactatio n in wome n (Stanyavah a
Srotas) .

Anatomica l Interna l mammar y arter y and vein . Drainag e to axillar y


Structure s lymp h glands . Vagu s nerv e and intercosta l nerves . Pectorali s
majo r and mino r muscles . Intercosta l muscles .

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Inju ry

Symptom s Dee p injur y can caus e difficult y breathing , bleedin g and


If Injure d eventua l death .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e or appl y acupressur e wit h car e as this is a
Acupressur sensitiv e region .
e and Fo r controllin g Mamsavah a Srota s (muscula r system )
Arom a massag e with Karpas-asthyad i Taila , almon d oil or sesam e
Therapy oil .
Us e aromati c oil s like camphor , cinnamon , juniper , saffro n
or myrr h for improvin g circulatio n and reducin g Kaph a in the
regio n
of the hear t and chest .

Treatmen t If ther e is mino r bleeding , give hemostati c herb s


If Injure d internall y like turmeric , plantain , arjun a or nagakeshara . If
ther e is edema , apply the past e of campho r and flaxseed .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 55

Stanarohit a

Descriptio n
Nam e Stanarohit a (uppe r regio n of the

breast ) Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h

breast ) Typ e Muscl e

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Tw o angul i (finge r units ) directl y abov e and to the cente r


of the nipple s on the edg e of the muscle s abov e the
breasts .

Control s Control s muscula r and nervou s system s and


Majjavah a Pran a and Vyan a Vayus , the lung s
and aid s in the flow of breas t milk (Stanyavah a Srotas) .
1 56 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Anatomica l Intercosta l muscles , majo r and mino r muscles , a


portio n
Structure s of the dors i muscle , the fourt h rib. Vagu s nerve .
Pulmo • nar y and interna l mammar y arter y and ascendin g
aorta . Superio r ven a cav a and interna l mammar y vein .

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the pulmonar y arter y will caus e hemorrhage , collaps e


If Injure d and eventua l death .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
motion , Acupressur e for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e work s wel l
her e for calmin g and Arom a the emotion s and relievin g emotiona l
righ t marm a Therapy connect s mor e with the righ t lung ,
whil e the left marm a connect s
mor e wit h the lef t
lung .
Use sesam e oil, almon d oil or Ashwagandh a Tail a for
calmin g
Vat a and relievin g
anxiety .
For Mamsavah a Srota s and Majjavah a Srota s (muscula r
and nervou s systems ) use aromati c oils like basil , sage ,
valerian , myrrh , junipe r or sandalwood .
For relievin g coug h and reducin g Kapha , use aromati c oils
like eucalyptus , min t or camphor , rubbin g them in at thi s
point .

Acupunctur e For treatin g pleuris y and lung abscess , selec t a poin t one angul i
(Suchi - (finge r units ) latera l to the areol a of the
breast . karma )

Treatmen t Ther e can be bleedin g or shoc k from injur y of the bloo d


If Injure d vessel s and nerve s in the adjoinin g area . For this , use
hemostati c herb s like turmeric , alum or sandalwood .
Sitopalad i powde r is a goo d Ayurvedi c remed y for coug h
and difficul t breathin g afte r injur y to thi s area .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 57

Descriptio n
Nam e Apalap a (unguarde d; the armpi t at the axilla )
Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h sid e

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e In the regio n of the armpit , one-hal f angul i (finge r units )


latera l and downwar d to the cente r of the line joinin g the
sterna l and acromia l end of the clavicle , origi n of the
pectorali s mino r belo w the process , jus t belo w
Kakshadhara .
Control s Control s nervou s syste m (Majjavah a Srotas) , nerv e flow to
the arms , and Vyan a Vay u (periphera l circulatio n to the
arms) .
Anatomica l Subclavia n arter y and vein . Drainag e to the axillar y lymp h .
glands
Structure s Brachia l plexu s of nerves . Pectorali s majo r and bicep s
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing )
marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of
vulnerability .
Injur y
1 58 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Symptom s Penetratin g typ e of injur y to the subclavia n arter y wil l


caus e
If Injure d sever e bleeding .
Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e methods , usin g the finger s for easie r
Acupressur e acces s to the point . Thi s is also a goo d marm a for
acupressur e and Arom a for relievin g muscula r and nervou s tensio n
to the shoulders , Therap y bac k and neck .
For controllin g Majjavah a Srota s (nervou s use
Asana - Taila , Ashwagandh a Taila , almon d oil or
sesam e oil .
Us e anti-spasmodi c aromati c oil s like valerian ,
lotu s
Treatmen t If ther e is bleeding , appl y ice or hemostati c herb s like alum ,
If Injure d turmeri c or arnica . Afterward s appl y an antisepti c past e
mad e up of a mixtur e of triphala , mil k and ghe e to the
injure d area . Alternatively , hav e the patien t tak e a tinctur e
of myrr h or golde n seal . Goo d Ayurvedi c herb s for this
conditio n are guggu l and shilajit .
Marmas on the Abdomen and Chest 1 59

Descriptio n
Nam e Apastambh a (standin g to the side ; a poin t on the uppe r
abdome n said to carr y Pran a or life-force )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h sid e

Type Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Media l and downward s from the nipple s at the leve l of the b
thir d ri immediately latera l to sternum .
1 60 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Control s Control s Kledak a Kaph a (Kaph a digestiv e juices) , bon e


and fat tissue s and channel s (Asthivah a and Medovah a

Anatomica l Pulmonar y arter y and tributarie s of pulmonar y vein ,


descendin g aorta . Drainag e to pectora l grou p an d trachio-
bronchia l as wel l as broncho-pulmonar y lymp h glands .
Vagu s nerv e and bronchus . Pectorali s majo r and mino r
muscle s and intercosta l muscle .

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the bronch i and surroundin g vessel s cause s


bleedin g
If Injure d tha t can be severe .
Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w the usua l massag e procedures , workin g on the
surround • Acupressure ing muscles . It is a goo d treatmen t area for reducin g
Kapha ,
and Arom a preventin g it from accumulatin g at its sit e in the
stomach . Therap y For controllin g Medovah a and Asthivah a Srotams i
(bon e and
fat), use Kshirabal a Taila , mustar d oil or sesam e oil for
massage . Us e aromati c oil s tha t reduc e fat and hea l the
bone s like myrrh , guggul , ginge r or cinnamon .
For reducin g Kaph a (mucus ) in the lung s and treatin g cough ,
use penetratin g aromati c oil s lik e camphor , eucalyptu s or
myrrh . Acupressure her e aid s in weigh t reductio n an d
Treatmen t Pneumoni a may resul t from injury . Trea t as per Apalap a
Marma . If Injure d
These marma s are the main points governin g the hips and shoulde r
whic h are the two main joints in the body. The hips are an importan t site of
the accumulatio n of Kapha and fat tissue in the body. They are connecte d to
the lymphati c system and to Ojas or primar y vitality . The shoulder s are an
importan t site for Prana and strengt h in the body, being connecte d to the
lungs and the heart. Points on these region s can generall y take consid •
erable pressur e and strong includin g the elbow. Variou s method s
of back massag e work well on them .
Two extra marma s can be added to these seven. Anothe r marma can be
added at the spine at the place of the navel, with points on each side of the
spine 1/2 finger units in Treatin g it has the same effects as treatin g the
navel (Nabhi Anothe r marma can be added at the spine at the
place of the heart , similarl y with points on each side of the spine 1/2 finger
units in size . Treatin g it has the same effects as treatin g the heart (Hriday a
These two extra marma s that correspon d to these two chakra s on
the back are ofte n treated throug h aroma therapy and acupressure . The
two, however , are no t part of the classica l 107 marmas .
1 62 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Katikatarun a (wha t rise s from the hip ; the cente r of the

buttocks ) Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h sid e

Typ e Bon e (Asthi )

Size angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e At the hip joint . Locate d two and a hal f angul i (finge r
units ) downward s and inward s from the greate r
trochante r of the femur , the line joinin g the greate r
trochante r wit h the ischia l tuberosit y (midlin e betwee n
the greate r trochante r and ischia l tuberosit y superficia l to
the zon a orbicularis) .
Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 63
|
Control s Control s bone s and skeleta l syste m (Asthivah a Srotas) ,
Sleshak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the joints ) and
Swedavah a Srota s (swea t glands) . Relieve s Vata .

Anatomica l Posterio r aspec t of ileum , sacroilia c ligaments . Superio r


Structure s glutea l arter y and vein . Drainag e of commo n iliac lymp h
glands . Sacra l plexu s of nerves . Gluteu s
muscle .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e
Relative to marma . Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the arter y wil l lea d to hemorrhag e and anemia .


If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Stron g acupressur e can
also be and Arom a don e at this poin t for relievin g tensio n in the hips
and pelvi s (the Therapy elbo w can be use d for mor e forc e if necessary) .
For controllin g Asthivah a Srota s (bones ) and Sleshak a
Kapha , use Taila , Taila , Bhringara j
Taila , Taila , almon d oil or sesam e oil .
Use aromati c oils whic h hea l the bone s like myrrh ,
guggul , campho r or wintergreen .
For controllin g Swedavah a Srota s (sweatin g system ) use
Kakolyad i Tail a or mustar d oil for massage . Use sweat -
promotin g aromati c oil s like camphor , eucalyptus , min t or
sage .

Acupunctur Fo r treatin g old fever s or remitten t fevers , selec t a poin t


e at the center of sacra l join t for acupuncture .
(Suchi -

Treatmen t Appl y a bandag e for relievin g pain and stoppin g bleeding . Appl y
If Injure d a past e of turmeric , sandalwoo d and licoric e on the
injure d area .
1 64 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e (on the loin s on eithe r sid e of posterio r superio r
iliac spine )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h side of the bac k

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e On bot h posterio r superio r iliac spin e notches , jus t


abov e buttock s (insid e or spina l are a of the hip bone) .
Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 65

Control s Control s circulator y syste m and bloo d formatio n (Raktavah a


Srota s and formatio n of Rakt a Dhatu ) and Ranjak a Pitt a
(color • ing of the blood ) as well as the menstrua l system .
Als o relate s to the secon d or sex chakr a (Svadhishtana) , Oja s
and Apan a
Vayu .
Anatomica l Ilium bone . Ischiu m bon e (no join t structure) . Inferio r glutea l
Structure s arter y and vein . Inferio r pudenda l arter y and vein . Sciati c
nerve .
Gluteu s and levato r ani muscles .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the sciati c nerv e wil l lea d to los s of sensatio n


an d
If Injure d paralysi s of the lowe r limb .

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r


Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Stron g acupressur e can also
be and Arom a applie d here .
Therap y For stimulatin g Raktavah a Srota s (bloo d and circulator y
system ) use Manjishtad i Tail a or (calamus ,
garli c and galangal ) Tail a or massag e oils like safflowe r an d
mustard .
Us e aromati c oil s tha t stimulat e bloo d flow like angelica ,
saffron , rosemary , turmeri c or myrrh .
Massag e the are a wit h tonifyin g oil s like Shatavar i
Tail a or Ashwagandh a Tail a or plai n sesam e oil for
weaknes s of the blood .

Yog a and Meditatio n on the secon d chakra , whic h is connecte d to


thi s
Meditatio n marma , bring s contro l of the wate r element , the sens e of
tast e and the organs . For this purpos e one can
use the see d mantr a VAM for the cosmi c wate r element .
Treatme nt Appl y a war m sesam e oil drip (dhara ) on the marm a area .
If Injure d To remov e pain and edem a use a past e of sandalwood ,
turmeri c and alum .
1 66 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Nitamb a (uppe r regio n of the buttocks )

Numbe r 2 marm a points , one on eac h buttoc k

Typ e Bon e (Asthi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e One angul i (finge r unit ) abov e Kukundar a marma .

Control s Control s plasm a and lymphati c system , bodil y fat, skeleta l


syste m and urinar y syste m (Rasavaha ,
Asthivah a and Srotamsi ) as wel l as the kidneys :
an importan t Kaph a point .
Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 67

Anatomica l Ilium and sacru m bone , sacroilia c joint , anterio r an d


posterior . Structure s Sacroilia c ligaments . Sacra l plexu s of nerves .
Psoa s majo r an d
iliac muscles .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) type of
Relativ e to marma .
Injur y Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .

Symptom s Injur y to the ilia c bon e an d sacra l plexu s wil l caus e


functiona l
If Injure d loss and wastin g of the muscles .
Treatment
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Stron g acupressur e her e
aid s in and Arom a weigh t reductio n and in controllin g Kapha . The
elbow s can be Therap y use d for mor e forc e if necessary .
For controllin g Rasavah a Srota s (lymphati c system )
massag e wit h Tail a or mustar d oil , alon g wit h
stimulatin g aromati c oils like campho r or cardamom .
For controllin g Asthivah a Srota s (skeleta l system )
massag e wit h Tail a or sesam e oi l and
analgesi c aromati c oils like myrrh , guggul , valeria n or
wintergreen .
Treatmen t For edema , appl y a past e of and shatavar i (or
If Injure d horsetail) . Late r on, massag e with Shatavar i Taila .
An anuvasan a or oil enem a may be helpful .
1 68 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e (the side of the

waist ) Numbe r 2 marm a point s

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e The locatio n on posterio r sid e is the latera l aspec t of the


Marmas on the Back and Hips 1 69

lumbosacra l joint . Bu t on the anterio r side , the marm a


poin t is clos e to the commo n iliac artery .

Control s Control s the secon d chakr a (Svadhishthana) , adrena l


glands , ovarie s and the channel s of digestive , excretor y
an d respira • tory system s (Annavaha , Purishavah a and
Pranahav a Srotamsi) . Connect s to the powe r of Ojas ,
whic h manifest s through the legs .

Anatomica l Commo n iliac arter y and drainag e of vein s from pelvi c and
leg
Structure s area . Drainag e to commo n iliac grou p of lymp h glands .
Hypogastri c plexu s of nerves . Fift h lumba r and firs t
sacra l vertebrae. Lumbosacra l joint .
Qualitie s Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the commo n ilia c arter y wil l caus e sever e


bleeding . If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e methods , usin g som e forc e and powe r
of
Acupressur e movement . Acupressur e here strengthen s Ojas , immun e
and Arom a respons e and the reproductiv e Treatin g of this marm a
Therap y goe s alon g wel l wit h treatin g Bast i and Vitap a
marma s on the othe r side of the body .
For controllin g the secon d chakr a (Svadhishthana) , adrena l.
and ovaries , massag e wit h Tail a or wit h sesam e
oi Use aromati c oils like nutmeg , pennyroyal , mus k o
saffron .
Use Bal a Tail a or Ashwagandh a Tail a for genera l
Acupunctur e For treatin g dysenter y and diarrhe a selec t a poin t 4 angul i
(finge r units ) media l to the marma .

Treatmen t If If ther e is bleedin g afte r injury , appl y a bandag e and give


hemo • Injure d stati c herb s internall y lik e turmeri c and alum . Giv e
complet e be d
res t to the patient .
1 70 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Tr
Descriptio n
Nam e Brihat i (the larg e or the broa d regio n of the back )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h side of the back )

Typ e Vesse l

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e Betwee n the shoulde r blades , thre e angul i (finge r units )


abov e the inferio r angl e of the scapul a on the inne r edge ,
at the triangular space .
Marmas on the Back and Hips

Control s Control s the thir d or nave l chakr a (Manipura) , Pitt a an d


Teja s (courage and valo r tha t manifest s throug h the arms) ,
Swedavah a Srota s (sweating) , Bhrajak a Pitt a (hea t
absorptio n on the skin) , Vyan a Vayu , and plasm a and
lymphati c syste m (Rasavah a Srotas) .

Anatomica l Subscapula r arter y and vein . Drainag e to the subscapula r


grou p
Structure s of axillar y lymp h glands . Suprascapula r and circumfle x
nerve .
Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Superficia l injur y wil l caus e damag e to the vessel s and


dee p
If Injure d injur y wil l caus e damag e to the lungs .
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e her e can
reliev e and Arom a tensio n and stres s in the shoulders , bac k and
heart . Treatmen t Therap y of thi s marm a ofte n combine s wel l wit h
tha t of Hriday a marm a
on the opposit e side of the body .
For improvin g the function s of Rasavah a Srota s (plasm a and
lymphati c use Ras a Taila , Tail a or mus • r
tar d oi l an d stimulatin g aromati c oil s like cardamom ,
campho r o eucalyptus .
Acupunctur e Fo r treatin g a froze n shoulde r or atroph y of the ar m
muscles , select a poin t one angul i (finge r unit ) media l to
the marma .

Treatmen t This is a vesse l (Sira ) marm a and so bleed s easily . For


bleedin g
If Injure d appl y ice , tak e hemostati c herb s and giv e complet e bed
res t to the patient . A mil d laxativ e like triphal a can be
Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Amsaphalaka

Descriptio n
Nam e Amsaphalak a (shoulde r blade )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h shoulder-blade )

Type Bon e (Asthi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )


Marmas on the Back and Hips

Sit e On the scapul a bon e abov e Brihati , angl e of


the scapula.

Control s Control s respirator y syste m (Pranavah a Srotas) , Sleshak a


Kaph a (lubricatio n of the joints) , Pran a and Vyan a Vayu s y
(energ circulation ) and fourt h or hear t chakr a (Anahata) .

Anatomica l Fifth , sixth , sevent h cervica l and firs t thoraci c vertebrae .


Subcla • Structure s vian arter y and vein . Fifth , sixt h and sevent h
thoraci c nerves .
Trapeziu s and majo r rhomboi d muscles .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the nerv e ma y caus e dysfunctio n of the muscles ,


If Injure d leadin g to disabilit y and wastin g awa y of the muscl e
tissue .
Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Acupressur e her e help s ope n
the and Arom a Pran a in the arms , lung s and chest , improvin g the functio n
of Therap y Vyan a (periphera l circulation) .
For improvin g the function s of Pranavah a Srota s
(respirator y use Mahanaraya n Taila , Shefal i
Taila , almon d oi l or
sesam e oil .
Us e stimulatin g aromati c oil s like eucalyptus , min t or
campho r whic h ope n up the lung s and chest .
Treatmen t For relievin g edem a and pain appl y past e of sandalwoo d an d
If Injure d khu s (if available , otherwis e sandalwoo d by itsel f is fine) .
Late r on massag e the are a wit h anti-Vat a oil s like Taila ,
Bal a Tail a or sesam e oil. If ther e is a fracture , appl y a
bandag e and giv e res t to the part .
1 74 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Description
Nam e (shoulder )
Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h

shoulder ) Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Betwee n the nec k and arms , on the trapeziu s muscle ,


one angul i (finge r unit ) latera l to the spinou s proces s
of the fift h cervica l vertebra .
Marmas on the Back and Hips

Control s Control s the fift h or throa t chakr a (Vishuddha) , Bhrajak a


Pitt a (hea t absorptio n on the skin) , Udan a Vay u (upwar d
movemen t of Prana ) and the brain .

Anatomica l Trapeziu s and levato r scapul i muscles . Subscapula r arter y


and
Structure s vein . Drainag e to the subscapula r grou p of axillar y glands .
Scapul a bon e and and suprascapula r
ligaments . Phrenic , thir d and fourt h cervica l nerves .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) type of
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the muscle s an d the ligament s wil l resul t in


disability . If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedures , usin g som e degre e of
forc e Acupressure in the region , particularl y wit h the thumbs . Acupressur e
is grea t and Arom a her e for removin g tensio n in the nec k and
strengthenin g Udan a Therap y (upwar d movemen t of energy) .
Fo r controllin g Bhrajak a Pitt a (Pitt a in the skin) , massag e
wit h Tail a or wit h sunflowe r or coconu t oils . Us e
aromati c oil s like jasmine , sandalwood , wormwoo d or
chamomile .
For Udan a Vayu , aromati c oils tha t wor k on the throa t ar e
goo d like bayberry , min t or sage .
Yog a and Meditatio n on the fift h or throa t chakr a give s contro l ove r
the
Meditatio n ethe r element , the sens e qualit y of sound , the ears and
speech .
For this purpos e one can use the see d mantr a HAM for
the cosmi c ethe r element .
Meditatio n her e give s contro l ove r all the sense s and
element s through the elemen t of ethe r and the sens e qualit y
of sound . The mantr a AIM , whic h give s powe r ove r
speech , work s wel l here .
Als o goo d for concentratio n to improv e the drea m state , as
Treatmen t Th e sam e as
If Injure d
1 4 Region s an d 3 7 point s

The head and neck, with their sensitiv e regions , sensor y opening s and con -
flection to the brain, have the largest numbe r of marmas . The head is where
we have our greates t receptio n of both Prana and nutrient s throug h the
senses , nose and mouth . The neck determine s our posture and blood flow
to the head. Proper alignmen t of the upper back, neck and head is crucial
for clarity of mind and the practic e of meditation . Marma s on the head are
important for treatin g psychologica l condition s and nervou s system disor•
ders.
Marma s on the head are often more easily treated throug h acupressur e
than throug h massag e as they are usually small in Applicatio n of heavy
oils to the head such as sesame are very calming , settling the nerves and
inducing sleep. Spicy aromati c oils to the head like eucalyptu s or ginger are
good for clearin g the sinuses and stimulatin g the mind and Th e
marmas on the face and head are particularl y good for acupressur e and
facial massage . The marma s on the top of the head can be treated throug h
massage of the skull.
1 78 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Nil a (dar k blue , the colo r of the vein s at thi s point )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h side of the neck )

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e A larg e are a of the lowe r neck , wit h the mai n point s jus t
latera l to the trachea . Th e mai n vulnerabl e site is the
trache a itself . One can als o fee l the puls e at thi s
location .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 79

Control s Control s Bhrajak a Pitta (hea t absorptio n of the skin) ,


Udan a Vay u (upward-movin g Prana) , speech , thyroi d
and circulatio n to the brain .

Anatomica l This marm a is locate d on the interna l jugula r vein . Uppe r


Structure s dee p cervica l grou p of lymp h glands . Accessor y
nerve s supplyin g and recurren t
laryngea l branch .
Primar y ram i of the fourth , fifth and sixt h cervica l nerves .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
Relative to marma . Watery in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Althoug h the nam e indicate s bloo d vessels , the


Injure d are of injur y to the voca l cord s leadin g to loss of voice .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e only very lightl y as the nec k is a sensitiv e region .
Oi l Acupressur e applicatio n is mor e importan t tha n applyin g pressure .
A gentl e and Arom a touc h to conve y Pran a is all that is required .
Acupressur e is Therapy usuall y not performe d on this marma .
Fo r Bhrajak a Pitt a (Pitt a in the skin ) use Taila ,
Bhringaraj Tail a or plai n coconu t oil . Us e coolin g aromati c
oil s like sandalwood , chamomile , cloves , coriander , ros e
or wormwood .
Fo r improvin g the voic e use aromati c oils of calamus , bay -
berr y or peppermin t tha t ope n the throat . Thes e can als o
help in the case of sor e throat , laryngiti s or simila r
difficulties .
Yog a and A goo d plac e for concentratio n and meditatio n to improv e
the Meditation voic e and the powe r of speech , increasin g Pran a and
circula • tion to the throat . Us e the mantr a AI M (sacre d to Sarasvati ,
the Goddes s of Speech ) for this purpose . For
strengthenin g throa t chakra , one can use the see d mantr a
HAM for control • ling the cosmi c ethe r element .
Also goo d for concentratio n to improv e the drea m state ,
as the sou l is sai d to dwel l in the throa t whil e
dreaming .

Treatmen t The patien t may develo p loss of speec h or loss of the


sensa - Injure d tion of taste . Fo r thi s tak e calamus , licoric e an d
ginge r alon g
wit h hone y as a powde r or tea . Similarly , thi s bein g a
vesse l marm a inur y ma y caus e bleeding . As a sensitiv e
regio n it is bes t to see k medica l attentio n if thi s is the
case .
1 80 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Manya

Descriptio n
Nam e Many a (honor ; due to its connectio n with the voice )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (on e on eac h side of the neck )

Type Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e A larg e are a of the middl e neck , with the mai n poin t
locate d one-half angul i (finge r unit ) dow n and bac k (behind )
from the
Marmas on the Head and Neck

angl e of mandibula r bon e (one-hal f unit inferio r and one-


hal f uni t posterio r to the mandibula r angle) .

Control s Control s plasma , bloo d and circulator y syste m (Rasavah a


and Raktavaha Bodhak a Kaph a (lubricatio n to the
mout h and throa t and sens e of taste ) and Vay u
(upward - moving air). A Kaph a marm a connecte d to the
tongu e and to salivation .

Anatomica l Externa l caroti d artery , anterio r jugula r vein . Lymp h


drainag e of
Structure s uppe r cervica l glands . Glassopharyngea l nerve , lingua l
nerv e and accessor y nerves .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the nerve s wil l resul t in los s of sensatio n an d


tast e in the tongu e or its paralysis .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e or use acupressur e emphasizin g the poin t up
and Acupressure bac k to the mandibula r bone , takin g car e to avoi d
pressur e to and Arom a the sof t and sensitiv e tissu e of the
fron t of the neck .
Therap y Arom a therap y work s wel l here , wit h the oil s penetratin g
easil y int o the regio n of the throat . Fo r controllin g
Rasavah a and Raktavah a Srotams i (circulator y syste m and
lymphatics ) and Bodhaka Kaph a (lubricatio n of the mouth) ,
use stimulatin g aromati c oil s like cinnamon , cardamom ,
rosemary , min t tea
tree . Thes e oils are also goo d for sor e throa t or swolle n
gland s in the regio n and can hel p trea t or preven t colds ,
Treatmen t Th e sam e as
If Injure d
1 82 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Descriptio n
Nam e Sira Matrik a (mothe r of the bloo d vessels )

Numbe r 8 marma s (4 on eac h side of the As they are all


clos e together , the marm a is ofte n treate d as one
overal l region .

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e An interna l marm a consistin g mainl y of bloo d vessels , one-


hal f angul i (finge r unit ) latera l to the outsid e of the
trachea , situate d on the differen t branche s of the commo n
caroti d artery , a larg e are a of the neck .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 83

Control s Control s bloo d (Raktavah a Srotas ) flow from the hear t to the
head , Udan a Vayu (upward-movin g Prana) , and the nervou s
syste m (Majjavah a Srotas) . The mai n vulnerabl e regio n is
the caroti d arter y and jugula r vein . A puls e can be fel t at
thi s point , just as at nearb y Nila marma .

Anatomica l Branche s of commo n caroti d artery , fron t and bac k of


neck , Structure s face , side of head , meninges , middl e ear,
thyroid , tongue ,
tonsils , interna l ear and forehead . Interna l jugula r vein
receiv •
Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y to the bloo d vessel s wil l caus e sever e


hemorrhage , If Injure dcollaps e and death .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e onl y ver y lightl y as the nec k is a sensitiv e region .
Oi l Acupressur e applicatio n is mor e importan t tha n applyin g pressure .
A gentl e and Arom a touc h to conve y Pran a is all tha t is required .
Acupressur e is Therap y usuall y not don e here .
Use Shankhapushp i or Ashwagandh a Taila s or
plai n oil s like almon d and sesam e oi l for nourishin g the ,
nerves as wel l as nervin e aromati c oil s lik e angelica ,
calamus , valeria n or for calmativ e purposes .
For improvin g blood-flo w use aromati c oils like
cinnamon , saffron , rosemar y or myrrh . Calamu s is
goo d specificall y for aidin g in bloo d flow to the head .
As wit h Nil a marma , for improvin g the voic e use
aromati c oil s of calamus , bayberr y or peppermin t tha t
ope n the throat .
Treatmen t Appl y a past e of licoric e and ghe e to the tongu e for
soothin g
If Injure d the throat . If injur y is severe , see k immediat e
medica l attention .
Nam e Phan a (a serpent' s hood ; on the side of

nostrils ) Number 2 marm a point s (one on eac h nostril )

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size angul i (finge r unit )

Site The poin t outsid e at the bas e of the nos e and the nostri l
openings . However , additiona l point s exis t alon g the side of
the nos e alon g the outsid e surfac e of the nasa l bone .
Control s Control s Prana , the sens e orga n of smell , Kaph a in the head ,
the nasa l passage s and sinuse s and the Ida and Pingal a
nadi s (lef t and righ t nostri l Pran a channels) .

Anatomica l Facia l arter y and vein . Branche s of olfactor y nerve s and facia l
Structure s nerve . Orbiculari s oris and levato r superio r muscles .
Nasal , fronta l and ethmoi d bones . Submandibula r
lymp h supply.
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 85

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Watery in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y will produc e impairmen t of the nos e and face . If the
If Injure d nerve s are injure d it ma y caus e loss of sensatio n of smell .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressure motion , for abou t five minutes . One can also massag e the
and Arom a entir e side of the nasa l bone . One can massag e bot h
side s of Therapy the nos e at once . Thi s is also a goo d marm a for
acupressure ,
particularl y usin g the inde x finger , for relievin g headache ,
pressur e in the sinuse s and congestio n (Kapha) . Help s
remov e Kaph a upwar d and outwar d from the lung s and
sinuses .
Fo r treatin g the nose , spic y aromati c oil s are great .
Applicatio n of camphor , eucalyptu s or peppermin t oil to
Phan a marm a open s the sinuses , stimulate s the sense s
and help s reliev e headaches .
Fo r massag e oils , expectoran t oil s like mustar d oi l or
aprico t oi l are good .

Nasy a Ayurvedi c Nasy a therap y (nasa l therapy ) is excellen t for


(Nasal workin g on this marma . Specia l Ayurvedi c medicate d
nasy a Therapy) (nasal ) oils can be put in the nostril s usin g an eye-
droppe r or
rubbe d in wit h the littl e finger . Herba l powder s like
calamu s or ginge r can be snuffe d throug h the nostril s in
orde r to clea r the head .
For Vat a and Kaph a dosha s and for clearin g the hea d and
sinuses, calamu s (Vacha ) base d nasy a oils are best , suc h as
Vach a Taila . For Pitt a dosh a and for soothin g the nostrils ,
licorice base d oils can be use d like Anu Taila . Man y
Ayurvedi c clinic s and pharmacie s hav e thei r own specia l
Nasy a oil s tha t can be purchased .

Net i Pot The use of the Net i pot , a specia l yogi c wate r pot , for
pourin g sal t wate r throug h the nostril s help s thi s marm a
indirectl y by workin g on its interna l counterparts . It is
goo d for condition s of drynes s or congestio n and for
genera l cleansin g purposes .

Acupunctur e Fo r treatin g anosmi a (lac k of smell ) selec t a poin t 1/2


angul i
(Suchi - (finge r units ) media l to this
marma . karma )
1 86 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Yog a and is perhap s the mos t importan t marm a for Pranayam a


Meditatio n and for the contro l of the Prana , particularl y throug h the
practic e of alternat e nostri l breathing . Stimulatin g the righ t
Phan a marm a help s ope n the sola r or Pingal a nadi .
Stimulatin g the left Phan a marm a help s ope n the luna r or
Ida nadi .
Like its nam e as the serpent' s hood , Phan a marm a help s
energiz e the deepe r serpen t or bioelectrica l forc e of Prana .
Meditatio n on Pran a at thes e two point s (righ t and lef t
nostrils ) helps balanc e the flow of energ y betwee n the
righ t and lef t side s of the body .
Treatmen t If ther e is bleeding , appl y ice and giv e a nasy a (nasa l
applica - Injured tion ) of turmeric . Giv e hemostati c (stopping-
bleeding ) herb s
like turmeri c or plantai n internally .
For relievin g pain , use a (nasa l application ) of
Chandanad i Tail a (th e medicate d oil , no t the aromati c
oil) , An u Tail a or sesam e oil .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 87

Descriptio n
Nam e Apang a (the oute r corne r of the

eyes ) Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one by

eac h eye ) Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e At the oute r angl e of eye , latera l sid e of orbita l fossa ,


immediatel y posterio r to the zygomati c bon e leve l wit h the
eye .

Control s Control s sens e orga n of sight , Alochak a Pitta , and Push a


an d
Gandhar i nadi s (righ t and left eye channels) .
1 88 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Anatomica l Anterio r ciliar y arterie s and veins . Drainag e to the superficia l


Structure s paroti d lymp h glands . Opti c and ciliar y nerves .
Sphenoid , maxillar y and zygomati c joints .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Watery in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y ma y produc e blindnes s and damag e to the face .


If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g
circula r Acupressure motio n for abou t five minutes . Thi s is also a goo d
marm a for and Arom a acupressur e for photophobi c headaches ,
clearin g the uppe r Therapy sinuse s and reducin g Pitta .
Fo r treatin g the eye s at thi s point , use coolin g
massag e oil s like Taila , Triphal a ghe e or plai n
ghee .
Us e coolin g aromati c oil s like sandalwood , khu s (vetiver) ,
or
rose . Bu t mak e sur e no t to ge t any aromati c oils into the
eye s as thi s wil l caus e irritation .

Acupunctur e For glaucoma , headach e or stye , acupunctur e shoul d be


don e at a poin t one angul i (finge r unit ) abov e this marma .
karma )

Yog a and Meditatio n on the righ t eye is said to increas e awarenes s and
Meditatio n clarit y of though t durin g the wakin g state . Meditatio n on thi s
poin t or acupressur e her e help s contro l the sens e orga n of
the eyes .

Treatmen t For relievin g pain in the eyes , administe r a netr a bast i (ey e
If Injure d wash ) with ghe e or Triphal a ghee . Appl y a past e of triphal a
and licoric e on the marma .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 89

Descriptio n
Nam e Vidhur a (distress ; due to its sensitiv e nature )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one by eac h ear )

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e Behin d and belo w the ear , jus t belo w the mastoi d bone , r
inferio to the tip of the mastoi d process .

Control s Control s sens e orga n of hearing , Pran a Vayu , and


Payasvin i and Shankhin i nadi s (righ t and left side ea r
channels) .
Anatomica l Mastoi d muscle . Facia l nerve , grea t auricula r nerv e and
Structure s auditor y nerve .
Basila r and posterio r auricula r arteries , posterio r
auricula r vein .

Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y
1 90 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Symptom s Injur y can caus e


deafness . If Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Follo w usua l massag e procedure s usin g the fingers ,
particu - Acupressur e the middl e finger . Acupressur e is goo d her e
for reducin g and Arom a Vat a (anxiet y and menta l agitation ) and
clearin g congestio n Therap y from the ears .
For treatin g the ears , use Taila , sesam e oil
or almon d oi l for massag e purposes .
For decongestin g the ear canal , appl y penetratin g aromati c
oil s like camphor , min t or eucalyptus .

Acupunctur e For treatin g ear disease s like otalgia , carr y out


acupunctur e 4 (Suchi - angul i (finge r units ) abov e this marm a
karma )

Yog a and Stimulatin g this poin t help s one hea r the inne r sound s
(nada) , Meditation particularl y the righ t Vidhur a marma .
The use of acupressur e or calmin g aromati c oils like
sandal • woo d is goo d for Pratyahar a of the ears (calmin g
and controllin g the sens e of hearing) . Thi s is goo d for
treatin g ringing in the ear s and hypersensitivit y to sounds .

Treatmen t To reliev e pain in the ear , put war m (no t hot ) sesam e oil in the
If Injure d ear .
Marmas on the Head and Neck

Krikatik a mar m a

Krikatika

Descriptio n
Nam e Krikatik a (the join t of the neck )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h side of the

neck ) Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e At the junctio n of the nec k and the head , immediatel y


inferio r to the externa l occipita l protuberance .

Control s Control s the bodil y posture , circulatio n to the head ,


Tarpak a Kapha (contentmen t and lubricatio n to the brain )
and Udan a Vay u (upward-movin g air tha t allow s us to
kee p our bac k an d neck straight) , as wel l as the
subconsciou s mind .
1 92 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Anatomica l Atlanto-occipita l joint . Occipu t and first cervica l bone .


Anterio r
Structure s longitudinal , anterio r and posterio r primar y ramu s
nerves .
Vertebra l arter y and vein . Rectu s capiti s laterali s and
rectu s capiti s anterio r muscles .
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) type of
marma . Relative to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y Alternatively , Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-
Causing )
type , if injur y is severe .

Symptom s Injur y to the join t will lead to limitatio n of the movemen t of


the
If Injure d head . The dislocatio n of the join t can caus e deat h by
pressin g on the medull a oblongata .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e firmly , keepin g the hea d balance d in the
process . Acupressure Thi s is also a goo d poin t for applyin g stron g
acupressur e to and Arom a reliev e muscula r tension .
Therap y For improvin g the posture , massag e the marm a are a wit h
Tail a (medicate d ceda r oil) or with sesam e
oil . Fo r congestio n in the nec k and sinuse s use
penetratin g aromati c oil s like bayberry , mint , eucalyptu s
or ginger .

Yog a and A goo d poin t of focu s for meditatio n to contro l the


subcon - Meditation sciou s mind , instinct s and deep-seate d
emotions , to aid in
internalizatio n of the min d and Pratyahara . Als o relate s to
the thir d eye chakra .

Treatmen t If the patien t develop s tremor s to the head , use ceda r oil
or
If Injure d myrr h oil for massag e or
acupressure .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 93

Descriptio n
Nam e Shankh a (conch ; the temple )
Numbe r 2 marm a point s (one on eac h temple )
Typ e Bon e (Asthi )

Size angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e The temple , in betwee n the tragu s of the ear and the
latera l corne r of the eye (anterio r aspec t of tempora l foss a
alon g the junctio n wit h the sphenoi d bone) .

Control s Control s sens e orga n of Apan a Vay u (downward-


movin g air ) and Vat a in the larg e intestine .

Anatomica l Tempora l bon e alon g with tempora l muscle . Tempora l an d


Structure s interna l caroti d artery , tempora l vein . Drainag e to the l
superficia paroti d glands . Facia l and cord a nerves .

Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e


marma . Relativ e to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y
1 94 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Symptom s Injur y may damag e the brain , causin g hemorrhag e and


If Injure d possibl e death .

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a gentl e
circula r Acupressur e motio n for abou t five minutes . Thi s is also a goo d
marm a for and Arom a acupressur e but of a gentl e natur e and can be
use d for Therapy directin g energ y to the brai n and mind . For this ,
plac e the
middl e finge r of one han d on one of the two Shankh a
marma s and the middl e finge r of the othe r han d on the
other .
For treatin g any problem s of the skin or for hig h Vat a
use Taila , almon d oil or sesam e oil.
Sesam e oil applie d her e is ver y calmin g and help s
promot e sleep .
Fo r headache s in the are a use stimulatin g aromati c
oil s or paste s of ginger , calamus , angelic a or mustard .

Acupunctur e Fo r treatin g epileps y carr y ou t acupunctur e at the poin t


two
(Suchi - anguli s (finge r units ) dista l
to karma)

Treatmen t Injur y can resul t in loss of consciousness . For this hav e the
If Injure d patien t snuf f the powe r of calamu s or ginge r to regai n
aware •
nes s or giv e Tail a with
ginger .
Giv e herba l teas of awareness-promotin g herb s like
calamus , gotu kola , bayberr y or shankhapushpi .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 95

Description

Nam e Utkshep a (wha t is cas t upwards ; owin g to its locatio n


abov e the ears )

Numbe r 2 marm a point s

Typ e Ligamen t (Snayu )

Size angul i (finge r units )

Sit e Behin d the uppe r borde r of the heli x of the ear , two angul i
(finge r units ) abov e Shankh a marma .

Control s An importan t contro l poin t for Vat a and the mind , for Apan a
Vayu , the larg e intestin e and the sens e orga n of smell .
Anatomica l Tempora l muscl e and bone . Temporal , zygomati c tempora l
and
Structure s interna l caroti d arteries . Anterio r tempora l diploi c vein .
Secon d and thir d cervica l nerves .
1 96 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Qualitie s Vishalyaghn a (Fata l If Pierced ) type


Relative to marma . Airy in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s Injur y wil l caus e bleeding , damag e to the head , and caus e
If Injure d Pran a (Vata ) to be quickl y lost .

Treatmen t

Massage , Folo w usua l massag e procedures , but gentl y usin g the finger s
Acupressur e or the thumb . Acupressur e here help s calm the min d
and and Arom a control s Vata .
Therap y For Vata disorders , use strengthenin g massag e oils like Bal a
Taila , Ashwagandh a Taila , sesam e oil or almon d oil .
Us e calmin g aromati c oil s like sandalwood , basil ,
or valerian .
Acupunctur e For treatin g psychologica l disorder s and menta l
agitation , (Suchi - selec t a poin t one angul i (finge r unit ) above , on
the borde r of karma) hairline .

Treatmen t The sam e as Shankh a marma .


If Injure d
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 97

Descriptio n
Nam e Avart a (calamity ; as it is ver y sensitive )
Numbe r 2 marm a point s (nea r eac h eye )

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e the uppe r borde r of the orbita l cavit y forme d by the


fronta l bone . At the cente r of eac h eyebro w at the bas e of
the fore • hea d (supraorbita l notc h of the fronta l bone) .

Control s Control s Vat a in general , Prana , the sens e of sigh t


(Alochak a
Pitta ) and bodil y posture .
Anatomica l Fronta l bone , sphenoi d and fronta l joints . Levato r superio r
and
Structure s superio r rectu s muscles . Opti c and fronta l nerves .
Ophthalmi c and supraorbita l arteries , superio r ophthalmi c
Qualitie s Vaikalyakar a (Disability-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relativ e to Water y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y
1 98 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Symptom s Injur y will caus e impairmen t of the face , headache s and


If Injure d disorientation .

Treatmen t
Massage , Massag e gentl y usin g the fingers , particularl y the
middl e Acupressure finger . This is also a goo d marm a for acupressur e
usin g and Arom a aromati c oils , particularl y for reducin g high Vata .
Again , be
Therap y carefu l not to get any aromati c oils into the eye wher e they
can caus e irritation .
For controllin g Pran a Vay u (improvin g energy , adaptabilit y
and equilibrium) , use Taila , Ashwagandh a Taila ,
almond oi l or sesam e oil as massag e oils .
For stimulatin g the prani c flow to the hea d and the body ,
appl y aromati c oil s like camphor , min t or eucalyptus ,
whic h ope n the min d and senses .

Treatmen t Appl y calamu s powde r wit h a littl e ghe e for swelling . Wash
the
If Injure d eye s (netr a basti ) with ghe e for any accompanyin g inflamma •
tion or irritatio n of the eyes .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 1 99

Descriptio n
Nam e Shringatak a (plac e wher e fou r road s meet , a summi t or
horn )
Numbe r 4 marm a point s

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e Thi s is primaril y an interna l marm a on the sof t palate ,


whic h in yogi c though t is the meetin g poin t of the energie s
of the tongue , nose , eye s and ears . We can howeve r wor k
on the correspond -
200 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

ing regio n of the face as per the illustratio n give n above ,


the infraorbita l foramen . It is anothe r larg e marm a
region .
Control s Control s Pran a Vay u (primar y vitality) , Ojas (Soma) , Tarpak a
Kapha , Bodhak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the tongue ) and the
sens e orga n of taste , but also the sense s of hearing , sigh t
and smell . Her e the subtl e form of Kaph a or Oja s provide s
nourish • men t to Pran a and the mind .
Anatomica l Supraorbita l artery . Fronta l diploi c vei n and superio r sagita l
Structure s sinus . Occipit o frontali s muscle . Ophthalmi c nerve .

Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e


Relative to marma . Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Inju ry

Symptom s Injur y wil l caus e disorientatio n of the senses , hemorrhag e and


If Injure d possibl e death .

Treatmen t
Massage , Gentl y massag e the correspondin g area on the face .
Acupressur e For Vat a disorders , massag e with Taila , almon d
oil Arom a or sesam e oil. Use nervin e aromati c oils like calamus ,
Therap y myrrh , frankincens e or min t to ope n up the power s of
the senses .
Thi s marm a is a goo d plac e for acupressur e for treatin g
disease s of the mouth . Use Kapha-reducin g aromati c oils
for thi s purpos e like peppermint , clove s or calamus .
We can also stimulat e this poin t by suckin g on spic y herb s
like clove s or nutmeg , holdin g the herb s toward s the bac k
of the mouth .

Yog a and The sof t palat e is an importan t plac e for concentratio n an d


Meditatio n meditation , said to give contro l ove r all the five sense s and
ai d in the flow of Som a or necta r from the hea d
(Sahasrara ) chakra . It is calle d the plac e of the Moo n
(Som a or Kapha ) opposit e the plac e of the Sun (Agn i or
Pitta ) in the navel . Meditatio n on this poin t improve s
contentmen t and peac e of mind . The mantr a is
goo d to use here for its nurturing , luna r energy .

Treatmen t If Combin e turmeri c powde r wit h a littl e ghe e and appl y thi s past e
Injure d at the injure d area to reliev e the pain and edema . Was h the
eye s (netr a basti ) with ghe e for any accompanyin g
inflamma •
Marmas on the Head and Neck

Descriptio n
Nam e Sthapan i (wha t give s suppor t or hold s

firm ) Numbe r 1 marm a poin t

Typ e Vesse l (Sira )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Sit e In betwee n the eyebrows , the positio n of thir d eye


(junctio n of the glabell a of the fronta l bon e and the two
nasa l

Control s Control s the sixt h chakr a (Ajna) , Prana , the mind , the
senses , the pituitar y gland , and the meetin g of the six hea d
nadi s (Ida and Pingala , Push a and Gandhari , Payasvin i and
Shankhini ) in thenadi .
poin t in the middl e of the forehea d ha s
simila r propertie s but is stronge r for controllin g the
mind , whil e Sthapan i is bette r for controllin g the
senses . It govern s the Agn i of the min d and senses .
202 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Anatomica l Supraorbita l and facia l arteries , anterio r facia l vein ,


superio r
Structure s sagita l sinus . Drainag e to submandibula r lymp h
glands .
Supraorbita l nerve . Fronta l bone .
Qualitie s Vishalyaghn a (Fata l If Pierced ) type
marma . Relativ e to Airy in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y
Symptom s Injur y can easil y damag e Pran a in the bod y as a whol e as
wel l
If Injure d as distur b the mind and senses .

Treatmen t

Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g


circula r Acupressur e motio n for abou t minutes . Thi s can be
combine d wit h and Arom a genera l massag e of the A
goo d poin t for
Therap y acupressur e to calm and focu s the
mind .
For treatin g disorder s of the sixt h chakr a (Ajna ) and
Pran a Vayu , massag e with Dhanvantar a Taila ,
Ashwagandh a Taila , almond oil or plai n sesam e Thi s is a
goo d site to appl y shirodhara (oil drip to the head ) usin g
medicate d sesam e oils like Ashwagandh a Tail a or plai n
sesam e oil .
Sandalwoo d oil or past e applie d her e promote s
meditation , calm s the min d and nerve s and relieve s fever .
Lotu s aromati c oil is also good .
Stimulatin g oil s like camphor , basil , min t or
calamu s ope n the min d and senses .
Suc h aromati c oil s wor k well , particularl y if applie d
alon g wit h acupressure , whic h don e at thi s poin t can
releas e stres s for the entir e bod y and mind .

Yog a and This is a key poin t in meditatio n for developin g


concentration , Meditatio n insigh t and focu s for the min d and for
unfoldin g the highe r
perceptua l power s of the thir d eye . On e can use the
mantr a OM for genera l energizatio n purpose s or the
mantr a AI M (pronounce d for increasin g power s of
concentration .
The yogi c practic e of tratak a or fixin g of the gaz e
energize s thi s marma , particularly , if one focuse s on a ghe e
flame .

Treatmen t If ther e is bleeding , appl y ice and administe r nasy a


(nasa l
If Injure d application ) of (got u kola ) juic e or alo e gel . Tak e
hemostati c herb s internall y like brahm i (got u kola ) or
turmeric , whic h wor k on the head .
For pain , give pain-relievin g herb s like calamus , brahm i
or myrrh .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 203

Description
Nam e Simant a (th e summit ; the skul l and surroundin g

joints ) Numbe r 5 marm a region s on the skul l

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 4 angul i (finge r units )

Sit e Thi s marm a consist s of the suture s on the skull , so it is


com • posed mor e of line s tha n point s or region s and
cover s a larg e area . Its five component s are the five
aspect s of thes e thre e sutures : the two side s of the
corona l suture , the on e sagita l suture , and the two side s
of the suture .

Control s Control s the sevent h or hea d chakr a (Sahasrara) , nervou s


system , plasma , bloo d and circulator y system s
(Majjavaha , Rasavah a and Raktavah a Srotamsi ) as wel l
as the min d and Prana , muc h like Adhipat i marma ,
whic h mark s its centra l point .
Structure s
Anatomica
l
es and secon d and thir d cervica l
p
arie
tal-
tem
por
al
and
pari
etal
-
occ
ipita
l
join
ts.
Oc
cipit
o-
fron
tali s
mu
scl
e
and
epi
cra
nia l
app
one
uro
sis .
a
n
d
m
a
x
il
l
a
r
y

n
e
r
v
204 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

nerves . Anterio r and posterio r superficia l tempora l an d


occipita l arteries . Occipita l diploi c vein , posterio r parietal ,
anterio r parietal and fronta l parieta l veins .

Qualitie s Kalantar a Pranahar a (Long-ter m Death-Causing ) typ e


marma , Relative to owin g to the protectio n afforde d by the skul l to the
brain .
Injur y Bot h fier y and water y in degre e of vulnerability .

Symptom s Injur y may caus e paralysis , hemorrhag e or sudde n death .


If Injure d

Treatmen t

Massage , Massag e wit h the finger s and the pal m of the hands . A
goo d Acupressur e metho d is to use the middl e finge r to go ove r all
thre e suture s and Arom a on the head .
Therap y The two bes t point s for acupressur e in the are a are
wher e the sagita l sutur e intersect s the corona l sutur e in
the fron t of the hea d and wher e it intersect s the
sutur e at the bac k of the head .
Appl y medicate d oil s like Dhanvantar a Taila , Bhringara j
Taila , Ashwagandh a Taila , almon d oil or sesam e oil for
calmin g and relaxin g purposes .
Plac e gauz e dippe d in war m medicate d oils like
Dhanvantar a
Tail a or sesam e oil on the spot .
To ope n the hea d energy , use etheri c aromati c oils like
cam • phor , min t or calamus . Thi s is aide d by the use of
acupressure . For newbor n children , war m sesam e oil shoul d
be applie d dail y to this marm a for controllin g Vata , calmin g
the nerves , promotin g slee p and maintainin g health .

Yog a and Lik e Adhipati , chantin g the mantr a OM and meditatin g upo n
Meditatio n the hea d chakr a improve s al l the function s of the top of
the hea d region . Anothe r metho d is to meditat e upo n
the infinit e expanse of spac e or the void extendin g from the
top of the skull .

Treatmen t Fo r relievin g pai n and gainin g consciousness , administe r a


If Injure d virechan a nasy a (cleansin g nasa l application ) of
medicate d calamu s oil, or a snuf f of calamu s powder .
Us e consciousness-revivin g aromati c oil s like
camphor , eucalyptu s or ginger .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 205

Descriptio n
Nam e Adhipat i (th e lor d of

all ) Numbe r 1 marm a poin t

Typ e Join t (Sandhi )

Size 1/2 angul i (finge r unit )

Site Locate d on the vertex , the top poin t of the skull , on the
sagita l suture , jus t behin d the anterio r fontanelle ,
immediatel y superio r to the externa l occipita l protuberance .
It is als o the centra l poin t at the top of marma , so it has
a rulin g actio n ove r tha t marm a as wel l and share s man y
of its properties . It is the sof t spo t on a baby' s head .

Control s the sevent h or hea d chakr a (Sahasrara) , pinea l


gland , nervou s syste m Srotas) , Pran a Vay u
(primar y Tarpak a Kaph a (lubricatio n of the brain )
an d Sadhak a Pitt a (thinkin g power) , as wel l as Prana ,
Teja s and Oja s (primar y factor s of positiv e health , energ y
an d vitality) . It is the governin g poin t of the entir e bod y
throug h the min d and brain , rulin g ove r Pran a as a whole .
It relate s to the transcen • den t or spiritua l form of Agni .
206 Table of Marmas and Their Treatment

Anatomica l Occipito-parieta l joint , occipita l and parieta l bones . Occipita l


Structure s artery , posterio r diploi c vein and occipita l sagita l sinus .
Medull a oblongat a and secon d and thir d cervica l nerves .
Qualitie s Sady a Pranahar a (Immediat e Death-Causing ) typ e
marma . Relative to Fier y in degre e of vulnerability .
Injur y

Symptom s If Los s of consciousness , coma , injur y to


brain . Injure d

Treatmen t
Massage , Appl y marm a massag e to the area , usin g a stron g circula r
Acupressur e motion , for abou t five minutes . It is also a goo d poin t for
and Arom a acupressur e for calmin g and controllin g the min d and emotion s
Therap y and openin g highe r perceptiv e powers . Use the inde x or
middl e finge r for this purpose . The pressur e can be strong .
Sesame oil applie d her e calm s Vata . Medicate d oils like
Ashwagandh a Tail a or Mahanaraya n Tail a are eve n better .
The specia l Ayurvedi c practic e of Pich u dharan a is goo d
here . Thi s consist s of applyin g a gauz e or piec e of cotto n
dippe d in medicate d oil s like Dhanvantar a Tail a or plai n
sesam e oil .
For treatin g Sadhak a Pitt a (perceptiv e powe r of the brain) ,
use Tail a and coolin g aromati c oil s like
sandalwood , lotus , khu s (vetiver ) and chamomile .
For treatin g Pran a Vayu , use Dhanvantar a Tail a or sesam e
oil, or aromati c oil s like basil , campho r and calamus .
Fo r treatin g Tarpak a Kapha , use swee t aromati c
oil s like jasmine , rose , lotu s or gardenia .
Fo r stimulatin g the crow n chakr a use ether-containin g
aromati c oil s like campho r or basil .
In newbor n children , the anterio r fontanell e is open . Due to
incomplet e ossification , the top portio n of the skul l is onl y
covere d by a thi n skin . Fo r quic k healin g appl y sesam e
oi l dail y to the site . Thi s also nourishe s Pran a Vay u
(primar y vita l energy ) and calm s the child .

Yog a and Chantin g the mantr a OM and meditatin g upo n the top of the
Meditatio n hea d both energize s the highe r min d and also help s us
transcen d the min d int o the infinit e spac e of pur e
conscious • ness . Meditatio n here also promote s dee p and
dreamles s slee p and improve s overal l concentration ,
detachmen t and self-control .
Marmas on the Head and Neck 207

Treatmen t If the patien t lose s consciousness , hav e the m snuf f calamu s


or
If Injure d ginge r powder s in orde r to regai n awarenes s or give the m
Tail a wit h ginger .
Use awareness-promotin g herb s and penetratin g aromati c
oils lik e asafoetida , campho r and eucalyptus , or the
specia l Ayurvedi c compoun d Briha t Vat a
c

fii

in

sess s
is

with
c
followin g material s deal with the third group of therapie s introduce d in
5, The Many Method s of Marma Therap y which use variou s instru •
ments to treat marma As these are mainly clinica l procedure s and as the
explanation of them is only of outline , this materia l has been placed in
the appendix . It is not meant to substitut e for a full expositio n of these impor •
tant therapies .
While we will introduc e acupunctur e in this section , note that Appendi x 2
contains a mor e detaile d accou n t of Marma-acupunctu r e also calle d
puncturin g of marma points by Frank Ros, an expert in tha t
field.

1 . Marm a Therap y b y Blood-lettin g


Ancien t Ayurveda refers to the practic e (Sira Vedha) , punc•
turing the differen t types of vessels throug h which Vata, Pitta, Kapha and
blood flow. The mos t importan t type of this is piercin g the blood vessels or
blood-letting, calle d Rakta-moksha . Blood-lettin g is anothe r importan t therapy in
many system s of traditiona l medicin e and in The piercin g of
small channel s is more part of acupunctur e as discusse d in poin t numbe r
Blood-lettin g at specifi c location s and veins is an importan t part of
Ayurvedic surgery and of marma therapy . It is counte d among the method s of
Pancha Karma detoxificatio n As a strong therapy , it should
only be performe d by therapist s who are well-traine d and on patient s who pos•
sess suitable strengt h not to be weakene d by the treatmen t (those whose Ojas
is sufficient) .
Blood-lettin g can involv e cutting the skin or making abrasion s
with a smal l knife or needle ) or taking blood from the veins (Sira Vedha or
puncturing the veins with numbe r 16 or 18 Anothe r method not
using instrument s is wit h the help of leeches . This method is employe d for
infections such as boils and carbuncles .
Blood-lettin g is carried out on the visible It is never done on the arter•
ies. It should be done at the sensitiv e point neares t to the which can be
found by palpation . Blood-lettin g is indicate d when Pitta and its subtype s are
Supplemental Material and Appendices

in excess , when the level of toxicit y in the blood is high or for certai n
conditions of infection , inflammatio n or stagnan t Donatin g blood is
ofte n recommende d for Pitta individuals becaus e this type of therapy is
helpful in a genera l wa y to kee p Pitt a in
An alternativ e method to blood-letting , but milder in is to appl y
blood-moving and alterativ e (blood-cleansing ) herbs to marma s as well as to
take them internall y in the form of herbal teas and decoctions . Suc h
blood-cleansing herbs include turmeric , myrrh, guggul, aloe, saffron , com •
frey leaf , plantain , red clover, yello w doc k and manjisht a

2 . M ar m a Therap y b y Acupunctur e (Suchi-karma )


Acupuncture , or using sharp instrument s to treat marma points, has its
counterpart in Ayurveda . There are ancien t reference s to Suchi Veda, wit h
Suchi meanin g and Veda meanin g As the piercin g of
marma s by weapon s was found to cause great injury, it was though t tha t
stimulating them using smalle r pointed-instrument s could improve the
of Prana. In Ayurveda, acupunctur e is commonl y called Suchi-karma ,
or
Acupunctur e is part of Vyadhan a or Bhedan a Karma , referrin g to ac•
tions or of marmas , blood-letting , and the puncturin g
of the smalle r vessel s that carry Prana and the Sushrut a mention s
smaller channel s (Keshavahiny a or as thin as a hair), fine capillaries or
minute vessel s spread all over the body that carry the doshas . Acupunctur e is
done only on areas that contain small capillaries , where there can be no
oozing of bu t onl y a pacifyin g effec t on the
For balancin g the doshas , Sushrut a advise d puncturin g the channel s
(sira), by using instrument s as small as half a grain of These are
needle number s 26 , 27 & 28 in size. With this needle the most sensitiv e
point neares t to the center of the marma should be punctured .
Acupunctur e on marma s should be avoide d in condition s of skin dis•
eases in the area of the procedure , during pregnanc y and immediatel y
after delivery . It should generall y not be done on Sadya Pranahar a
diat e Death-Causing ) marmas .
During the ancien t period , bambo o or woode n needle s were used for
stimulating marma points. Later on, metal needle s were develope d this
purpose. Overall , however, the use of needle s on marma points has bee n
much less used in Ayurved a than in Chines e medicin e and does not have a
comparable sophistication .
Ayurvedi c acupunctur e is related to blood-lettin g and heat applicatio n
(Agni-karma) method s and often used along with them. For those wishin g to
practic e acupunctur e on marma points, they should examin e furthe r
Use of Instruments to Treat Marmas

nformatio n on the subjec t in Ayurvedi c

Marma Therap y b y Agni-karma or Heat Therapy


Heat has powerful therapeuti c properties , promotin g circulation , improv •
ing digestio n and stimulatin g healing . Heat therapy is called Agni-karm a
(fire-therapy) in Ayurveda . It involve s heating and burnin g of the skin. For the
applicatio n of heat, Sushrut a advise s variou s types of Shalaka s or thin metal
rods made from gold, silver, copper , iron or variou s alloys. This therapy
is no t applie d to all marma s owin g to its stron g
Since marma s are sensitiv e areas, direct heat should not be used. In•
stead, one end of the metal rod should be applied to the sensitiv e poin t
near the marma to be treated and the other end of the rod should be
heated with a candle . The heat will travel from one end of the rod to the
other. That amoun t of heat will be sufficien t for treatmen t purposes . Whe n
treating marmas , one should apply high heat only to the level of the skin,
not to tha t of the deepe r muscl e
Types of Agni-karm a are classifie d accordin g to the shape of the bur n
created by the type of rod used-pointed , half circle or circular . The poin t
type is most commonl y used in marma therapy . The marma is heated until it
is slightly burned at a point .
\ Hott spicy herbs like ginger, cinnamon , cayenne , pippali , black peppe r
Agni-karma . Pastes of these herbs
on the marm a for thi s Anothe r metho d is a
f the marma with a warm cloth soaked with the juices or aromati c
uch hot-nature d herbs. Aromati c oils from hot-nature d herbs ca n
applied to the site for the same effects . In this way, aroma therap y
method of heat application . Fo r larger areas on the arms, legs or en,
hea t lamps are good. Moxibusti o n is anothe r uses
herb s like calamu s or turmeric , burnin g the m on the
(bu t takin g car e no t to bur n the
-karma (heat application ) is particularl y effectiv e for arthritis ,
rften is caused by an accumulatio n of cold and dampnes s in the
for reducin g Ama. Fo r all types of joint pain, one should selec t
ierest point closest to the marma .
Applicatio n
plicatio n of cold is not as importan t a therapeuti c method as the
tion of heat becaus e heat is better for stimulatin g and for cleansin g
s. However , it is stil l useful in man y
of ice or cold packs is good for marma s where there is in-
or bleeding . Fomentatio n using cooling herbs like sandal -
Supplemental Material and Appendices

wood, cilantr o (coriande r leaves or licoric e is very helpfu l


in the sam e conditions . Coolin g substance s from cool water to cooling
herbs like are commonl y applied to the top of the head,
which benefit s by bein g kep t cool, particularl y when there is fever. That is
why the applicatio n of sandalwoo d oil to the forehea d is so good for men•
tal functionin g and meditation . Aloe gel, anothe r cooling herb, is similarl y
good to apply to marma s where there is burnin g or inflammation .

4. Marm a Therap y by Kshara-karm a


(Applicatio n o f Alkalis )
Ayurved a employ s special medicate d alkalis to treat marmas . These alka •
lis, called have a chemicall y caused burnin g affect on the skin
that stimulate s the marma . This therapy is called Kshara-karma , or the
alkali much like the use of chemica l cauterizatio n in wester n medi•
cine. It is regarde d as anothe r type of Agni-karma , or heat therapy . It is
also a stron g therapy that should only be done by those with the proper
clinical training .
Kshara s are prepare d from herbs dominan t in the fire element , whic h
affords them a penetratin g action. Kshara s are white in color and act on all
three doshas . They have a cleansing , stimulatin g and detoxifyin g effect. A
medium strengt h Kshara is recommende d for marma therapy . It shoul d
not be too strong so as to cause damag e or too weak so as to have no effect .

Note Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VIII and Surr a Sthana for a discussio n of thi s topic .
Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XIV.25
Note Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana VIII, for an entir e chapte r on thi s topic .
Sushruta Samhita Sharira Sthana
Note Ayurvedic Acupuncture
Note Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XII, whic h chapte r deal s wit h thi s
topic . Note Sushruta Samhita Sutrasthana XI, whic h chapte r deal s wit h thi s
subject .
B y Dr . F r a n k R o s

Ayurvedic researchers in India (Prof. Dr. Binod K. Joshi et


have discovered that ancient Ayurvedic texts, specifically the Sushruta
contain much more information about marmas and acupuncture
than was first perceive d and included in the translations. Many of the terms
used in the translations did not include the total subtlety or meaning of the
words bein g translated .
As a consequence , these experts state: "Earlier interpretation s of the
Sushruta Samhita made mention of marmas, dhamanis and siras, which
were believed to symbolize masses of tissue, arteries and veins, respectively.
However, errors were made in the translation of those terms. In reviewing the
evidenc e was found showing that the marmas correspond pre• cisely
with traditiona l acupuncture points used to treat the vital organs and that the
dhamanis and siras depict meridians and channels that aid in the flow of qi.
It was [previously] thought that the dhamanis and siras repre• sent arteries
and veins and, therefore, whenever damage used to occur, the first move was
to preserv e the concerned tissue. But then, these are actually the channels and
meridian s controlling the vital energy flow. Our conclu• sion is that the
Sushrut a Samhit a is the base of
In late experts in Sri Lanka headed by Prof. Dr. A. Jayasuriya, et
discovere d not only a long history of native acupuncture practice in Sri
Lanka which is well known in Sri but also the connota•
tion that by archaeologica l evidence this area (including nearby India, the
Kerala region) may have originated the practice of Only now
are we discovering archaeologica l evidence of the early practice of acu•
puncture both in India and Sri Lank a possibly stemming from the Indus
Valley civilization and certainly from Vedi c times. A number of ancient
acupuncture needles made of iron, coppe r and bronze were previously un-
Supplemental Material and Appendices

earthed at the site of Taxila University, according to Prof. Dr. C.L.

Even some ancient Indian Buddhist texts record acupunctur e practice in


India, including the Chikitsa Jivaka (Giba) , th e renowned
Ayurvedic surgeon, was also considered a master acupuncturis t in these
texts. He was reputed "to have been born with an acupunctur e needle in
the right hand and a drug container in the left according to the
Chikitsa Vidya.
Ayurvedic acupunctur e is best called because it aims at
the puncturing of marma points. Like a number of other effective an• cient
Ayurvedic it fell into disuse much like the decline of Bud• dhism
in India, its birthplace, and yet had meteoric developmen t in the rest of
the Orient. As in China prior to the onset of the Cultural Revolu• tion, only
a handful of families maintaine d the knowledge and practice of
Marmapuncture in Considerin g the cost involved in obtaining and
maintaining expensive gold and silver needles (as no stainless steel was
no wonder it fell into disrepair. It is only now with the advent of
inexpensive stainless steel disposable needles tha t th e practic e of
marmapuncture can develop into a popular art once again .
Marmapunctur e is finely attuned to the same subtle concepts of diag•
nosis and treatment found in the other Ayurvedic modalities explained in
this book. The fact that a traditional marmapuncturis t will often utilize
marma massage, heat therapy (Agni-karma ) and Prana therapy (Prana
Chikitsa) in conjunction with Marmapunctur e means that these are all
synergistic therapies reflecting the core of the system, which is Ayurveda .
The Ayurvedic perception that marmas should not be punctured stems
back to the concept of surgery and injury to marmas during battles and
wars. Kshatriyas, or warriors, would be treated by surgeons after their
marmas had been traumatized during the process of fighting. This led
many to the belief that marmas should not be punctured at all, even with
acupuncture, in order to prevent the uninitiated from using the system and
possibly causin g injury. The concept of marmas was considered sacred and so
this was also a means of keeping the knowledge secret. The defini• tion of
puncturing in this instance was the insertion of a sharp object in a forced or
brutal way; for instance, a spear, knife or arrow that will cause major
trauma or even death .
Marmapuncture , on the other hand, gives rise to controlled, minut e
trauma. Instead of inhibiting or killing the organism such as occurs in the
case of a major, lethal trauma, this minor puncturing produces a stimula•
tion that gently encourages the body into action for self-repair. This is not
unlike the therapeutic use of aconite or arsenic in homeopathi c doses
compared to the lethal doses of the poison which would kill a person. It is
Ayurvedic Acupuncture

aligned with law which states that the of dose (or trauma ) relate s
to whethe r it kills (major dose), inhibits (mediu m dose) or stimulate s
(minute dose) the organism . This law is now also called hormesi s in toxi •
cology .
Sthapan i and Hriday a marma s have been routinel y needled by numer •
ous practitioner s since recorde d history and yet no serious complication s
have occurred . However , these two marma s are regarde d as lethal marma s
because major trauma (brute puncturing ) to them can cause serious prob •
lems .
However , certain marma s are not directly needled in
These include Nabh i (navel) , Stanamul a (nipples ) and (throat )
marmas. Other marma s having similar qualitie s can be needled in thei r
place or nearby points can be treated. Marma s located over sensitiv e or•
gans and major arteries , which deep penetratio n may injure (like punctur •
ing the lung), are also generall y avoided , especiall y by the inexperience d
practitioner .
The major marma s that directly relate to the chakras should be needle d
very gently by rotating the needle as it is inserted . Guide tubes should no t
be used on these points because the tapping with the finger on the needl e
can affect both the marma and the chakra and aggravat e the balance of
the subtle body .
An expert marmapuncturis t (suchika ) utilizes the least number of
needles to create the greates t therapeuti c effect, with about fiftee n
needles being the maximu m for one client. The number of needles also
depend s upo n the client' s bod y typ e as Pitt a or
Marmapunctur e needles should normall y be very fine (standar d type is
0.25 mm x 25mm ) as the thicker the needle the greater the potentia l to
cause pain and aggravat e Vata. therefore , is done with a
careful attitude of not causing pain to the client and consequentl y does
not involve th e ver y deep insertio n and strong manipulatio n of the
needles. Needle s are inserted into the marma s in a gentle and rhythmi c
way in accordanc e with the qualitie s of Vata, Pitta or Kapha and the body
type of the client .
Becaus e many marma s are classifie d as lethal sites, the area of the po•
tential effect of the trauma is larger than the area of the insertio n of the
needle. Fo r instance , Simant a marma on the summit of the head has an
overall area of about four angulis , or finger units. Major trauma to any part of
this area can cause a similar lethal effect paralysi s or even
death) irrespectiv e of whethe r it occurs at the center or the peripher y of
the marma . In the most appropriat e place to needle in
order to obtain the most subtle effect is usually at the center of the marma ,
although needlin g anywher e within the area of the marma will cause a
21 8 Supplemental Material and Appendices

similar effect (perhap s a more physical , related consequence) . Becaus e of


this, many people regard marma s as larger than acupoints . Some expert s
avoid puncturin g the center of the marma in order to avoid lethal effect s
but many years of practic e also demonstrate s that a therapeuti c effect is
best obtaine d when it is puncture d correctl y accordin g to marmapunctur e
principles .
Moder n researc h demonstrate s that marma s are acupunctur e point s
which have been needle d for thousand s of years withou t lethal effects .
Lethal effects are caused by brute force puncturin g of the marma , whil e
needling of the peripher y of the marma will create a therapeuti c effect .
Either way, whethe r needlin g at the peripher y or the center of the marma , it
is still For when treatin g subtle energie s like the three
gunas of Rajas and or the vital essence s of Prana, Tejas and
Ojas, then the most subtle effec t obtainabl e from the marma is generall y
desirable. When dealing wit h mainl y physica l diseases , then a more physi•
cal effect from a marma is desirable .

Marmapuncture Treatment
A marmapunctur e treatmen t usually follow s the appropriat e Ayurvedi c
diagnosis where the condition s of the tissues , systems , Agni and Ojas are
determined and an appropriat e treatmen t plan is designe d much the sam e
way as for an Ayurvedi c herbal therapy . A prescriptio n of marma points is
formulated to treat the factors out of balance .
There is a careful consideratio n of the three doshas (Vata, Pitta and
Kapha) and appropriat e points are include d for these. There may also be a
need to treat the mental aspect of the client (Sattva , Rajas and Tamas) , so
appropriate points for these may likewis e be included . Treatmen t may in•
clude correctl y adjustin g the subdosha s in the appropriat e direction ,
mainly Apana , Udana , Samana , Vyana and Prana Vayus but also Pitta and
Kapha subdoshas . Consequently , most treatment s cannot be textboo k
cases or mass-produced .
The final prescriptio n or formul a of marma points may contain a num •
ber of points that are duplicate d becaus e the same marma may have a
multiple of qualitie s or effects . However , as a synergisti c formul a of points ,
the effect of the therapy is magnifie d becaus e of the combinatio n and not
just becaus e of the selectio n of individual points .

Needlin g Effect s
The material s used for needlin g have their own qualitie s and effects on the
doshas, so consequentl y attentio n should be paid where gold, silver or
other material s are used. Fo r instance , silver needle s may aggravat e Vat a
Ayurvedic Acupuncture

or Kapha on a subtle level. Gold may aggravat e Pitta on a subtle level. Yet ,
the correct materia l for the person' s body type will enhanc e the therapy ,
especially on a subtle level and to treat psychologica l or emotiona l imbal •
ances .
Needles are kept inserted accordin g to the client's body with Vata
clients requiring less time than Pitta or Kapha. Kapha requires the most time.
The usual marmapunctur e treatmen t may take up to an hour, the length de•
pending on the body type or constitutio n of the client .
The technique s used may aggravat e or improv e the client accordin g to
her body type. Strong, erratic actions will aggravat e Vata but may improv e a
Kapha disorder . Smooth , slow actions may not assist a Kapha person as thes e
will add to the qualities of Kapha and hence its aggravation .

Needlin g Effect s Accordin g to Dosha s

REQUIREMENT DOSHA
Marma Depth of Insertion
Shallo w Vat a
Mediu m Pitt a
Deepe r Kaph a
Number of Needles
Minimu m Vat a
Mediu m Pitt a
Mos t Kaph a
Needle Material
Gold or Silve r Vat a
Silve r Pitt a
Gol d Kaph a
Needling Action/Insertion
Gentle , rhythmi c Vat a
Mediu m rhythmi c Pitt a
Erratic , stron g Kaph a
Needling Time
Vat a
20-4 0 min s Pitt a
40-6 0 min s Kaph a
Electric Pulse
Slow , rhythmic , less intens e Vat a
Medium , regular , rhythmi c Pitt a
Intense , fast , errati c Kaph a
(Heat Application)
May requir e hea t bu t no t excessiv e Vat a
Doe s not generall y requir e hea t Pitt a
May requir e hea t Kaph a
220 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Marma s an d Marmapunctur e
Marma s are energy wells and energy wheels connecte d by a meridia n sys•
tem of conduit s (nadis) with organs and other parts of the body. They are
generally more physica l than the chakras , which are more energy centers of
the subtle body. By needlin g marmas , the energy flow through thes e
channels can be correcte d and a balance brough t to the human organism.
This balance of energy equates with health. Marma s can be injured or they
can be healed, dependin g on the amount of trauma caused, much the
same way that gentle, controlle d pressur e from massag e can help hea l
while massiv e pressur e from a blow can cause injury. Marma s are :
• Vulnerabl e points on the body, susceptibl e to injury .
• Regarde d as the physica l and externa l aspect of the body's defens e
mechanism or immun e system .
• Considere d as a form of energy wheels and energy wells .
• A terminu s for the pranic flow from the related organ through its nad i
or related pranic channel .
• Sites for interchangin g pranic energy from the outside (macrocosm )
to the inside (microcosm ) of the body through the skin .
• An are a on the ski n wit h lowe r galvani c skin
• Sites of Sattva, Rajas and Tamas; Vata, Pitta and Kapha; and the Fiv e
Elements .
• The externa l reflectio n of the chakras .
• Therapeuti c points .

Besides the 107 major marma s considere d by Ayurveda as lethal (or wit h
potentially lethal effects) there are many other marma s that have been
traditionally used bot h in marmapunctu r e and Indian martial arts
At least 22 0 marma s are used in with at leas t
36 0 marma s used in one form or another in Many of the
not so lethal marma s are classifie d and named under their effects or thei r
locations. Fo r instance , there is an Apana marma located several finge r
units (angulis ) above the malleolus , inside of the leg. This point or marm a
has a therapeuti c effect on Apana Vayu energy. There is also an Udan a
marma located several finger units above the wrist crease on the inside of
the arm. This marma balance s Udana Vayu. The Five Element s them •
selves have marma s that directly relate and treat these elements . Some of
these marma s are outside of the system .
Accordingly , marma s have a number of therapeuti c effects and can be
used for various problems . In clinical practice , only about fifty to sixt y
marmas are regularl y althoug h this number will vary accordin g to the
Marmapuncture, Ayurvedic Acupuncture 22 1

problem and body type of the client. There are times when other marma s
with specific qualitie s are require d for treatmen t because of the serious •
ness or specific nature of the disease .
Since the some marmapunctur e practitioner s have used the
modern internationa l conventio n of numberin g acupoint s (e.g. Sthapan i
marm a G 24.5 ) . This new system has been found useful in teachin g by
providing a clear, shortcu t system , much like shorthan d writing . However ,
the traditiona l names are still retained and used just like they are in Chi•
nese acupunctur e today .

Akashi c Balancin g
Treatmen t of the most subtle or etheric aspects (akasha ) of the person in
order to facilitat e the free flow of Prana is the aim of Akashi c Balancing .
This is a techniqu e using marmapuncture , pranic therapy (Prana chikitsa )
and essentia l aromas/taste s to balance the psychologica l and emotiona l
states or koshas of the body. Disease is considere d a restrictio n of Prana or
energy through the body, so the more restrictio n is encountere d by Pran a
along its pathway s the more serious or deeper is the health prob•
lem. Thi s is akin to the analogy of an electric radiato r elemen t that has a
high resistanc e to the flow of electricity , causing friction , heat and light to
generate. In a radiato r this is the desired effect but in the human body it
results in Like a pure gold wire conducto r gold wire tracks on
computer circuit where the electricit y has a free flow allowin g the
signals to arrive at their intende d destination , Prana also require s an unim•
peded path .
Akashi c Balancin g is helpful to produc e clarity and focus in thought s
and ideas as well as for peak physica l achievement . In Akashi c Balancin g
all five Pranas are treated at the same time in order to stimulat e the prope r
flow and directio n of Prana. However , only after proper marmapunctur e
treatment for normal physica l complaint s is complete d and any physica l
disease symptom s are remove d should Akashi c Balancin g be attempted .
Then the body is prepare d for this special type of treatment , which is ver y
different from the previou s normal Most clients of this
method relat e feelin g totally differen t than the conventiona l
marmapunctur e treatment . There is generall y a sense of lightness , positiv-
and mental clarity as well as an overall feeling of well-being .

The Hindu, Dr. Bino d K. Joshi , Dr. Ram L. Shah , et Apri l

The Daily News, Prof . Dr. A. et Sri Lanka , Jul y 27,

Acupuncture, Prof . Dr. A.S.I. Publications : Jaipur , Indi a (pp. 3-


4).
Medicine, MD, Japa n Publication s Inc., Tokyo , Japan , 198 2
Dr . Rober t Arni e Lade , Lotu s Press , 199 5

Ayurveda, Life, Health and Longevity, Dr. Rober t Svoboda , Arkan a Pengui n Books , London ,
Marma s an d Thei r Sanskri t Name s

Most of these are anatomica l in nature but a few have specialize d mean •
ings reflectin g their effects .

because it rules over the brain and head; crown of the


hea d
blade; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
reflecting its anatomica l positio n
point of a needle; reflectin g its powerful affect, the lower regio n
of the uppe r arm or leg
reflectin g its vulnerability , the armpit or axilla
outer corner of the eyes ; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
to the side; a point on the upper abdome n said to
carry Prana or the life-forc e
from its the point above the center of eac h
eye

relates to the arm; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n


reflecting its anatomica l position , the lower abdome n
large or the broad region of the back; reflecting its anatomica l
form

reflectin g its anatomica l positio n


joint; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
224 Supplemental Material and Appendices

reflectin g its anatomica l positio n


arrow or a superio r type of arrow; owing to the shape
of the muscle s in the region; a point on the lower arm or lower leg. Basti
also means bladde r in other contexts .
joint; reflectin g its anatomica l locatio n
uphold s the flank; reflectin g its physiologica l effects,
the top of the shoulde r join t
rises from the hip; reflectin g its anatomica l position
near the hip join t
of the neck; reflectin g its anatomica l location
reflecting its immediat e effect, points betwee n the
thumb and index finger on the hand and betwee n the big toe and first toe
on the foo t
the loins; reflectin g its location on either side of
posterior superio r ilia c spine s
knot or reflectin g the knot of muscle s at the base of the
thum b or big to e
head of kurcha; reflectin g its connectio n to kurcha
marma, which it is located below at the root of the thumb or big toe
joint; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
as it is a point for the blood and the hip and
shoulder joints; the lowe r frontal end of the shoulde r joint and hip join t
reflectin g its connectio n to the wris t
owing to its connectio n with the voice, a point on the
upper side of the nec k
or umbilicus ; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
blue; from the color of the nearby veins at the base of the neck
buttocks; reflectin g its anatomica l position
side of the waist; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
hood; reflectin g its anatomica l structure , the side of the
nostril s

reflectin g the templ e


where four roads meet; owing to the crossroad s of the
Names and Classifications of Marmas 225

senses that exists at the soft palate of the mout h


Simanta-summit ; reflectin g its anatomica l position on the skul l
Sira Matrika-mothe r of the blood vessels ; owing to its connectio n with the
common carotid artery in the lower neck regio n
of the breast; reflectin g its anatomica l position
region of the breast ; reflectin g its anatomica l positio n
gives support or fixes; reflectin g its connectio n with the
power of concentration , the point betwee n the eye s
of the sole or palm; reflectin g its anatomica l position

is cast owing to its location above the ear s


is wide; reflectin g its anatomica l structure , the wide region of
the thigh s

due to its sensitiveness , a point below and behind the


ear s

or painful; reflectin g its sensitiv e nature, the perineum , wher e

the legs are connecte d to the trun k

Categorie s of Marmas
A . Ac c o r d i n g to Anat omi c al Fact o r s

Marma s 4 Indrabasti , 4 Talahridaya , 2 Stanarohita , 1


2. Gud arma s
41 Ma 2 Brihati , 8 Sira Matrika , 2 2 Manya , 2
Phana ,
(Arteries 1 Hridaya , 1 Nabhi , 2 Parshvasandhi ,
and Veins) 2 Stanamula , 2 Apalapa , 1 Sthapani , 2 Urvi ,
2 Bahvi , 2 Apastambha , 4 Lohitaksha , 2
Apanga ,
3. - 27 Marma s 4 Ani , 4 Kurcha , 4 Kurchashira , 4
Kshipra , Ligaments and 2 Amsa , 2 Utkshepa , 1 Basti , 2
Vitapa , Tendons 2 Kakshadhara , 2 Vidhur a
4. -Bone 8 Marma s 2 Katikataruna ,2 2 Amsaphalaka ,
2 Shankh a
5. 20 Marma s 2 Janu , 2 Kurpara , 5 1 Adhipati ,
2 Gulpha , 2 Manibandha , 2 Kukundara ,
2 Avarta , 2
Krikatik a
6. 9 Marma s 1 Guda , 2 Apastambha , 2 Vidhura , 4
Shringatak a (Thi s is a specia l classification ,
no t foun d in Sushrut a bu t onl y in Vagbhatt a
(Ashtang a Hridaya). Sushrut a place s thes e
. marma s in the othe r categories )
226 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Arms and hands Marm a Region s 2 Kshipra , 2 Talahridaya , 2 Kurcha ,


22 Marm a Point s 2 Kurchashira , 2 Manibandha ,
2 Indrabasti , 2 Kurpara , 2 Ani ,
2 Bahvi , 2 Lohitaksha ,
2 Kakshadhar a

2. Legs and feet Marm a Region s 2 Kshipra , 2 Talahridaya , 2 Kurcha ,


22 Marm a Point s 2 Kurchashira , 2 Gulpha ,
2 Indrabasti , 2 Janu , 2 Ani, 2 Urvi ,
2 Lohitaksha , 2 Vitap a

3.Abdomen 8 Marm a Region s 1 Guda , 1 Basti , 1 Nabhi , 1 Hridaya ,


and Chest Marm a Point s 2 2 Stanarohita ,
2 Apalapa , 2
4. On the Back 7 Marm a Region s 2 Katikataruna , 2 Kukundara ,
and Hips Marm a Point s 2 2 Parshvasandhi ,
2 Brihati , 2 2 Amsaphalak a

5. On the Neck Marm a Region s 2 Krikatika , 2 Vidhura , 2 Phana ,


and Head 37 Marm a Point s 2 Apanga , 2 Avarta , 2 Utkshepa ,
2 Shankha , 2 2 Manya ,
1 Sthapani , 1 Adhipati , 5
4 8 Sira Matrik a

Accordin g to Siz e
One finger breadth Tota l 2 Urvi , 2 Bahvi , 4 Kurchashira , 2 Vitapa ,
(1 anguli) 2 Kakshadhar a
Two finger Tota l 6 2 Gulph a (ankle) , 2 Manibandha ,
breadths (2 anguli) 2 Stanamul a

3. Three finger Tota l 4 2 Jan u (knee) , 2 Kurpar a (elbow )


breadths (3 anguli)

4. Fist size or Four Tota l 29 4 Kurcha , 1 Gud a (anus) , 1 Bast i


(bladder) , finger breadth 1 Nabh i (navel) , 1 Hriday a (heart) , 2
Nila , (4 anguli) 2 Manya , 8 Sir a Matrika , 5 Simanta ,
4
Shringatak a
5. One half finger Tota l 56 4 Kshipra , 4 Talahridaya , 4 Indrabasti , 4
Ani ,
breadth anguli) 4 Lohitaksha , 2 Apalapa , 2 Apastambha ,
2 Katikataruna , 2 Kukundara , 2 Nitamba ,
2 Parshvasandhi , 2 Brihati , 2 Amsa ,
2 Amsaphalaka , 2 Stanarohita , 2 Krikatika ,
2 Vidhura , 2 Phana , 2 Apanga , 2 Avarta ,
2 Utkshepa , 2 Shankha , 1 Sthapani ,
1 Adhipat i
Names and Classifications of Marmas 22 7

D. Accordin g to Symptom s If Injure d

Type Number Specific Marmas

Pranahara 19 4 Shringataka , 1 Adhipati , 2 Shankh a


(Immediate Death- (temples) , 8 Sira-Matrika , 1 Gud a
(anus) , Causing or fiery) 1 Hriday a (heart) , 1 Bast i (bladder) ,
1 Nabh i (navel )

2. Kalantara Pranahara 33 4 Talahridaya , 4 Kshipra , 4 Indrabasti ,


(Long-term Death- 2 Apalapa , 2 Apastambha ,2
Stanarohita , Causing or both fiery 2 Stanamula , 5 Simanta ,2
Katikataruna , and watery) 2 Parshvasandhi , 2 Brihati , 2 Nitamb a

3. Vishalyaghna 3 2 Utkshepa , 1 Sthapan i


(Fatal If Pierced or airy)

4. Vaikalyakara 44 4 Lohitaksha , 4 Ani , 2 Jan u (knee) ,


(Disability-Causing 2 2 Bahvi , 4 Kurcha , 2 Vitapa ,
or watery) 2 Kurpara , 2 Kukundara , 2 Kakshadhara ,
2 Vidhura , 2 Krikatika , 2 (shoulder) ,
2 2 Apanga , 2 Nila ,
2 Manya , 2 Phan a (nostrils) , 2 Avart a

5. 8 2 Manibandha , 4 Kurchashira ,
(Pain-causing or 2 Gulph a (ankle )
both fiery and airy)
the digestiv e fire; generally, fire as a cosmic principl e
therapy
in the eye s
in the digestiv e tract, as oppose d to the doshas, which are
more specifi c toxin s
Ambhuvah a Udakavah a Srota s
Annavah a carryin g food, or the digestiv e system
unit
Apana form of Vat a
tissu e
Asthivah a carryin g bone or skeleta l syste m
Self
of Kapha in the ches t
therapy ; bathing an area with herbs or oils; also refers to the
bladde r

Bhrajak a in the ski n


Bodhak a of Kapha on the tongue
or tissue-buildin g therapy
center of the subtle bod y
ancient Ayurvedi c teache r

generall y nerv e
Dhanur martial art s
or drippin g of oils onto a particula r usually the fore •
hea d
230 Supplemental Material and Appendices

humo r
(clarifie d butter )
qualitie s of nature as sattva, rajas and
Ida nostril channe l
fire
water-humor
Kledak a of Kapha in the stomac h
use of caustic herbal alkalis
power; energy source for the subtle bod y
therap y
paste
tissue
Majjavah a carryin g nerve impulse s or nervou s syste m

tissu e
Mamsavah a carryin g the muscle s or muscula r syste m

Mani therap y
Manovah a carryin g though t or the mind
sounds for healing the min d and promotin g meditatio n
Mantra therap y
or pressure-base d massag e
point or sensitiv e regio n
Marma of marma
Marma therap y
tissue
Medovah a carryin g fat or the adipose syste m
Mutravah a syste m
pranic channel s of which 14 are most importan t
application of herbs, oils or liquid s
form of Kapha as power of immunit y and enduranc e
Pachak a of Pitta in the digestiv e syste m
Sanskrit Ayurvedic Terms

Pancha five methods of Ayurvedi c purification , or Shodhan a


therapy, as or vomiting , or purgatives , basti or enemas,
nasya or nasal and or blood-lettin g
Pingala nostril channel
fire-humor
matter or manifestatio n principle , constitutio n

Prana therap y
Pranavah a carrying Prana, or the respirator y system
the Prana, breat h control exercise s
methods of sensory control and interiorizatio n of the
mind
principle , higher Sel f
Purishavah a system
of Aggressio n

Raktavah a carrying blood or circulator y system


of Pitta in the live r and bloo d
and lymphatic s
Rasavah a carrying the plasma or lymphati c system
therapy
Sadhaka of Pitta in the brai n
Samana air
of balancing , harmonizin g or healing
or calming therapy, particularl y for improvin g diges •
tion and removin g toxins from the digestiv e tract
or detoxificatio n therapy , particularl y of the dosha s
tissue s
syste m
Siddha Indian yogic and healing tradition connecte d to
Ayurved a
generall y blood-vesse l
Sira Vedh a or Sir a literall y
Sleshak a of Kapha in the joint s
232 Supplemental Material and Appendices

oil therapy, includin g oil massage


system of the bod y
of srota s

ancient Ayurvedi c teacher

sweating therap y
Swedavah a system, sebaceou s gland s
medicate d oil, generall y sesame oil based, with various
herbs cooked in the oil
of inerti a
tradition of energy practice s using body and mind
of Kapha in the brai n and nervous system
form of Pitta as positive force of fire and vitalit y Udakavaha
system, water intake portion of di•
gestive syste m
Udana air
ancient Ayurvedi c teacher
vitality and sexual energ y
as marma but as a place that requires protectio n
air-humor
of Prana or Vata; particularl y the five Vayus of Prana, Apana ,
Udana, Samana and Vyan a
Vedic and sacred sciences through the Vedic and Yoga
traditions
or purgatio n therapy
Virechana nasa l applicatio n
Vyana air
science of physica l and mental disciplin e aiming at Self-real •
izatio n
Yoga therap y
A . Specia l Ayurvedi c Herb s an d Botanica l Name s
(Note that we have not listed the botanical s for the common wester n
herbs listed in the text, for this consult any good western herbal text, also
note The Yoga of Herbs by Frawley and Lad)

agalocha
integrefolia
officinalis
Guduch i
aspera
arjuna
gigantean
indic a
somnifer a
rhombifoli a
cordifolia

anacardiu m
alba
chirata
belerica
marmelos,
asiatica, gotu kola
indicum
virginiana, juniper
album, sandalwoo d
zeylonica
pallens
234 Supplemental Material and Appendices

deodar, Himalaya n ceda r


dactylo n

cardamomum , cardamo m
luzonicum
castor bea n
Galbanu m (ferula species) .

ordorantissiu m
bractatum

cordifoli a

chebul a
inermis, aromati c oil of henna
Himalayan deoda r Jatamamsi
jatamams i

reticulat a
paniculata
kadamba
cubeba, cubeb s

pruriens
herbaceum, cotto n

glabr a
nagi,
Ushir a
kurro a
saffro n
lapp a
hispid a
Herbs and Oils 235

clove s
racemosu s

cordifolia , madder
roxburghii
paniculata
malabaricus
adescendens
rotundus, nutgrass
ferrea
indic a
nimba
negundo
cerasoides
nucifera , lotu s

cucumeri a

foetida
diffusa
lanceolata
prionitis
cinerea
buchanani
robusta
serrata
malabarica
verrucosa
racemosus
pterigosperm a
236 Supplemental Material and Appendices

(a mineral )
ginge r

haritaki, bibhitaka and amalak i


sanctum
religeosa

zizanoide s or muricatus , khus


calamus, calamu s
arundinacea e
vasik a
fero x
zizanoides , note Ushira
ribes
digitat a

B . Ay u r v e d i c M e d i c a t e d Oil s (Tailas )
an d Herba l Formula s
Agaru licorice and sesame oil (B R )
2. or Amalaki haritaki, bibhitaka , bilva, sariva,
and sesame oil (B R )
3. cordifolia , triphala and sesame oil (BR )

4. other herbs and sesame oil


5. of the bark of arjuna and sesame oil (BR )
6. ela, jivanti, bilva, roots, deodara, sesame
oil (SY)
7. bilva, bala, camphor , milk, coco •
nut oil (SY)
8. and sesame oil

9. Bala guduchi, rasna, ela, agaru, manjishtha , atibala, lico•


rice, tulsi, cloves, kankola, nagakeshar a and sesame oil (AH )
10 . Bilvad i and sesam e oil
and coconut oil (BR )
Herbs and Oils 23 7

12. Brihat Marma compose d of extracts of vidari, jivanti,


shatavari, amalaki , sariva, and triturate d with a de•
coction of gokshur a and ushira . Then powders of licorice, red and white
sandalwood are added to make the tablets . Dosag e is 50 milligram s thre e
time s a day for days
13. Brihat Saindhavad i salt (saindhava) , arka, black pepper,
chitraka, turmeric and sesame oil (B R )
14. Bhringara j alba, manjishtha , lodhra, barberry, lico •
rice, sandalwood , and sesame oil (BR )
15. Bhringamalakad i of bhringara j and amalaki , licorice, milk
and sesam e oil (SY )
16. Chandanad i licorice, khus, jatamamsi , agaru,
bala, kutki, sesam e oil (YR )
17. and white sandalwood , bala root,
laksha, madhuka , devadaru , manjishtha , agaru, ashwagandha , rasna and
sesame oil (YR )
18. Dashamul a (ten special roots) and sesame oil
19. (Himalaya n cedar) and sesame oil
20. Dhanvantar a of bala root, dashamula , sariva,
valerian, calamus , manjishta , sandalwood , jaggery and honey .
21 . Dhanvantar a roots, cow's milk, kushtha , bilva, patala,
agaru, sandalwood , calamus , punarnava , licorice, sariva, haritaki , amalaki
(AH and Vaidya
22. ksheera , licoric e and
coconu t oil
23. Gandha in kakolyad i group (kakoli, kshira kakoli, black
gram, mahameda , guduchi , jivanti, kakadshingi , vamsha-rochana )
cow's milk and sesame oil (AH )
24. Himasagar a kushmanda , vidari, valerian , sandal•
wood, manjishtha , agaru, licorice, lodhra, musta, shalmal i and sesame oil
(BR)
25. Jirakadi and sesame oil
26. Jyotishmat i and apamarg a (YR )
27. Karpas-asthyad i seeds, bala, rasna, deodaru ,
punarnava, shigru , kushtha , coconut oil (SY )
28. and other herbs in sesame oil
238 Supplemental Material and Appendices

29 . Kshara alkali of apamarga , calamus , ginger, kushtha ,


deodaru and sesame oil (B R )
30 . Kshirabal a roots, cow's milk, sesame oil (AH )
31 . Kottamachukad i calamus , garlic ,
deodaru , sesam e oil
32 . Kumkumad i ushira, laksha, sandalwood , licorice,
manjishtha, sesame oil
3 3 . Laghu Marm a prepared with extracts o f shatavari ,
amalaki, guduchi , both types of sandalwoo d and licorice. To this is
added shilaji t and the mixture is triturate d with the decoctio n of bark of
various plant s and made into The dosage is 100 milligram s three
times a day for 15 days .
34 . Lakshad i turmeric , manjishth a and sesame oil (BR )
Lashunadi and sesame oil
36 . Mahamanjishtad i Agnimantha , patala ,
brihati, rasna, ashwagandha , punarnava , atibala, sandalwood ,
manjishtha, kushtha , ela, musta, camphor , sesame oil (B R )
37 . Mahamas h a dashamula , calamus , blac k pepper,
gokshura and sesame oil (B R )
38 . Mahanaraya n ashwagandha , brihati, bala,
kantakari, atibala, rasna , deodaru , agaru , haritaki , cardamom , licorice , ca•
lamus , sesam e oil
39 . Manjishtad i sariva, musta, kutki, nutmeg, triphala ,
kushtha, jatamamsi , aloe juice and sesame oil (SY )
4 0 . Marm a containin g te n roots: casto r root,
kushtha, licorice, ushira , nagakeshara , vasa, kapikacchu , guggul, rasna and
ashwagandha.
Masha and sesame oil
42 . Nalapamarad i of fresh curcuma , parpata, udumbara,
plaksha, triphala , agaru , kushtha , and sesam e oil
4 3 . Narayan dashamula , punarnava , ashwagandha ,
kantakari, jatamamsi , calamus , kushtha , milk and sesame oil (BR )
of leaves of and sesame oil
Nimbapatrad i of leaves of nimba, shatavari ,
manjishtha, licorice , ushira , musta, sariva, milk and sesame oil
(SY )
Herbs and Oils 239

46. Taila (Shefal i of nirgund i and sesame oil


47. Panchaml a oil and five sour plant s
48. Padmakad i stem, sesame oil .
49 . Pind a wax , manjishtha , sarjarasa , sariva ,
dhanyamla , sesam e oil
50 . gokshura , sandalwood , shilajat ,
and sesam e oil
51. Shankhapushp i bilva, agaru and sesame oil
52. Shatadhaut a prepare d ghee in a copper vessel and
washed with wate r
53. Shatavar i and sesame oil
Triphal a and ghe e
55. Triphalad i guduchi , castor, kushtha , ushira ,
milk , sesame oil
56. Ushirad i other herbs and sesame oil
57. Vacha haritaki , laksha, kutki and sesame oil
58. garlic and sesame oil
59. Vishagarbh a alba, kushtha , vatsanabha , calamus ,
chitraka and sesame oil (YR )

Abbreviation s Used

ratnavali .
Sangraha

Datt a
Prof. K.R. Srikantha translation.
Varanasi, India: Academ y 2000 .
Samhita. R.K. and Bhagwan Dash translation.
Varanasi, India: Chowkhamba Sanskrit Series Office, 197 6 .
Douillard, Dr. John. Body, Mind and Sport. New York, New York: Crown
Trade Paperbacks 199 4 .
Frawley, David. The Astrology of the Seers. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press ,
2 0 00 .
Frawley, David and Subhash Ranade. Ayurveda: Nature's Medicine. Twin
Lakes, Lotus Press, 200 1 .
Frawley, David. Ayurvedic Healing. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press, 2000 .
Frawley, David. Yoga and Ayurveda. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press, 199 9 .
Frawley, David and Sandra Yoga for Your Type: An Ayurvedic Ap•
proach to Your Asana Practice. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press,
Frawley, David and Vasant Lad. The Yoga of Herbs. Twin Lakes, Lotus
Press, 198 6 .
Joshi, Dr. Ayurveda and Twin Lakes, Lotus Press ,
1997 .
Lad, Dr. Vasant. The Complete Book of Ayurvedic Home Remedies. New York,
New York: Harmony Books, 199 8 .
Dr. Avinash, Ranade and Qutab. and Ayurvedic Mas•
sage. Pune, India: International Academy of Ayurveda, 199 8 .
Miller, Light and Brian. Ayurveda and Aromatherapy. Twin Lakes, Lo•
tus Press, 199 5 .
The Guide to Polarity Therapy. Twin Lakes,
Lotus Press, 20 0 1 .
Dr. Gyanendra. (three volumes). Varanasi ,
India: Krishnadas Academy, 199 8 .
242 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Ranade, Dr. Subhash, Qut a b and Deshpande. Health and Disease in


Ayurveda and Yoga. Pune, India: Prakashan, 199 8 .
Ranade, Dr. Subhash, Qutab and Deshpande. History and Philosophy of
Ayurveda. Pune, India: International Academy of Ayurveda, 199 8 .
Ros, Dr. Frank. Ayurvedic Acupuncture. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press,
19 93 .
Selvara, John. Varma 100 (Tamil Publication). Madras, India:
I.I.T.S. Publication, 198 4 .
Simon, Dr. David. Vital Energy. New York, New York: John Wiley and
Sons, 2 0 00 .
Smith, Prana: The Secret of Yogic Healing. York Beach, Maine:
Samue l Weiser, 199 6 .
Smith, Atreya. Secrets of Ayurvedic Massage. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press,
1 9 99 .
Susruta. Susruta Samhita. translation. Varanasi, India:
Chaukhambha Visvabharati, 199 9 .
Dr. D .G . Acupuncture, Marma and Other Asian Therapeutic Tech•
niques. Delhi, India: Chaukhamba Orientalia, 197 6 .
Michael. Planetary Herbology. Twin Lakes, Lotus Press, 1988.
Sada Shiva. The Ayurveda Encyclopedia. New York:
Ayurvedic Holistic Center, 199 8 .
Van Howten, Donald. Ayurveda and Life-Impressions Bodywork. Twin Lakes ,
Lotus Press, 199 7 .

S a n s k ri t O n l y
Ashtanga Hridaya of Vagbhatta.
Ashtanga Sangraha of Vagbhatta.
Gananat h Sen . Pratyakshasariram (three volumes) . Varanasi, India:
Academy, 199 8 .
Vasishta Samhita. Lonavala, India; Kaivalya Madhva Yoga
Mandira 198 4 .
A
Abhyanga 64 , 66-6 8
Acupressur e (not e also unde r Tabl e o f
Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96 -2 07 )
64 , 72-73 , 8 7
Acupunctur e 65 , 97 , 105, 109, 129 , 139 ,
141 , 149 , 156 , 163 , 169 , 171 , 185, 188 ,
190, 194, 196, 2 12 -2 13 , 215-22 1
Acupunctur e point s 3-4 ,
Adipose system (Medavah a Srotas ) 24 , 92 ,
129, 146-147 , 160
7
Agni 17-18, 25-26 , 44 , 102-103 , 107,
127,
131 , 148-149 , 151 , 2 00 , 2 01 , 20 5
Agni-karm a 65 , 109, 127, 133, 21 3
Air elemen t 12, 13, 42 , 56 , 151-1 5 2
Akashi c balancin g
Ajna chakra 42 , 45-47 , 51 , 192, 2 01-20
2 nadi 42 , 44 , 144
Alkalis 21 4
Almond oil 67, 70 , 72 , 73 , 86 , 173
Alochaka Pitta 16, 17, 4 6 , 90 , 10 0-103 ,
125, 187-188 , 197
75 , 80 , 101 , 103,
Alternat e nostri l breathin g 56-5 7
25

Taila 103, 115, 135 ,


139
Ambhuvah a Srota s (water-metabolis m sys•
tem) , see Udakavah a Srotas 23
Taila 97
chakra (heart chakra) 42 , 44 , 51 ,
150-152 , 173
Ancient India 8
Angul i
Srotas (digestiv e system) 23 , 92 ,
102-103 , 107, 148-14 9
Taila
Apana Vayu 5, 15, 18, 44 , 73 , 74 , 89 , 123 ,
139, 141 , 144-147 , 165, 19 3
Apricot oil 67
Arnica 78 , 80 , 15 8
Aroma therapy (note also unde r Tabl e of
Marmas and Their Treatmen t 9 6-2 07 )
64 , 68 -73 , 86-87 , 2 1 3
Aromatic oils 69-7 1
Srotas system) 24 -
25 , 92 , 141 , 144-14 5
Asafoetid a (hing) 76 , 79 , 131 , 147 , 149 ,
20 7
Asanas 5, 48-4 9
Asanabilvad i Taila 145
Taila 15 8
Ashwagandh a 38 , 68 , 81 , 109, 15 2
Ashwagandh a Taila 105 , 129 , 133 , 156 ,
158, 163, 165, 169, 183, 194, 196 , 198 ,
202 , 2 04 , 2 0 6
Asth i dhat u (bon e tissue )
Asthi marmas (bone-base d marmas ) 35
Asthivaha Srotas (skeleta l system) 24 , 92 ,
104-105 , 129, 163, 166-16 7
Astrology , Vedic 7, 59
46 ,
Kapha 17, 18, 44 , 96 , 98 , 121 ,
151-152 , 154
Ayurveda 4-5 , 7, 8, 11
Ayurvedi c constitutio n 18-2 1
Ayurvedi c therapie s 63-6 4

B
Bala 68 ,
Bala Taila 123, 169, 17 3
Bandhas (Yoga) 49
Basil 139, 156, 202 , 2 04 , 2 0 6
Bhrajaka Pitta 16, 18, 44 , 48 , 90 , 98 , 123 ,
171 , 175, 17 9
Bhringamalakad i Taila 13 3
244 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Bhringraj Taila 179 , 20 4 Circulator y system (Raktavah a Srotas ) 24 ,


25 42 , 44 , 92 , 108 , 115 , 139, 150-152 ,
165 ,
Bilvadi Taila 11 5
Bladder 24 , 28 , 36 , 44 , 146-14 7
Bleeding 7 8
Blood 21 , 22 , 24 , 35 , 108 , 115 , 165 , 18 1
Blood-lettin g 64 , 109, 211-21 2
Blue Sapphir e 61
Bodhaka Kapha 17, 45 , 9 1 , 181 , 20 0
Bodily posture 117, 127, 191 , 197
Bon e 15, 21 , 22 , 2 4
Bone-base d marmas (Asthi 35
79 , 81 , 194, 20 2
Taila 101 , 103 , 109 , 125 , 133 , 149 ,
151 , 175 , 179 , 188 , 2 0 6
Brain 17, 42 , 45 , 184, 191 , 194, 2 0 0 -20 6
Brihat Marma Gutika 8 0
Brihat Vata Chintaman i 20 7
Buddhism 8, 9

c
Calamu s 38 , 68 , 71 , 73 , 76 , 79 , 87 , 97 ,
107, 145 , 165 , 169, 179 , 183 , 194 , 198 ,
2 00 , 202 , 2 04 , 20 6
Campho r 71 , 73 , 77 , 79 , 87 , 99 , 10 1 ,
121 , 133, 139, 145, 154, 156 , 163 , 167,
171 , 173, 18 1 , 198 , 20 2 , 20 4 ,
20 6
Cardamom 107, 113, 123 , 135 ,
137,
171
Castor oil 70 , 76 ,
Cautery 6 5
Cayenne 3 9
Cedar oil 123, 137, 192
Chakras , seven
Chandanbalalakshad i Taila
Channel systems 23- 25 , and marma s 92
Charaka 5, 8, 27 , 33 , 77 , 78
Che s t 18
Chinese medicine 3-4, 9
Chyavan prash 81
Cinnamon 68 , 70 , 71 , 73 , 79 , 86 , 97 ,
133 , 152, 181
181 , 18 3
Cloves 71 , 73 , 76 , 149, 20 0
Coconu t oil 39 , 67 , 71 , 86 , 8 7
Col d applicatio n
78
Color therapy 57-5 8
Comfrey 76 , 78 , 80 , 127
Consciousnes s 4 2
Coral 6 0
Coriander 71 , 109 , 13 3
77
Crown chakra (Sahasrara ) 42 , 203-2 0 7
Crystals 58-5 9
Cumin 137

D
Dalhana 2 4
Taila 127, 145 , 147, 149,17 3
Taila 192
Dhanur Veda 7
Dhanvantar a Kashaya 80
Dhanvantar a Taila 163 , 190, 202 , 2 04 , 20 6
Dharana 5 0
25
Diamon d
Diabetes 2 3
Digestive system (Annavaha Srotas ) 17-
18, 23 , 42 , 44 , 92 , 1 0 2 - 1 03 , 107,
127,
1 3 1 , 1 4 8 - 14 9
Diseases, Kapha 17, 2 1 , 38- 39 , Pitta
15, 2 1 , 22 , 3 8- 39 , Vata 14, 2 0 -22 , 38-39
Doshas, three 12-13 , 28 , 3 8
Drea m state
Taila 127

E
Ears 42 , 47 , 18 9- 190 , 20 0
Earth element 12, 16, 42 , 55 , 123, 145
Edemas 78 , 145
Elecampan e 152
Elements, five 12, 55-5 7
Emerald 6 0
Enemas 72 , 145 , 167
Index 245

Ether element 12, 13, 42 , 56 , 175 , 179 150-152 , 173


Eucalyptu s 39 , 68 , 71-73 , 87 , 97 , 99 , Hea t applicatio n 65 , 21 3
121 , 156 , 160 , 171 , 173 , 192 , 198 ,
Hemagarbh a Taila 20 7
20 4
Herbal pastes 64 , 75-7 6
Excretory system (Purishavah a Srotas ) 24 ,
Herba l treatmen t o f marma s (not e also
42 , 92 , 14 4-14 5 under Table of Marma s and Their Treat•
Eyes (see also Alochak a Pitta) 42 , 46 , 100 , ment 96-207 ) 63-8 1
102, 125 , 187-188 , 197-198 , 2 0 0 - 20
Herb s
2
Himasagar a Taila 171
F Hing (asafoetida ) 76 , 79
Fat tissue (see also adipose system ) 15, 21 , Hingutrigunad i Taila 131
24 Honey 76 , 8 0
Feces 2 2 Hri d Bast i
Fennel 107, 131
Finge r unit s
Fire element (see also Agni) 12, 15 , 42 , 56 , Id a nad i 4 2 , 4 3 , 4 6 , 1 8 4 - 1 8 6 , 2 0 1
1 48 -14 9 I m m u n e syste m (se e als o O j as ) 1 2 3
Flaxseed 154 India , ancien t 8
Injury t o 35-3 8
G
Galangal 165 J
Gandha Taila 163
Jasmine 71 , 141 , 151 , 20 6
Gandhari nadi 42 , 46 , 187-188 , 20 1
77 , 79 , 8 1 , 145 , 158 , 19 6
Veda 7
Jatharagn i 2 5
Ganesha 145
Jirakadi Taila 137
Garlic 165, 16 9
Joint-based marmas (Sandhi Marmas ) 35
Ge m therapy 57- 6 1 Jyotishmati Taila 183
Ghee 67, 76 , 80 , 97 , 99 , 101 , 105,
j 149, 183, 188, 198 K
Ginger 38 , 39 , 70 , 72 , 76 , 78 , 79 , 86 ,
Kakolyadi Taila 163
97 ,
103, 109, 127, 131 , 179, 185, 194 , Pranahara Marmas (Long-ter m
2 04 , 2 0 6 - 20 7 Death-Causing) 36 , 37, 22 7
Ginseng 76 , 81 Kalari 3, 9, 2 2 0
Golden Seal 80 , 15 8 Kapha dosha 12-13, 16-17, 22 , 38 -39 , 45 ,
7 0 - 71 , 7 3 , 86 , 9 1 , 1 4 6 - 1 47 , 1 5 0 - 1 52
j 68 , 79 , 81 , 194 , 20 2 ,
Guduchi 127 1 5 6 , 1 60 , 1 6 6 - 1 67 , 1 81 , 1 8 4 - 1 86 , 2 04
j Guggul 77, 78 , 80 , 109 , 158, 16 0 ,
I Gunas, three 12, 34 20 6

vessels Sira)
1 H
35

\ Haritaki 145 Hastijihva nadi 48 , 98 , 123


Heart (see also circulator y system ) 23 ,
28 , Kapha, five types 17, 91
36 , 44 , 99 , 121 , 123 , 150-152 , 171 , Kaph a typ e person s
17 3
Taila 15 4
Heart chakra (see 42 , 44 , 5 1
, Taila 13 9
Kavacha 53
24 6 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Khus 71 , 72 , 173, 20 6 92 , 117, 127, 154-15 6


Kidneys (see also Mutravah a Srota s and Manjishtad i Taila 10 9
Udakavah a Srotas ) 121 , 137 , 166 - Manipura chakra 42 , 44 , 51 , 148-14 9 , 171
16 7
Manovah a Srotas (mental system) 24
Kledaka Kapha 17, 44 , 9 1 , 102 , 148-149 ,
Mantr a 5 3 -5 6 , 74 , 145 , 147 , 149 , 152 ,
16 0
165, 175, 179, 200 , 202 , 204 , 20 6
Kottamchukad i Tail a 16 5
Mantras, AI M 54 , 175 , 179 , G A M 145,
65 ,
H A M 56 , 175 , 179 , 55 , 152,
Kshar a Taila H U M 54 , 55 , 55 ,
Kshirabal a Taila 16 0 149, LA M 55 , 145, RA M 56 , 149,
Kuhu nadi 42 , 44 , 146
Tail a 55 , 200 , VAM 56 , 147, YA M 56 , 152
Tail a Mantras, Bija 54-55 , and five element s 55-
56 , and yantras 62
L Mantra 54
Mardana (Ayurvedi c acupressure ) 72-7 3
Lactation system (Stanyavah a Srotas ) 24 -
Marmas 3-10 , 13, 16, 223 -
25 , 92 , 154
2 27 , and chakras 42 -43 , compositio n
Laghu Marma Gutika 8 0
3 4 - 3 5 , definition s 3 3 - 3 4 , and three
Large intestine 14, 20 , 143-147 , 19 3 , 19 5 doshas 38-39 , 88 , externa l and interna l
167 29 , lethal and therapeuti c 28-2 9 , and
Lepa (herbal pastes) 64 , 75-76 , 14 9 nadis 43 , and subdosha s 88-89 , table of
Licorice 77, 81 , 99 , 163, 179, 183 , 18 8 31-32 , and Yoga 48 -5 0

Liver (see also Ranjaka Pitta ) 1 0 8 -1 09 , Marma formula s 83


13 3 Marma kashaya 8 0
Ligament s 15 Marm a therapy 14, 16-17 , 20-22 , 63-65 ,
Ligament-base d marmas (Snay u Marmas ) 75 , 85-86 , 93 , 21 1
35 Marma massage 66-6 7
Lotus 86 , 20 6 Marma meditatio n 51-5 3
Lungs (see also respirator y system ) 2 3 , Marm a regions 9 5 , 119 , 143 , 16 1 , 177,
121 , 154-156 , 171 , 173, 185 eighteen 50-5 3
Lymphati c system 24 , 92 , 113, 115 , 121 , Marmapunctur e
137, 139, 166-167 , 171
Marshmallo w 14 7
M Martial arts 3, 8-9
Mash a Tail a
Mahabharat a 9
Massag e (not e als o unde r Tab l e o f
Taila 107,
Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96-207 )
Mahanaraya n Taila 121 , 173, 20 6 6 4 -6 7
Mahayogara j Guggul 77 Massag e oils (not e also unde r Table of
Majj a dhat u (nerv e tissue ) Marmas and Their Treatmen t 96-207 )
Majjavah a Srotas (nervou s system ) 24 , 92 , 6 7 -6 8
Mauna 5 0
155-158 , 183 , 2 0 3- 20 4
(waste-materials ) 2 2 Me d a dhat u (fat tissue )

dhat u (muscle ) Medavaha Srotas (adipose system) 24 , 92,

Mamsavah a Srotas (muscula r system ) 24 , 146-147 , 160, 166-16 7


Meditation 46 , 51-53 , 123, 141 , 147,
149, 152, 165, 175, 179, 188 , 192 , 200 ,
Index 24 7

2 02 , 2 04 , 2 0 6
Menstrua l system Srotas) 24 -
25 , 92 , 141 , 14 4-145 , 16 5
Mental system (Manovah a Srotas ) 92
Mind 24 , 25 , 34 , 42 , 103 , 125 , 15 1 , 191 -
192 , 194, 2 0 0 - 20 4
Mint 71 , 77 , 87 , 156, 173 , 175 , 18 1 , 190 ,
198 , 20 4
Moo n 20 0
Mulabandh a 141 , 14 5
Muladhar a chakra 42 , 44 , 144-14 5
Muscle 14, 21 , 24 , 3 4
Muscle-base d marma s marmas )
34
Muscula r system Srotas) 24 ,
92 , 15 4-15 6
Mustard oil 67 , 71 , 86 , 87 , 107 , 129 , 14 5
Mutravah a Srotas (urinary system ) 24 , 92 ,
144-147 , 166-16 7
Myrrh 77 , 80 , 105 , 109 , 129 , 137 , 160 ,
163 , 167, 192, 20 2

N
Nada 47 , 19 0
Nadis, fourtee n 41-4 8
Nalapamaradi Taila 133
Narayan Taila 99 , 147
Nasya (nasal therapy ) 185- 18 6
49
Navel 36 , 44 , 148-14 9
Navel center or chakra (Manipura) 42 , 44 ,
46 , 51 , 1 4 8 - 1 49 , 171
Ne c k 17
Nerve tissue 14, 2 1 , 24
Nervous system (Majjavaha Srotas ) 17,
24 , 42 , 45 , 92 , 1 5 5 - 1 58 , 1 83 , 2 0 3 -
20 4
Neti pot
Taila Nimbapatradi
Tail a 167
Nose 42 , 184- 186 , 195- 196 , 2 0 0
Nutmeg 141 , 147, 169, 2 0 0

o
Ojas 17, 34 , 45 , 68 , 81 , 123 , 129 , 14 1 , 151 ,
165 , 169, 2 0 0
Oil massage 66-68 , 8 6
Olive oil 67

O M 6 , 5 4-56 , 202 , 2 04 , 2 0 6

P
Pachaka Pitta 16 , 17, 44 , 90 , 102 , 107 ,
131 , 148 -14 9
Padmakad i Taila 10 9
Pain 34 , 7 7
Pancha karma 71
Panchaml a Taila 135
Pancreas (see also Udakavah a Srotas ) 109
7
Payasvin i nadi 42 , 47 , 189-19 0 , 20 1
Pearl 6 0
Pichu dharana 20 6
Pingala nadi 42 , 43 , 45-46 , 184-18 6 , 20 1
Pitta dosha 12-13 , 15-16 , 22 , 38-3 9 , 45 ,
7 0 - 71 , 73 , 86 , 90 , 148 -149 , 171 , 202
,
2 04 , 20 6
Pitta-carryin g vessels (Pittavah a Sira ) 35
Pittas, five 90
Pitta type persons 18-21 , 71
Plantain 76 , 78 , 149, 152, 154
Plasma 2 1 , 22 , 24 , 9 6
Polarity therapy 74
Poultices 7 5
Prakrit i
Prana 6, 8, 14, 15, 22 , 26 , 28 , 29- 30 , 34
,
41 , 45 , 6 5 - 66 , 68 , 73 , 74 , 97 , 10 0,
1 01 ,
1 21 , 152, 184, 186, 197, 2 0 0 - 20 4
Prana Vayu 14, 17, 45 , 89 , 96 , 100 , 125 ,
152, 154, 155, 173, 1 8 4 - 1 86 , 1 8 9 - 1 90 ,
198, 2 0 5 - 20 6
Pranas, five 14, 73-7 4
Pranagni 25
Pranavaha Srotas (respiratory system ) 23 ,
92 , 93 , 96 , 98 , 99 , 1 21 , 123, 173
Pranic healing 64 , 74 , 87
Pranayama 49-50 , 56-57 , 18 6
50-53 , 74 , 152 , 190, 192
147
Purgation 14 9
248 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Purishavah a Srotas system) 24 , Samana Vayu 15, 44 , 73 , 74 , 89 , 102 ,


92 , 144-145 , 16 9 107, 131 , 148-14 9
Purush a 6, 11-1 2 Samkhy a
Pus formatio n 79-8 0 Sandalwood 68 , 70 , 72 , 73 , 76 , 78 ,
Pusha nadi 42 , 46 , 187-188 , 20 1 86 ,

R
dhatu (blood) 21
Raktavaha Srotas (circulator y system ) 24 ,
92 , 108 , 115 , 139, 165 , 1 8 1 , 1 8 3
Ranjak a Pitt a 16, 18, 44 , 90 , 108 ,
149, 16 5
Rasa dhatu (plasma )
Rasa Taila 171
Rasavaha Srotas (lymphati c system ) 24 ,
92 , 96 , 137, 139 , 166-167 ,
171
Rasayana 6 3
Reduction therapies 63 , 7 2
Reproductiv e tissu e
Reproductiv e system (Shukravah a Srotas )
24 , 92 , 141 , 146-147 , 169
Respiratory system (Pranavah a Srotas ) 23 ,
42 , 44 , 92 , 93 , 96 , 98 , 99 , 121 , 1 23 ,
154 ,
17 3
Rig Veda 6, 9
Root chakra 42 , 44 , 45 ,

14 5
Rose 39 , 70 , 71 , 86 , 87 , 15 1 , 2 0 6
Ruby 6 0
Rujakara marmas 36- 3 8 ,
22 7

s
Sadhaka Pitta 16, 17, 45 , 90 , 93 , 15 1 , 20 1
-
20 6
Sadya Pranaha r a Mar m a s (Immedia t e
Death-Causing) 36 , 22 7
Safflower oil 67
Saffron 115 , 127, 129 , 141 , 151 , 169 ,
18 3
Sahachara Taila 105
Sahasrara chakra 42 , 5 1 , 203- 2 0 7
87 , 97 , 101 , 125 , 149 , 151 , 16 3 , 173 ,
179, 188 , 196, 20 2
Sandhi marmas (joint-base d marmas ) 35
Sarasvati 179
Sarasvati nadi 42 , 45 , 17 9
Senses 17, 25 , 175 , 185 , 200-20 2
Sesame oil 67 , 70 , 75 , 76 , 86 , 87 , 105 , 107,
145 , 165 , 186, 190 , 202 , 2 04 , 20 6
Se x center or chakra 42 ,
44 , 51 , 146-147 , 165 , 169
Shaligrama s
Shankhapushp i Taila 18 3
Shankhini nadi 42 , 47 , 189-190 , 20 1
Shatadhaut a Ghrita 99 , 101
Shatavari 68 , 81 , 147, 167
Shatavari Taila 16 5
Shefali Taila 173
Shirodhara 72, 20 2
Shiva 7
Shivalinga s 61
Shock 78-7 9
Shodhana 71
dhatu (reproductiv e tissue) 2 1 , 92
Shukravah a Srotas (reproductiv e system )
24 , 25 , 92 , 129, 1 46 - 1 47 , 169
Siddha medicine 7
Sinuses 185, 188, 192, 194, 198, 20 0 , 204 ,
20 6
Sira marmas (vessel-based marmas ) 35
Sitopaladi 15 6
Skeletal system (Asthivaha Srotas) 24 , 92,
1 0 4 - 1 05 , 129 , 163, 1 6 6 - 16 7
Skin (see also plasma) 18, 2 1 , 42 , 194
Sleep 194
Sleshaka Kapha 17, 18, 48 , 9 1 , 93 , 104-
105 , 129, 133, 163, 173
Small intestine 16, 2 1 , 107, 143, 148-14 9
Smell, sense of 45- 4 6
Snayu marmas (ligament-base d marmas)
35
Snehana 71
Som a 20 0
Soul 4 6
Speech 179, 183
Index 249

Spleen 108-109 , 13 3
Stif f shoulder s 127, 137, 149, 152, 154 , 156, 158 , 163 ,
Stomach 17, 2 1 , 143 , 159-16 0
Smal l intestin e 15 ,
Stanyavaha Srotas (lactatio n system ) 24 -
25 , 92 , 154 , 15 5
Subdoshas 14-1 7
Subtle body 6
Sun 2 0 0
Sunflower oil 67 , 86
Sushruta 5 , 8 , 27 , 34 , 78 , 2 1 5
Sushumn a nadi 42 , 43 , 4 5
Svadhishthan a chakra 42 , 44 , 5 1 , 146-147 ,
165 , 16 9
Sweat 22 , 2 4
Sweating system (Swedavah a 24 ,
92 , 163 , 171
Swedana 71
Swedavaha Srotas 24 , 92 , 163 , 171
Swelling 78

T
Tailas 67-6 8
Tantra 7
Tarpaka Kapha 17, 45 , 91 , 151 , 20 0 ,
2 0 5 - 20 6
Taste, sense of (see also Bodhak a Kapha )
42, 179, 181 , 2 0 0
Tejas 15, 34 , 45 , 68 , 171
Third eye (Ajna chakr a ) 4 2 , 45- 4 7 , 5 1
,
192, 2 0 1 - 20 2
Throat chakra (Vishuddha) 42 , 45 , 47, 5 1
,
175,
Tiger balm 77
Tissues, seven
Tonification therapies 63 , 72
Touch, sense of 42 , 193 , 2 0 0
Trataka 20 2
Triphala 145, 171
Triphala Gh e e 125, 18 8
Taila 12 9
(see also basil) 77, 79 , 202 , 2 04 , 20 6
Turmeric 76-80 , 99 , 101 , 103 , 109 ,
169, 186, 188, 200 , 20 2
Waste-material s 22

u Wate r elemen t 12, 15, 16, 42 , 56 , 137 ,


1 4 6 - 14 7
Udakavaha Srotas (water-metabolis m sys•
tem ) 23 , 92 , 1 08 -109 , 133 ,
135 ,
13 7
Udan a Vayu 14, 17, 45 , 73 , 74 , 89 , 175 ,
179, 181 , 183 , 191
Upavedas 7
Urine 2 2
Urinary system (Mutravah a Srotas ) 24 , 42 ,
92 , 137, 144-147 , 166-16 7
Ushiradi Taila 127
Uva ursi 14 7

V
Tail a
Vagbhatta 5 , 34 , 3 6
Vaikalyakar a marma s (Disability-Causing )
36 , 37 , 22 7
Valerian 77 , 145 , 158 , 19 6
Varma 9
Varuna nadi 42 , 44 ,
Vasishta Samhit a
50-5 2
vessels (Vatavah a Sira) 35
Vata dosha 12-15 , 22 , 28 , 3 8 , 6 1 , 69-
70 ,
73 , 86 , 89 , 93 , 100, 1 0 2 - 1 03 , 123,
1 44 -
147, 190, 1 9 3 - 1 95 , 1 9 7 - 1 98 , 2 02
,
20 4 , 2 0 6
Vata type persons 70
Vayus, five 14, 89
Vedic science 6-7
Vessel-based mannas (Sira marmas) 35
Vishalyaghna Marm a s (Fat a l I f Pierced )
36 , 37, 22 7
Vishuddha chakra 42 , 45 , 5 1 , 175,
179 nadi 42 , 44 , 148
Vyana Vayu 14, 18, 44 , 47 , 48 , 73 , 74 , 89
,
9 8 , 9 9 , 104 , 11 3 , 115 , 121 , 154 ,
155,
158, 173

w
250 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Wate r metaboli s m syste m (Udakava h a Yarro w 78 , 11 3 ,


Srotas) 23 , 92 , 108-109 , 133, 135
nadi 47-48 , 98 , 123
,
13 7 Yellow sapphire 60
Weight reductio n 137, 16 0 Yoga 5-6, 8 , 11 , 47-56 , 81 , 88 , 123 , 141
,
Wintergree n 77 , 87 , 105 , 129 , 133 , 163
145 , 147, 149 , 152, 165 , 175 , 179, 186,
Wounds 79-8 0 190, 192, 2 00 , 202 , 2 04 , 2 0 6
Yoga nidra 152
Y
Yogaraj Guggul 77
Yantra s
Yunnan Yao 78

Inde x of Marmas
Adhipati 31 , 42 , 45 , 51 , 56 , 8 8 -91 , 93 , 2 03 , Kurcha 72 , 88 , 9 0
2 05-206 Kurcha (foot) 32 , 1 2 4 - 1 2 5
Amsa 31 , 42 , 88 , 93 , 1 7 4 - 1 7 5 Kurcha (hand) 32 , 1 0 0 - 1 0 1
Amsaphalak a 31 , 1 7 2 - 1 7 3
Ani (arm) 31 , 110-111

Ani (leg) 3 1
Apalap a 157- 158
Apang a 31 , 42 , 46 , 51 , 1 8 7 - 1 8 8
Apastambh a 31 , 1 5 9 - 1 6 0
Avart a 197-198
Bahvi (arm ) 32 , 88 , 1 1 2 - 1 1 3
Basti 32 , 44 , 1 4 6 - 1 4 7 , 16 9
Brihat i 32 ,
Guda 32 , 42 , 44 , 51 , 88 , 89 , 93 , 1 4 4 - 1 4
5
Gulph a 32 , 50 , 93 , 1 2 8 - 1 2 9
Hriday a 29 , 32 , 42 , 44 , 51 , 8 8 - 9 1 , 93 ,
1 5 0 - 152 , 171
Indrabast i (arm ) 32 , 93 , 1 0 6 - 1 0 7
Indrabast i (leg) 32 , 51 , 93 , 1 3 0 - 1 3 1
Janu 29 , 32 , 51 , 91 , 93 , 1 3 2 - 1 3 3
Kakshadhar a 32 ,
Katikatarun a 32 , 93 , 1 6 2 - 1 6 3
Krikatik a 32 , 1 9 1 - 1 9 2
Kshipra 48 , 9 1
Kshipra (foot) 32 , 50 , 93 ,
Kshipra (hand) 32 , 93 , 9
6-97
Kukundar a 32 , 42 , 51 , 88 , 1 6 4 - 1 6 5
Kurchashir a (foot) 32 , 1 2 6 - 1 2 7
Kurchashir a (hand) 32 , 1 0 2 - 1 0 3
Kurpar a 32 , 93 , 1 0 8 - 1 0 9
Lohitaksh a (arm ) 32 , 1 1 4 - 1 1 5
Lohitaksh a (leg) 32 , 1 3 8 - 1 3 9
Manibandh a 32 , 93 , 1 0 4 - 1 0 5
Many a 32 , 42 , 45 , 89 , 1 8 0 - 1 8 1
Nabhi 32 , 42 , 44 , 5 1 , 56 , 76 , 88-91 , 1 4 8 -
1 49

Nila 33 , 42 , 45 , 51 , 89 ,
Nitamb a 33 , 51 , 88 , 1 6 6 - 1 6 7
Parshvasandh i 33 , 1 6 8 - 1 6 9
Phana 33 , 46 , 5 1 , 56 , 76, 88 , 91 , 93 , 1 8 4
-
1 86
Shankh a 33 , 76 , 1 9 3 - 1 9 4
Shringatak a 29 , 33 , 51 , 1 9 9 - 2 0 0
Simant a 33 , 37 , 42 , 93 , 2 0 3 - 2 0 4
Sira Matrika 33 , 1 8 2 - 1 8 3
Stanamul a 33 , 37 , 1 5 3 - 1 5 4
Stanarohit a 33 , 37, 1 5 5 - 1 5 6
Sthapani 33 , 37 , 42 , 45 , 5 1 , 76 , 88 ,
89,
2 01-202
Talahridaya 48 , 91
Talahridaya (foot) 33 , 55 , 93 , 1 2 2 - 1 2 3
Talahridya (hand) 33 , 88 , 93 , 9 8 - 9 9
Urvi (leg) 33 , 51 , 56 , 88 , 1 3 6 - 1 3 7
Utkshep a 33 , 1 9 5 - 1 9 6
Vidhur a 33 , 47 , 91 , 1 8 9 - 1 9 0
Vitapa 33 , 42 , 51 , 1 4 0 - 1 4 1 , 16 9
ABOU T THE AUTHOR S
Dr . D a v i d F r a w l e y ( P a n d i t Shastri
)
Dr. Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a Shastri ) is regarde d as one of the mos t
important western exponent s of Vedic knowledg e in the world today. He
has studied the Vedas, Puranas , Tantras and Yoga Shastra s in the origina l
Sanskrit and written extensivel y on their wisdom and their practices . He is
the author of over twenty five books and numerou s articles on diverse as•
pects of Vedic and Yogic knowledge , as well as several training program s on
Ayurveda, Yoga and Vedic Astrology .
Dr. Frawle y is a Pandit or traditiona l teache r of Vedic knowledg e
an (traditiona l teache r of Ayurveda) ,
Jyotish Brihaspat i (professo r of Vedic Astrology ) and
Medica l In India, where he has lectured and taught throughou t
the country , his Vedic work, includin g his translation s from the Vedas, is
highly regarded .
Dr. Frawle y is the directo r of the America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s
and is also on th e advisor y boards for the Nationa l Associatio n of
Ayurvedic Medicin e and the magazin e Yoga International. He works closel y
with the Californi a College of Ayurveda, the Europea n Institut e of Vedi c
Studies and the America n College of Vedic Astrology .
Dr. Frawle y is one the main western pioneer s of Ayurvedi c medicine ,
particularly relative to its interfac e with the greater system of Yoga. He
presents detailed informatio n for those who want to go deeply into thes e
profound traditions . The aim of his work is to train serious student s and
practitioners, who can authenticall y represen t the real teachings . He has a
special connectio n with the teaching s of Bhagava n Maharshi ,
which he has been involve d with over the last thirty years .

America n Institut e o f Vedi c Studie s


The America n Institut e of Vedic Studies is an educationa l center, directe d
by Dr. David Frawley, devoted to the greater system s of Vedic and Yogi c
knowledge. It teaches related aspects of Vedic Science includin g Ayurveda ,
252 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Vedic Astrology , Yoga and Vedant a with a special referenc e to thei r


background in the Vedas. It offers publications , courses and classes , in•
cluding special tutorial program s for advance d students . The Institut e is
engaged in several researc h project s including :
• Ayurvedi c Psycholog y and Yoga: The mental and spiritua l aspects of
Ayurveda and the Ayurvedi c usage of Pranayama , Mantra and Medita •
tion.
• Vedic Yoga: Restorin g the ancient Vedic Yoga that perhaps is the founda•
tion for the Yoga tradition , particularl y the Vedic Agni or Fire Yoga .
• Translation s and interpretation s of the Vedas, particularl y the Rig Veda .
• Vedic History : The history of India and of the world from a Vedic per •
spective , reflectin g the latest archaeologica l work in India .
• The Soul and the Sacred Fire: Showin g the ancient fire and enlighten •
ment religion of all humanity .
The Institute , located in Santa Fe , New Mexico , has helped found various
organizations includin g the Europea n Institut e of Vedic Studies , Califor •
nia College of Ayurveda , the America n Counci l of Vedic Astrology , the
World Associatio n o f Vedi c Studies , th e Vedi c Friend s Association , and
the British Associatio n of Vedic Astrology .

America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s


P O Bo x 83 5 7
Santa Fe , N M 87504- 835 7
Dr. David Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a Directo r
Ph: 505-983-9385 , Fax: 505-982-580 7
Website : www.vedanet.com , Email: [email protected] m

America n Institut e o f Vedi c Studie s


Ayurvedi c Healin g Correspondenc e Cours e
This comprehensiv e distanc e learnin g program covers all the main aspect s
of Ayurvedi c theory, diagnosi s and practice , with detailed informatio n on
herbal medicin e and dietary therapy . It also goes in depth into Yoga phi •
losophy and Ayurvedi c psychology , outlinin g an integra l mind-bod y medi •
cine and its practica l application . It contain s the main materia l covered in
two-year Ayurvedi c program s for foreign student s in India and
The course is designe d for Health Care Professional s as well as for seriou s
students to provide the foundatio n for becomin g an Ayurvedi c practitio •
ner. It has been taken by doctors , nurses, acupuncturists ,
herbalists, massag e therapists , yoga therapist s and psychologists . How•
ever, there is no require d medica l backgroun d for those wishing to take the
Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 253

course and many non-professional s have complete d it successfully . Topic s


include:
• Ayurvedi c Anatom y and Physiolog y Dhatus, Malas,
Determinatio n of Constitution , Diagnosi s of Disease , the Disease Pro•
cess, and Yog a
• Die t and Nutrition , Ayurvedi c Herbology , Pancha Karma, Arom a
Therapy, Pranic Healing , Ayurvedi c Psychology , Yoga and Ayurveda ,
Mantra and Meditation , and more .
The course is authored by Dr. David Frawley (Pandit Vamadev a
uses his books on Ayurved a and represent s his approac h to Ayurveda ,
adapting Ayurved a to the modern world without losing its spiritual integrity .

America n Institut e of Studie s


Astrolog y o f th e Seer s Correspondenc e Cours e
This comprehensiv e distance learning program explains Vedic Astrolog y in
clear and modern terms, providin g practica l insights regardin g how to
adapt and use the system relative to our changin g circumstance s today .
For those who have difficult y approachin g the Vedic system, the cours e
provides many keys for unlockin g its languag e and its methodolog y for the
western student .
The goal of the course is to provide the foundatio n to become a profes •
sional Vedic astrologer . Its orientatio n is two-fold : 1) to teach the lan•
guage, approac h and way of thinking of Vedic Astrology , and; to teach
the Astrolog y of Healing or Ayurvedi c Astrology . Topics include :
• Planets, Signs, Houses, Aspects , Yogas, Nakshatras , Dashas, Divisiona l
Charts , Ashtakavarga ,
• Ayurvedi c (Medica l ) Astrology , Spiritua l Astrology , Karma, Gem -
therapy, Color-therapy , Mantras , Deities, and detailed Principle s of
Chart Analysis .
The course can be taken as part of a longer tutorial program of training in
Vedic Astrolog y through the America n Counci l o f Vedic Astrolog y
(ACVA), the largest Vedic Astrolog y organizatio n outside of India. Th e
course author, Dr. David Frawley, has been awarded the titles of Jyotis h
Kovid (proficienc y in Vedic astrology ) and Jyotish Brihaspat i of
Vedic Astrology ) through the Indian Council of Astrologica l Science s

Prof . S u b h a s h R a n a d e
Dr. Subhash Ranade is a leading academicia n and physicia n in the field of
Ayurved a worldwide . He has written over sixty books on differen t aspect s
25 4 Supplemental Material and Appendices

of Ayurveda, which have been published in Marathi, Hindi,


Polish , Japanese, Italian and German. He has worked as Professor and
Head of the Department of Ayurveda, Pune University and Principal of
Ashtanga Ayurveda College in Pune, India .
At present Dr. Ranade is the Chairman of the International Academy of
Ayurveda in which offers Ayurveda courses as well as Pancha Karma
and Rejuvenative treatments for foreigners and Indians in Pune and Goa.
He is also Chairman of the Ayurveda International Diffusing Association,
Japan.
Professor Ranade has given many television interviews on Ayurveda,
not only in India but in Poland, Italy and Germany as well. He has spoken at
man y international and national seminars on Ayurveda and Yoga. He has
writte n numerous articles published in various magazines, newspapers in
India and abroad and is also on the editorial board of several Ayurvedic
journals.
He has had the honor of being visiting Professor to many Ayurvedi c
Institutes in the United States, the SEVA Academy in Munich, Germany ,
Ateneo Veda Vyasa, Savona, Italy and the Foundation for Health, Warsaw ,
Poland. He is in charge of the new Ayurveda courses that have been
started at Barcelona, Spain and Graz, Austria .
His pioneering work in the field of C D - R O M ' S like Dhanvantari
Ayurvedic Massage and Marma Therapy have been whole-heartedly wel•
comed and highly appreciated. Since 1981 , he has visited and conducte d
hundreds of Ayurveda courses for medical practitioners in Europe, USA ,
Canada and Japan .

D r . A v i n as h
Dr. Avinash Lele graduated from R. A. Podar Government Ayurvedic
College in with distinction in Ayurvedic surgery and did his post•
graduate study from College. He is an expert in Ayurvedi c
surgery, Pancha Karma and Rasayana (rejuvenation therapy), which he
practices and teaches worldwide .
Dr. Lele has a broad professional experience having served as principal of
Maharashtra Mandal's College of Ayurveda, Vice-Presiden t of
Savitri Ayurve d Pratishthan, Director of the International Academy of
Ayurved, and professor of the Shalya Shalakya (surgery), Ashtang Ayurved
College. He has been a post-graduate teacher and examiner since 1983.
Dr. Lele has a vast clinical experience as Medical Director of Janaki Clinic
and Panchakar m a Healt h club, Chi e f Medica l Consultan t Atreya
Rugnalaya and Research Center, and Director of Aushadhi which
manufactures numerou s Ayurvedic herbal products .
Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 255

Dr. is the author of several books on Ayurveda in both Marath i and


English includin g and Ayurvedi c Massag e and Secrets of
Marma. He has written many articles on differen t Ayurvedi c subject s pub•
lished in variou s journal s in India and the West. He has organize d various
national scientifi c seminar s and workshop s on Ayurveda and conducte d
courses for foreig n and Indian student s with clinical training in Pancha
Karma, Ayurvedi c Massage , marm a therapy , Ayurvedi c acupressur e and
acupunctur e and
Dr. Lele has been travelin g and teachin g Ayurved a worldwid e sinc e
1994 includin g Singapore , Japan, Hawaii , Bahamas , Italy, Switzerland ,
Netherlands, Austria , German y and USA . He is a visiting professo r and
advisory boar d membe r for variou s

Internationa l Academ y o f Ayurved a


The Internationa l Academ y of Ayurveda in Pune, India - whose chairma n
is Dr. Subhas h Ranade and directo r is Dr. Avinas h one of the fore•
most institution s for training foreign student s in India. It has complet e
facilitie s and program s for all levels of training from beginne r to advanced ,
including special clinical instruction . It feature s a renowne d faculty of
Ayurvedic experts from throughou t the world includin g Dr. Subhas h
Ranade, Dr. Avinas h Lele, Dr. Abbas Qutab, Dr. Hans Dr. David
Frawley and Mukund a Stiles. Pune itself is one of the most modern cities in
Indi a with a pleasan t year round climate and easy airport access from
Bombay making it an ideal place in India to study .
The institut e offers practica l courses in Ayurveda, both basic and ad•
vanced. Special program s are availabl e on the Fundamental s of Ayurveda,
Pancha Karma, Ayurvedi c Massage , Marm a Therapy , Herbolog y and
Clinical Program s are given and November-Januar y
every year in batche s of about ten students . Please register at least two
months ahead of tim e to reserve your place .
The institut e has its own line of a dozen importan t books on Ayurveda
in English by Dr. Ranade , Dr. Lele , Dr. Frawle y and others, as well as
other educationa l material s (Ayurvedi c CD-RO M ) and herbal products ,
making it an importan t Ayurvedi c resourc e center as well.

Internationa l Academ y of Ayurved a


Nand Nandan , Atreya M.Y. Lele Chow k
Erandawana , Pune 00 4 Indi a
Telefax:
Website : www.ayurveda-int.com
America n Institut e of Vedic Studie s
Dr. David Frawle y (Pandit Vamadev a
Shastri), Directo r
P O Box 835 7
Santa Fe , N M 87504-83 5 7
Ph: 505-983-938 5
Fax: 505-982-580 7
Email: [email protected]
Website: www.vedanet.com

(Coimbatore )
136-13 7 Trichy Roa d
Coimbator e 64 1 045 , T.N. , India
Email: [email protected] Website:
www.avpayurveda.com

Australia n Colleg e of
Ayurvedic Medicin e Dr.
Fran k Ros, Directo r P O
Bo x 32 2
Ingle Farm S.A. 5098 , Australi a
Website :
homepages/suchi-karm a

Australia n Schoo l of Ayurved a


Dr. Krishn a Kumar , MD ,
27 Blight Stree t
South Australia 5 00 8
Ph. 08-346-063 1

Bo x 78 , 28 5 2 2
Esplanaden 2, Swede n
Ph: 0433-10 4 9 0
Fax: 0433-10 4 9 2
Email: [email protected]

Ayurved a Academ y
Dr. P.H. Presiden t
36 Kothrud , Mhatob a Templ e
Pune 029 , Indi a
Ph: 91-212-33213 0
Fax: 91-212-363132 / 3 4 3 933 .
Email :

Ayurved a for Radian t Healt h & Beaut y


Ivy
16 Espira Cour t
Santa Fe , N M 8 750 5
Ph: 505-466-766 2
Ayurvedi c Holisti c Cente r
Sadashiv a Directo r

N Y 117 0 9
Website: www.ayurvedahc.com

Ayurvedi c Institut e and


Wellness Cente r
Dr. Vasant Lad , Director
Menaul, N E Albuquerque, N M
Ph: 505-291-969 8
Website: www.ayurveda.com

Californi a Associatio n of
Ayurvedic Medicin e Website :

Californi a Colleg e of Ayurved a


Mai n Stree t
Grass Valley, C A 9594 5
Ph: 530-274-910 0
Email : [email protected] Website:
www.ayurvedacollege.com Two year state
approved progra m in Ayurveda

The Chopr a Cente r


At La Cost a Resort and Spa Deepak
Chopra and Davi d Simon Estrella de
Ma r Roa d Carlsbad, C A 93 00 9
Ph: 888-424-677 2
Website: www.chopra.com

John Douillar d
Life Spa , Rejuvenatio n through
Ayurved a
306 5 Cente r Gree n Dr .
Boulder , C O
Ph: 303-442-116 4
Website: www.LifeSpa.com

East Wes t Colleg e of Herbalis m


Ayurvedi c Progra m
Marsh Green, E.
Sussex TN 7 4ET, U K
Ph: 01342-82231 2
Fax: 01342 -82 634 6
Email: [email protected]
and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy

Europea n Institut e of Vedic Studie s Kayakalp a


Atreya Smith, Directo r Sri Dixi t
Editions Turiy a 22/ 2 Judge Jumbulinga m Roa d
I.E.E. V Of f Mylapor e
4 Chennai 60 0 Indi a
3 0 17 0 Monoblet , France Website :
Ph: (33 ) 4 6 6 8 5 0 4 11
(33 ) 4 6 6 8 5 054 2 Dr. Avinash Lele
Website: www.atreya.com Atrey a Rugnalay a
Website : www.ayurvedicnutrition.com Erandwana, Pun e
Ayurvedi c training in Europ e Indi a
Tel/Fax: 91-2 0-5 67853 2
Ganesh a Institut e Email: [email protected]
Pratich i Presiden t
489 8 Real, Suite 20 3 Life Impression s Institut e
Los Altos, C A 9402 2 Donald Van Howten , Directo r
Ph: 61 5 -9 61 -8 31 6 Street
Website : Santa Fe , N M 8 750 1
Ph: 5 05 -988 -2 62 7
Himalaya n Institut e
RR1 , Bo x 40 0 Light on Ayurveda : Journa l of Healt h
Honesdale , PA 1843 1 Geneviev e Ryder , Editor/Publishe r
Website : Quinaquisse t Avenu e
Mashpee, M A 0 2 64 9
Institut e for Wholisti c Educatio n
Ph: 508 -477 -478 3
Dept. M T Website: www.loaj.com
33 71 9 116th Street
Twin Lakes , Ligh t Institut e of Ayurved a
Ph: 2 62 -8 77 -939 6 Bryan & Light Mille r
Website: www.wholisticinstitute.org P O Bo x 3 5 28 4
Sarasota, F L 34 24 2
Internationa l Academ y of
Email: [email protected] m
Dr. Avinas h
Website: www.ayurvedichealings.co m
Nand Nandan, Atreya Rugnalay a
M.Y. Lele Chow k Lotus Ayurvedi c Cente r
Erandawana, Pune 41 4 5 Clares St., Suite D
41 1 004 , India Capitola, 9 5 01 0
9 1 - 2 1 2 - 3 78 5 3 2 / 52 4 42 7 Ph: 4 0 8 - 4 7 9 - 1 66 7
Email: Website: www.lotusayurveda.co m

Internationa l Yoga Studie s Lotus Pres s


Sandra Kozak, Directo r Dept. M T
69 2 Andrew Cour t P O Bo x 32 5
Benicia, C A 9 4 51 0 Twin Lakes, WI 531 8 1
Ph: 7 0 7 - 7 4 5 - 5 22 4 Ph: 2 6 2 - 8 8 9 - 8 56 1
Email: Fax: 2 6 2 - 8 8 9 - 2 46 1
Email: [email protected] m
Kaya Internationa l Website: www.lotuspress.co m
Dr. Panda y Publisher of books on Ayurveda , Reiki,
aromatherapy , energeti c healing ,
Satto, N Y 1001 2 herbalism, alternativ e health and U.S .
editions of Sri Aurobindo' s writings .
25 8 Supplemental Material and Appendices

Nationa l Associatio n of
Ayurvedic Medicin e
Website : www.ayurvedic-association.org

Nationa l Institut e of Ayurvedi c


Medicin e
58 4 Roa d
Brewster, N Y 1050 9
Ph: 8 4 5-2 7 8-870 0
Email :
Website :

Dr. Subhas h Ranad e


Rajbharati , 36 7 Sahaka r Nagar 1
Pune 009 , Indi a
Emai l:

Rock y Mountai n Institut e of


Yoga and Ayurved a
P O Bo x 109 1
Boulder, C O 8 030 6
Ph: 3 0 3-49 9- 2 91 0
Email: [email protected]
Website :

Sanskri t Sound s - Nicola i Bachma n


P O Bo x 435 2
Santa Fe , 8750 2
Email: [email protected]
Website : www.SanskritSounds.com

Texas Yoga & Ayurved a Institut e


Dr. Rob Francis, directo r
400 8 Vista B, Suite 20 1
Pasadena, Texas 77 50 4
Ph: 7 1 3 - 9 4 1 - 9 64 2
Website: www.texasyoga.ne t

Ayurved a Cente r
250 9 Virginia NE , Suite
D Albuquerque , N M
Ph: 5 0 5 - 2 9 6 - 6 52 2
Website: www.vinayakayurveda.co m

Vedic Cultura l Fellowshi p


Howar d Director
H C 70 , Bo x 6 2 0
Pecos, N M 8 7 55 2
Ph: 5 05 -7 57-619 4
Website : www.vedicworld.org

Wise Eart h Schoo l of Ayurved a


Maya Tiwar i
9 0 Davis Cree k Roa d
Candler , N C 2 8 71 5
Ph: 8 2 8 -2 5 8-999 9
Website : www.wisearth.org

Ayurvedic Herba l
Supplier s
Internationa l
Dept. M T
P O Bo x 100 8
Silver Lake, 5317 0
Ph: 2 62 -8 8 9-8 56 9
Fax: 2 62 -88 9-2 46 1
Email :
Website :
Importe r and maste r distributo r of
Auroshikha Incense ,
Ayurvedi c Soa p and Herbal Vedic
Ayurvedic products .

Ayur Herba l Corporatio n


P O Bo x 6 39 0
Santa Fe , N M 8750 2
Ph: 2 62 -8 89 -8 56 9
Website : www.herbalvedic.com
Manufacturer of Herba l Vedic
Ayurvedic products .

Ayush Herbs , Inc .


1002 5 N.E . 4th Street
W A 9 8 00 4
Ph: 8 0 0 - 9 2 5 - 1 37 1

Banyan Tradin g Compan y


P O Bo x 13 00 2
Albuquerque, N M 871 9 2
Ph: 5 0 5 - 2 4 4 - 1 8 80 ; 8 0 0 - 9 5 3 - 6 42 4
Website: www.banyantrading.co m
Traditional Ayurvedic Herbs - Wholesale

Bazaar of India Imports


University Avenue
Berkeley, C A 9 4 70 3
Ph: 8 0 0 - 2 6 1 - 7 6 62 ; 5 1 0 - 5 4 8 - 4 11 0
Website: www.bazaarofindia.co m

Bio Veda
2 1 5 North Route 30 3
Congers, N Y 10920-172 6
Ph: 8 00 -2 92 -600 2
Biodata and Resources for Ayurveda and Marma Therapy 259

Earth Essential s Florid a 800-548-38 2 4 (toll free orde r line )


Bryan and Light Mille r (offic e
406 7 Shell Roa d 262-8 89-8 59 1 (fax)
Sarasota, F L 3424 2 Email: [email protected] Website:
Ph: 941-316-092 0 www.lotuslight.com Wholesale distributo r
Email: [email protected] of Ayurvedi c products, essentia l oils,
Website : herbs, spices, supplements, herbal
remedies , incense, books and other
Frontie r Herb s supplies . Must suppl y
PO 22 9 resale certificat e number or practitione r
Norway , 52 31 8 license to obtai n catalog of more tha n
Ph: 800-669-327 5 10,00 0 items .

HerbalVedi c Product s
Ayurved a Product s
P O Bo x 63 9 0
Internationa l
Santa Fe , N M 8750 2
41 7 Bolton Road P O
Website: www.herbalvedic.com
Bo x Lancaster , M
A 0 152 3
Dept. M T Info: 8 00-8 43-833 2 Ext. 90 3
Order: 800-255-83 3 2 Ext. 90 3
P O Bo x 48 9
Twin Lakes, 5318 1
Organic s
(toll free order line )
3 24 5 Prairie Avenue , Suite A
262-889-85 8 1 (office phone )
Boulder, C O 8 030 1
262-889-859 1 (fax)
Ph: 888-550-VED A
Email: [email protected]
Website :
Website: www.internatural.com
Retail mail order and Interne t re-seller of Organi c Indi a
Ayurvedic products , essentia l oils, herbs, Affiliate o f O m Organic s
spices , supplements, herbal remedies , Indira Nager, Lucknow ,
incense, books, yoga mats, supplies and Utt a r Pradesh, 226 01 6 , India
videos. Website: www.organicindia.co m

Lotus Brands, Inc . Planetar y Formulation s


Dept. M T P O Bo x 53 3
P O Bo x 32 5 Soquel, C A 950 7 3
Twin Lakes, WI 531 8 1 Website: www.planetherbs.co m
Ph: 2 6 2 - 8 8 9 - 8 56 1 Formula s by Dr. Michae l
Fax: 2 6 2 - 8 8 9 - 2 46 1
Email: [email protected] m Tri Healt h
Website: www.lotusbrands.co m Jeff Lindner, Director
Kauai, Hawai i
Lotus Herb s Ph: 8 0 0 - 4 5 5 - 0 77 0
150 5 42nd Suite 19 Email: [email protected] t
Capitola, C A 950 1 0 Website: www.oilbath.com
Ph: 4 0 8 - 4 7 9 - 1 66 7 Ayurvedic herbs and formulas from the
Website: www.lotusayurveda.co m Kerala Ayurvedic Pharmac y
Lotus Ligh t Enterprise s
Dept. M T
P O Bo x 100 8
Silver Lake, WI 5 317 0
Yog a Your Type
by D r. D a
v i d F r
a w l e y
&
Sa n d r a S u m m e r f i e l d M . S .

- Yoga Journal

This is the first book that details how


to choose Yoga asanas (Yoga poses )
most appropriat e for your unique
body type accordin g to the five
thousand year old system of
Ayurvedic medicine . These two
systems of healing and energ y
management have long been re•
garded as effectiv e methods of
relieving stress, creating persona l
balance, eliminating ailments , and
relieving chronic pain. Y o gaf o r
Your Type present s a fundamenta l
understandin g of both Yoga and
Ayurveda and provide s the infor •
mation needed for you to balance your
energy and feel healthy .

Tr ad e P a pe r ISB N 29 6 p p os $29.9 5

Available at bookstores and natural food stores nationwide or order your


copy directly by sending $29.9 5 plus $2.5 0 shipping/handlin g ($.75 s/h for each
additional copy ordered at the same time) to:

Lotus Press, P 0 Box 325 , Dept. Twin Lakes, 5318 1 U S A


toll free order line: 80 0 82 4 639 6 office phone: 262 88 9 8561
office fax: 262 88 9 24 6 1 email : [email protected] m
web site: www.lotuspress.co m

Lotus Press is the publisher of a wide range of books and software in the
field o f alter nati v e healt h , includi n g Ayurved a , Ch in e s e medicin e ,
herbology, aromatherapy, Reik i and energetic healing modalities. Request
our free book catalog .
Foreword by Atreya Smith v
Preface vii
Part Introduction to Marmas :
Energy Points Yoga and Ayurveda 1
Chapter 1 Marmas: Energy Points of Yoga and Ayurveda 3
Chapter 2 The Ayurvedic System of
Healin g and Marm a Therap y
Chapter 3 Marmas: Their Nature and Classification 27
Chapter 4 Marma s and the Practic e of Yoga
Chapter 5 The Man y Method s of Marm a Therap y
Aroma Therapy and Pranic Healing 63
Chapter 6 The Many Methods of Marma Therapy 2:
Herbal Methods 75
Part II Table of Marmas and Their Treatment 83
Chapter 7 Overview of Table of Marmas and Marma Therap y 85
Chapter 8 Marmas on the Arms and Hand s 95
Chapter 9 Marmas on the Legs and Fee t
Chapter 10 Marmas on the Abdomen and Ches t 143
Chapter 11 Marmas on the Back and Hips 161
Chapter 12 Marmas on the Head and Nec k 177
Part III Supplemental Material and Appendices 20 9
Appendix 1 Us e of Instruments to Treat Marmas: Blood-letting ,
Acupuncture , Agni-karm a and
Appendix 2 Marmapuncture , Ayurvedic Acupunctur e
by Dr. Frank Ros 21 5
Appendix 3 Names and Classification of Marma s 22 3
Appendix 4 Sanskrit Ayurvedic Terms 22 9
Appendix 5 Ayurvedic Herbs and Oils 23 3
Appendix 6 Bibliograph y
Index 24 3
Resource s 25 1
The subject of pranic energy as a biological force is well documented in
but until now, poorly understood in the West. Prana as the posi•
tive energy of the vata dosha is the primary source of physical and energetic
health. Ayurvedi c medicine has a wonderful therapeutic system to work
directly on this bio-energetic principle that is called Marma therapy .
Prana as the source of the is the single most important factor in
health and therapeutic treatment. All Ayurvedic therapies work on the
prana of the patient in some manner, striving to stabilize and harmonize its
primaril y through the three vata, pitta and kapha.
Marma therapy is the most direct method of harmonizing prana in the
physical body (Sthula of anothe r person . It can also aid in the
study of yoga practices such as pranayam a and asana, which are chiefly
concerned with increasing and regulatin g prani c function through the
nadis or channels of the subtle body. Marm a therapy supplements and
supports all Ayurvedic therapies, increasing their effectiveness and ability to
awaken the healing power of the body.
Prana as the source of mental function and perception allows us to
think and perceive. It allows us to interact with the five senses, body and
physical universe. The higher forms of Yoga are concerned with the devel•
opment of prana on this level, the subtle body (Sukshma sharira), which
governs the mind and The advanced aspects of Ayurveda can assist
to harmonize prana here and aid in all forms of personal development and
spiritua l unfoldment. Marma therapy plays a key role in bridging the
physical and subtle bodies of yogic science. Therefore, a working knowl•
edge of Marma therapy is an important assistance on all yogic
Marma therapy is a multidimensiona l approach to health that includes the
physical, energeti c and mental sheaths and
Koshas) that in turn have an effect on the souls apparent jour•
ney
Marma therapy is used as a part of most Ayurvedic treatments and is of
primary importance in self-care and self-healing. Indian doctors prescribe it
as a matter of course for patients who are also taking herbal or other
Ayurvedic medicines. Yet, Marma therapy is used alone to treat a variety of
disorder s ranging from paralyses to psychosomati c disorders. The uses of
Marma therapy are almost unlimited for health care and form a corne r
vi Ayurveda and Marma Therapy

stone of classical Ayurvedic medicine .


Fo r the first time we are presented with a clear book on the subjec t
from three world famous authors, lecturers and doctors. Ayurveda and
Marma Therapy is an updated and revised edition first published in India.
The present edition goes far beyond the old and adds much practical infor•
mation for the Western therapist of massage and acupressure. A number of
misconceptions and confusions are cleared up in this edition to form a clear,
practical therapeutic guide for the Westerner. In short, the present edition
of this landmark work has little to do with the original and is much improved.
The main confusion regarding Marma therapy in the West is the con•
cept of 107 fixed points on the physical anatomy. In reality the Ayurvedic
vision of marma points is flexible and adapted to the individual, as are all
Ayurvedic therapies. The marma points can differ from one individual to
another and require a certain sensitivity on the part of the therapist to find
the area of prani c congestion. In practice we find a variety of differences
manifesting according to the prakriti and (temporary
state) of the person. Applyin g the information in this book too rigidly
would be a disservice and would ignore the main vision of Ayurveda as an
individualized medicine .
There are also a number of minor marma points that are not classifie d
under the primary 107 points. Additionally, the ancient restriction on the
use of Marma therapy by unqualified persons shows the need of respect
and sensitivity when working on these dynamic points of energy. Further•
there are regional differences on marma location in What we
may learn in Western India can be different from Northern or Souther n
India. There are also different approaches from different doctors or practi •
tioners. While this may seem confusing to the beginner it actually adds to
the richness of the tradition and forces the practitioner to use his or her
intelligence when applying the marma system to a patient. After all, the
main purpose of Ayurveda is for us to become more intelligent. Ayurveda
and Marma Therapy assists everyone in this endeavor with clear, profoun d
knowledge.

Atreya Smith
Autho r of Secrets of Ayurvedic Perfect Balance, Ayurvedic and di•
rect o r o f th e Europea n Institute o f Ved i c Studie s i n Franc e .
The science of Yoga, which has become very popular all over the world in
recent decades, is intimately connected to Ayurveda as its correspondin g
system of natural medicine. As Yoga and Ayurveda become better known ,
more interest is developing in their specific healing modalities as well. A
new Yoga and Ayurveda therapy is arising, integrating their renewed mu•
tual application using yogic tools like asana according to Ayurvedic guide•
lines as well as applying Ayurvedic therapies to aid in yogic healing .
The use of pressure points, called marmas in Sanskrit, is an important
part of this interface. Marmas are a common topic in clas•
sical Ayurvedic texts and are referred to in modern books as well. They are
also frequentl y mentione d in yogic teachings. But up to this present vol•
Ayurveda and Marma Therapy is no single book that at•
tempts to make this subject easily accessible and readable in the West .
This book is meant to help fill in that gap.
Ayurveda and Marma Therapy has three authors: Dr. David Frawle y
(Pandit Vamadeva Shastri) of the U S A along with Dr. Subhash Ranade
and Dr. Avinash Lele both of Pune, India. Dr. Frawley is one of the leading
western Ayurvedic experts, having authored half a dozen books on the
subject as well as developed extensive course material for Ayurvedic pro•
He has taken the main lead in shaping the book. Dr. Ranade is one of
the most importan t Indian Ayurvedic doctors teaching in the western
world as well as in India. He has written many books, including textbooks
used in Ayurvedic colleges . Dr. Ranade and Dr. Frawley co-authored the
book Ayurveda: Nature's Medicine. Dr. Lele, a colleague of Dr. Ranade, is
another important Ayurvedi c docto r who has specialized in marma
therapy. He is trained in traditiona l Ayurvedic methods of surgery, which
carefully considers the use of marmas . Dr. Ranade and Dr. Lele have col•
laborated on several Ayurvedic books published in India.
Dr. Frawley wrote the greater portion of the material in the book, in•
cluding the explanations of Ayurvedic principles and treatments in the first
section, as well as most of the information on the treatment of marmas in
the Table of Marmas in the second section. He specifically developed the
material explaining the use of marmas relative to the practice of Yoga and
meditation, including their treatment with gem and color therapy, drawing on
various yogic teachings and other related Vedic sciences. Dr. Ranad e
VII I Ayurveda and Marma Therapy

and Dr. Lele provided the illustration s and most of the information on the
description of marma points, as well as the initial outline of the book .
The book aims both at identifying marmas and indicating the appropri• ate
methods to treat them effectively. Such methods include massage with
special oils, herbs and aromas as well as acupressure , acupunctur e and
various herbal While classical Ayurvedic herbs and massage oils
are presented for those who have access to these, we have also offered
commonly availabl e herbs and oils so that any interested reader can begin to
use marma therap y for self-care purposes. The treatment of marmas with
aroma therapy, whic h is quick and easy to do, has been a major topic .
We would like to offer a special thanks to Dr. Frank author of The
Lost Secrets of Ayurvedic Acupuncture for his chapter on
explaining Ayurvedi c acupunctur e in detail. Dr. Ros is perhaps the western
world's foremost exper t on this important topic .
We would like to emphasize that this book is not meant to present the
last word on the number of marmas, their location or their manner of
treatment. The book emphasizes the main classical Ayurvedic marmas ,
whic h are 107 in number, but many other such sensitive points can also be
used. While it introduces various methods of treating marmas, particularly oil
massag e and aroma therapy, such methods can be delineated in greater detail
and adapted relative to various treatment strategies and a compre• hensive
Ayurvedic therapy. The book is a good place to start working with marmas,
but still only an introductio n to this profound topic. It should be
supplemented by a further study of Ayurveda for its full application and
integration with the entire range of Ayurvedic modalities .
We have not dealt a great deal with how Ayurvedic marma therap y
interfaces with the many forms of bodywork and massage that are prac•
ticed today. That is another vast field for research which, hopefully, other
therapists will take up in time. We have included several references in the
bibliography for those who wish to take up related forms of Ayurvedic
healing, energ y healing or bodywork. We welcome any feedback from our
readers, in order to improve any future editions of this book in light of
their suggestions .
Ayurveda remains a vast ocean and we are still but getting acquainte d
with its waves and currents. Ma y we gain the power to sail into its endles s
horizons and enter new universes of healing and self-transformation !

Dr. David Frawley, Dr. Subhash Ranade & Dr. Avinash Lele
M A Y 2 00 2

You might also like